Merge branch 'feature/freertos_upgrade_to_v10_5_1' into 'master'

change(freertos): Upgrade ESP-IDF to use FreeRTOS v10.5.1, remove v10.4.3

Closes IDF-8191, IDF-8200, IDF-8201, IDF-8363, and IDF-8364

See merge request espressif/esp-idf!26261
This commit is contained in:
Marius Vikhammer 2023-10-23 11:00:08 +08:00
commit b0124b9b9f
94 changed files with 4858 additions and 39098 deletions

View File

@ -590,4 +590,3 @@ mainmenu "Espressif IoT Development Framework Configuration"
- CONFIG_ESPTOOLPY_FLASHFREQ_120M
- CONFIG_SPIRAM_SPEED_120M
- CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_QUAD_32BIT_ADDR_ENABLE
- CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_KERNEL_10_5_1

View File

@ -31,11 +31,7 @@ idf_build_get_property(target IDF_TARGET)
if(CONFIG_FREERTOS_SMP)
set(kernel_impl "FreeRTOS-Kernel-SMP")
else()
if(CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_KERNEL_10_5_1)
set(kernel_impl "FreeRTOS-Kernel-V10.5.1")
else()
set(kernel_impl "FreeRTOS-Kernel")
endif()
set(kernel_impl "FreeRTOS-Kernel")
endif()
if(CONFIG_IDF_TARGET_ARCH_XTENSA)
@ -73,52 +69,27 @@ list(APPEND srcs
"${kernel_impl}/timers.c"
"${kernel_impl}/event_groups.c"
"${kernel_impl}/stream_buffer.c")
if(NOT CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_KERNEL_10_5_1)
list(APPEND srcs "${kernel_impl}/croutine.c")
endif()
# Add port source files
if(CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_KERNEL_10_5_1)
list(APPEND srcs
"FreeRTOS-Kernel/portable/${arch}/port.c")
else()
list(APPEND srcs
"${kernel_impl}/portable/${arch}/port.c")
endif()
list(APPEND srcs
"${kernel_impl}/portable/${arch}/port.c")
if(arch STREQUAL "linux")
if(CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_KERNEL_10_5_1)
list(APPEND srcs
"${kernel_impl}/portable/${arch}/utils/wait_for_event.c")
if(kernel_impl STREQUAL "FreeRTOS-Kernel")
list(APPEND srcs
"FreeRTOS-Kernel/portable/${arch}/utils/wait_for_event.c"
"FreeRTOS-Kernel/portable/${arch}/port_idf.c")
else()
list(APPEND srcs
"${kernel_impl}/portable/${arch}/utils/wait_for_event.c")
if(kernel_impl STREQUAL "FreeRTOS-Kernel")
list(APPEND srcs
"${kernel_impl}/portable/${arch}/port_idf.c")
endif()
"${kernel_impl}/portable/${arch}/port_idf.c")
endif()
else()
if(CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_KERNEL_10_5_1)
list(APPEND srcs
"FreeRTOS-Kernel/portable/${arch}/portasm.S")
else()
list(APPEND srcs
"${kernel_impl}/portable/${arch}/portasm.S")
endif()
list(APPEND srcs
"${kernel_impl}/portable/${arch}/portasm.S")
endif()
if(arch STREQUAL "xtensa")
if(CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_KERNEL_10_5_1)
list(APPEND srcs
"FreeRTOS-Kernel/portable/${arch}/xtensa_init.c"
"FreeRTOS-Kernel/portable/${arch}/xtensa_overlay_os_hook.c")
else()
list(APPEND srcs
"${kernel_impl}/portable/${arch}/xtensa_init.c"
"${kernel_impl}/portable/${arch}/xtensa_overlay_os_hook.c")
endif()
list(APPEND srcs
"${kernel_impl}/portable/${arch}/xtensa_init.c"
"${kernel_impl}/portable/${arch}/xtensa_overlay_os_hook.c")
endif()
# Add ESP-additions source files
@ -151,15 +122,9 @@ list(APPEND include_dirs
"${kernel_impl}/include") # FreeRTOS headers via `#include "freertos/xxx.h"`
# Add port public include directories
if(CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_KERNEL_10_5_1)
list(APPEND include_dirs
"FreeRTOS-Kernel/portable/${arch}/include" # For port headers via `#include "freertos/...h"`
"FreeRTOS-Kernel/portable/${arch}/include/freertos") # For port headers via `#include "...h"`
else()
list(APPEND include_dirs
"${kernel_impl}/portable/${arch}/include" # For port headers via `#include "freertos/...h"`
"${kernel_impl}/portable/${arch}/include/freertos") # For port headers via `#include "...h"`
endif()
list(APPEND include_dirs
"${kernel_impl}/portable/${arch}/include" # For port headers via `#include "freertos/...h"`
"${kernel_impl}/portable/${arch}/include/freertos") # For port headers via `#include "...h"`
# Add ESP-additions public include directories
list(APPEND include_dirs
@ -181,13 +146,8 @@ list(APPEND private_include_dirs
# Add port private include directories
if(arch STREQUAL "linux")
if(CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_KERNEL_10_5_1)
list(APPEND private_include_dirs
"FreeRTOS-Kernel/portable/${arch}/") # Linux port `#include "utils/wait_for_event.h"`
else()
list(APPEND private_include_dirs
"${kernel_impl}/portable/${arch}/") # Linux port `#include "utils/wait_for_event.h"`
endif()
list(APPEND private_include_dirs
"${kernel_impl}/portable/${arch}/") # Linux port `#include "utils/wait_for_event.h"`
endif()
# Add ESP-additions private include directories

View File

@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
MIT License
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
SOFTWARE.

View File

@ -1,850 +0,0 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.5.1 (ESP-IDF SMP modified)
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2023 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
/* Standard includes. */
#include <stdlib.h>
/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
* all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when
* task.h is included from an application file. */
#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
/* FreeRTOS includes. */
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#include "timers.h"
#include "event_groups.h"
/* Include private IDF API additions for critical thread safety macros */
#include "esp_private/freertos_idf_additions_priv.h"
/* Lint e961, e750 and e9021 are suppressed as a MISRA exception justified
* because the MPU ports require MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE to be defined
* for the header files above, but not in this file, in order to generate the
* correct privileged Vs unprivileged linkage and placement. */
#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE /*lint !e961 !e750 !e9021 See comment above. */
/* The following bit fields convey control information in a task's event list
* item value. It is important they don't clash with the
* taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE definition. */
#if configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS == 1
#define eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT 0x0100U
#define eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET 0x0200U
#define eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS 0x0400U
#define eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES 0xff00U
#else
#define eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT 0x01000000UL
#define eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET 0x02000000UL
#define eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS 0x04000000UL
#define eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES 0xff000000UL
#endif
typedef struct EventGroupDef_t
{
EventBits_t uxEventBits;
List_t xTasksWaitingForBits; /*< List of tasks waiting for a bit to be set. */
#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
UBaseType_t uxEventGroupNumber;
#endif
#if ( ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
uint8_t ucStaticallyAllocated; /*< Set to pdTRUE if the event group is statically allocated to ensure no attempt is made to free the memory. */
#endif
portMUX_TYPE xEventGroupLock; /* Spinlock required for SMP critical sections */
} EventGroup_t;
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* Test the bits set in uxCurrentEventBits to see if the wait condition is met.
* The wait condition is defined by xWaitForAllBits. If xWaitForAllBits is
* pdTRUE then the wait condition is met if all the bits set in uxBitsToWaitFor
* are also set in uxCurrentEventBits. If xWaitForAllBits is pdFALSE then the
* wait condition is met if any of the bits set in uxBitsToWait for are also set
* in uxCurrentEventBits.
*/
static BaseType_t prvTestWaitCondition( const EventBits_t uxCurrentEventBits,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreateStatic( StaticEventGroup_t * pxEventGroupBuffer )
{
EventGroup_t * pxEventBits;
/* A StaticEventGroup_t object must be provided. */
configASSERT( pxEventGroupBuffer );
#if ( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
{
/* Sanity check that the size of the structure used to declare a
* variable of type StaticEventGroup_t equals the size of the real
* event group structure. */
volatile size_t xSize = sizeof( StaticEventGroup_t );
configASSERT( xSize == sizeof( EventGroup_t ) );
} /*lint !e529 xSize is referenced if configASSERT() is defined. */
#endif /* configASSERT_DEFINED */
/* The user has provided a statically allocated event group - use it. */
pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) pxEventGroupBuffer; /*lint !e740 !e9087 EventGroup_t and StaticEventGroup_t are deliberately aliased for data hiding purposes and guaranteed to have the same size and alignment requirement - checked by configASSERT(). */
if( pxEventBits != NULL )
{
pxEventBits->uxEventBits = 0;
vListInitialise( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ) );
#if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
{
/* Both static and dynamic allocation can be used, so note that
* this event group was created statically in case the event group
* is later deleted. */
pxEventBits->ucStaticallyAllocated = pdTRUE;
}
#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
/* Initialize the event group's spinlock. */
portMUX_INITIALIZE( &pxEventBits->xEventGroupLock );
traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE( pxEventBits );
}
else
{
/* xEventGroupCreateStatic should only ever be called with
* pxEventGroupBuffer pointing to a pre-allocated (compile time
* allocated) StaticEventGroup_t variable. */
traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE_FAILED();
}
return pxEventBits;
}
#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreate( void )
{
EventGroup_t * pxEventBits;
/* Allocate the event group. Justification for MISRA deviation as
* follows: pvPortMalloc() always ensures returned memory blocks are
* aligned per the requirements of the MCU stack. In this case
* pvPortMalloc() must return a pointer that is guaranteed to meet the
* alignment requirements of the EventGroup_t structure - which (if you
* follow it through) is the alignment requirements of the TickType_t type
* (EventBits_t being of TickType_t itself). Therefore, whenever the
* stack alignment requirements are greater than or equal to the
* TickType_t alignment requirements the cast is safe. In other cases,
* where the natural word size of the architecture is less than
* sizeof( TickType_t ), the TickType_t variables will be accessed in two
* or more reads operations, and the alignment requirements is only that
* of each individual read. */
pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( EventGroup_t ) ); /*lint !e9087 !e9079 see comment above. */
if( pxEventBits != NULL )
{
pxEventBits->uxEventBits = 0;
vListInitialise( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ) );
#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
{
/* Both static and dynamic allocation can be used, so note this
* event group was allocated statically in case the event group is
* later deleted. */
pxEventBits->ucStaticallyAllocated = pdFALSE;
}
#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
/* Initialize the event group's spinlock. */
portMUX_INITIALIZE( &pxEventBits->xEventGroupLock );
traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE( pxEventBits );
}
else
{
traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE_FAILED(); /*lint !e9063 Else branch only exists to allow tracing and does not generate code if trace macros are not defined. */
}
return pxEventBits;
}
#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
TickType_t xTicksToWait )
{
EventBits_t uxOriginalBitValue, uxReturn;
EventGroup_t * pxEventBits = xEventGroup;
BaseType_t xAlreadyYielded;
BaseType_t xTimeoutOccurred = pdFALSE;
configASSERT( ( uxBitsToWaitFor & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 );
configASSERT( uxBitsToWaitFor != 0 );
#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
{
configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) );
}
#endif
prvENTER_CRITICAL_OR_SUSPEND_ALL( &( pxEventBits->xEventGroupLock ) );
{
uxOriginalBitValue = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
( void ) xEventGroupSetBits( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet );
if( ( ( uxOriginalBitValue | uxBitsToSet ) & uxBitsToWaitFor ) == uxBitsToWaitFor )
{
/* All the rendezvous bits are now set - no need to block. */
uxReturn = ( uxOriginalBitValue | uxBitsToSet );
/* Rendezvous always clear the bits. They will have been cleared
* already unless this is the only task in the rendezvous. */
pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor;
xTicksToWait = 0;
}
else
{
if( xTicksToWait != ( TickType_t ) 0 )
{
traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_BLOCK( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, uxBitsToWaitFor );
/* Store the bits that the calling task is waiting for in the
* task's event list item so the kernel knows when a match is
* found. Then enter the blocked state. */
vTaskPlaceOnUnorderedEventList( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ), ( uxBitsToWaitFor | eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT | eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS ), xTicksToWait );
/* This assignment is obsolete as uxReturn will get set after
* the task unblocks, but some compilers mistakenly generate a
* warning about uxReturn being returned without being set if the
* assignment is omitted. */
uxReturn = 0;
}
else
{
/* The rendezvous bits were not set, but no block time was
* specified - just return the current event bit value. */
uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
xTimeoutOccurred = pdTRUE;
}
}
}
xAlreadyYielded = prvEXIT_CRITICAL_OR_RESUME_ALL( &( pxEventBits->xEventGroupLock ) );
if( xTicksToWait != ( TickType_t ) 0 )
{
if( xAlreadyYielded == pdFALSE )
{
portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
/* The task blocked to wait for its required bits to be set - at this
* point either the required bits were set or the block time expired. If
* the required bits were set they will have been stored in the task's
* event list item, and they should now be retrieved then cleared. */
uxReturn = uxTaskResetEventItemValue();
if( ( uxReturn & eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET ) == ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
{
/* The task timed out, just return the current event bit value. */
taskENTER_CRITICAL( &( pxEventBits->xEventGroupLock ) );
{
uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
/* Although the task got here because it timed out before the
* bits it was waiting for were set, it is possible that since it
* unblocked another task has set the bits. If this is the case
* then it needs to clear the bits before exiting. */
if( ( uxReturn & uxBitsToWaitFor ) == uxBitsToWaitFor )
{
pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
taskEXIT_CRITICAL( &( pxEventBits->xEventGroupLock ) );
xTimeoutOccurred = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
/* The task unblocked because the bits were set. */
}
/* Control bits might be set as the task had blocked should not be
* returned. */
uxReturn &= ~eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES;
}
traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_END( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, uxBitsToWaitFor, xTimeoutOccurred );
/* Prevent compiler warnings when trace macros are not used. */
( void ) xTimeoutOccurred;
return uxReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
const BaseType_t xClearOnExit,
const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits,
TickType_t xTicksToWait )
{
EventGroup_t * pxEventBits = xEventGroup;
EventBits_t uxReturn, uxControlBits = 0;
BaseType_t xWaitConditionMet, xAlreadyYielded;
BaseType_t xTimeoutOccurred = pdFALSE;
/* Check the user is not attempting to wait on the bits used by the kernel
* itself, and that at least one bit is being requested. */
configASSERT( xEventGroup );
configASSERT( ( uxBitsToWaitFor & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 );
configASSERT( uxBitsToWaitFor != 0 );
#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
{
configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) );
}
#endif
prvENTER_CRITICAL_OR_SUSPEND_ALL( &( pxEventBits->xEventGroupLock ) );
{
const EventBits_t uxCurrentEventBits = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
/* Check to see if the wait condition is already met or not. */
xWaitConditionMet = prvTestWaitCondition( uxCurrentEventBits, uxBitsToWaitFor, xWaitForAllBits );
if( xWaitConditionMet != pdFALSE )
{
/* The wait condition has already been met so there is no need to
* block. */
uxReturn = uxCurrentEventBits;
xTicksToWait = ( TickType_t ) 0;
/* Clear the wait bits if requested to do so. */
if( xClearOnExit != pdFALSE )
{
pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else if( xTicksToWait == ( TickType_t ) 0 )
{
/* The wait condition has not been met, but no block time was
* specified, so just return the current value. */
uxReturn = uxCurrentEventBits;
xTimeoutOccurred = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
/* The task is going to block to wait for its required bits to be
* set. uxControlBits are used to remember the specified behaviour of
* this call to xEventGroupWaitBits() - for use when the event bits
* unblock the task. */
if( xClearOnExit != pdFALSE )
{
uxControlBits |= eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
if( xWaitForAllBits != pdFALSE )
{
uxControlBits |= eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
/* Store the bits that the calling task is waiting for in the
* task's event list item so the kernel knows when a match is
* found. Then enter the blocked state. */
vTaskPlaceOnUnorderedEventList( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ), ( uxBitsToWaitFor | uxControlBits ), xTicksToWait );
/* This is obsolete as it will get set after the task unblocks, but
* some compilers mistakenly generate a warning about the variable
* being returned without being set if it is not done. */
uxReturn = 0;
traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_BLOCK( xEventGroup, uxBitsToWaitFor );
}
}
xAlreadyYielded = prvEXIT_CRITICAL_OR_RESUME_ALL( &( pxEventBits->xEventGroupLock ) );
if( xTicksToWait != ( TickType_t ) 0 )
{
if( xAlreadyYielded == pdFALSE )
{
portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
/* The task blocked to wait for its required bits to be set - at this
* point either the required bits were set or the block time expired. If
* the required bits were set they will have been stored in the task's
* event list item, and they should now be retrieved then cleared. */
uxReturn = uxTaskResetEventItemValue();
if( ( uxReturn & eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET ) == ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
{
taskENTER_CRITICAL( &( pxEventBits->xEventGroupLock ) );
{
/* The task timed out, just return the current event bit value. */
uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
/* It is possible that the event bits were updated between this
* task leaving the Blocked state and running again. */
if( prvTestWaitCondition( uxReturn, uxBitsToWaitFor, xWaitForAllBits ) != pdFALSE )
{
if( xClearOnExit != pdFALSE )
{
pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
xTimeoutOccurred = pdTRUE;
}
taskEXIT_CRITICAL( &( pxEventBits->xEventGroupLock ) );
}
else
{
/* The task unblocked because the bits were set. */
}
/* The task blocked so control bits may have been set. */
uxReturn &= ~eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES;
}
traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_END( xEventGroup, uxBitsToWaitFor, xTimeoutOccurred );
/* Prevent compiler warnings when trace macros are not used. */
( void ) xTimeoutOccurred;
return uxReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear )
{
EventGroup_t * pxEventBits = xEventGroup;
EventBits_t uxReturn;
/* Check the user is not attempting to clear the bits used by the kernel
* itself. */
configASSERT( xEventGroup );
configASSERT( ( uxBitsToClear & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 );
taskENTER_CRITICAL( &( pxEventBits->xEventGroupLock ) );
{
traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear );
/* The value returned is the event group value prior to the bits being
* cleared. */
uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
/* Clear the bits. */
pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToClear;
}
taskEXIT_CRITICAL( &( pxEventBits->xEventGroupLock ) );
return uxReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
BaseType_t xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear )
{
BaseType_t xReturn;
traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS_FROM_ISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear );
xReturn = xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupClearBitsCallback, ( void * ) xEventGroup, ( uint32_t ) uxBitsToClear, NULL ); /*lint !e9087 Can't avoid cast to void* as a generic callback function not specific to this use case. Callback casts back to original type so safe. */
return xReturn;
}
#endif /* if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) ) */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
{
UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
EventGroup_t const * const pxEventBits = xEventGroup;
EventBits_t uxReturn;
uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
{
uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
}
portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
return uxReturn;
} /*lint !e818 EventGroupHandle_t is a typedef used in other functions to so can't be pointer to const. */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet )
{
ListItem_t * pxListItem;
ListItem_t * pxNext;
ListItem_t const * pxListEnd;
List_t const * pxList;
EventBits_t uxBitsToClear = 0, uxBitsWaitedFor, uxControlBits;
EventGroup_t * pxEventBits = xEventGroup;
BaseType_t xMatchFound = pdFALSE;
/* Check the user is not attempting to set the bits used by the kernel
* itself. */
configASSERT( xEventGroup );
configASSERT( ( uxBitsToSet & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 );
pxList = &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits );
pxListEnd = listGET_END_MARKER( pxList ); /*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM. This is checked and valid. */
prvENTER_CRITICAL_OR_SUSPEND_ALL( &( pxEventBits->xEventGroupLock ) );
#if ( configNUMBER_OF_CORES > 1 )
/* We are about to traverse a task list which is a kernel data structure.
* Thus we need to call prvTakeKernelLock() to take the kernel lock. */
prvTakeKernelLock();
#endif /* configNUMBER_OF_CORES > 1 */
{
traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet );
pxListItem = listGET_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList );
/* Set the bits. */
pxEventBits->uxEventBits |= uxBitsToSet;
/* See if the new bit value should unblock any tasks. */
while( pxListItem != pxListEnd )
{
pxNext = listGET_NEXT( pxListItem );
uxBitsWaitedFor = listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem );
xMatchFound = pdFALSE;
/* Split the bits waited for from the control bits. */
uxControlBits = uxBitsWaitedFor & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES;
uxBitsWaitedFor &= ~eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES;
if( ( uxControlBits & eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS ) == ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
{
/* Just looking for single bit being set. */
if( ( uxBitsWaitedFor & pxEventBits->uxEventBits ) != ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
{
xMatchFound = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else if( ( uxBitsWaitedFor & pxEventBits->uxEventBits ) == uxBitsWaitedFor )
{
/* All bits are set. */
xMatchFound = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
/* Need all bits to be set, but not all the bits were set. */
}
if( xMatchFound != pdFALSE )
{
/* The bits match. Should the bits be cleared on exit? */
if( ( uxControlBits & eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT ) != ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
{
uxBitsToClear |= uxBitsWaitedFor;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
/* Store the actual event flag value in the task's event list
* item before removing the task from the event list. The
* eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET bit is set so the task knows
* that is was unblocked due to its required bits matching, rather
* than because it timed out. */
vTaskRemoveFromUnorderedEventList( pxListItem, pxEventBits->uxEventBits | eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET );
}
/* Move onto the next list item. Note pxListItem->pxNext is not
* used here as the list item may have been removed from the event list
* and inserted into the ready/pending reading list. */
pxListItem = pxNext;
}
/* Clear any bits that matched when the eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT
* bit was set in the control word. */
pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToClear;
}
#if ( configNUMBER_OF_CORES > 1 )
/* Release the previously taken kernel lock. */
prvReleaseKernelLock();
#endif /* configNUMBER_OF_CORES > 1 */
( void ) prvEXIT_CRITICAL_OR_RESUME_ALL( &( pxEventBits->xEventGroupLock ) );
return pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
{
EventGroup_t * pxEventBits = xEventGroup;
const List_t * pxTasksWaitingForBits;
configASSERT( pxEventBits );
pxTasksWaitingForBits = &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits );
prvENTER_CRITICAL_OR_SUSPEND_ALL( &( pxEventBits->xEventGroupLock ) );
#if ( configNUMBER_OF_CORES > 1 )
/* We are about to traverse a task list which is a kernel data structure.
* Thus we need to call prvTakeKernelLock() to take the kernel lock. */
prvTakeKernelLock();
#endif /* configNUMBER_OF_CORES > 1 */
{
traceEVENT_GROUP_DELETE( xEventGroup );
while( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( pxTasksWaitingForBits ) > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
{
/* Unblock the task, returning 0 as the event list is being deleted
* and cannot therefore have any bits set. */
configASSERT( pxTasksWaitingForBits->xListEnd.pxNext != ( const ListItem_t * ) &( pxTasksWaitingForBits->xListEnd ) );
vTaskRemoveFromUnorderedEventList( pxTasksWaitingForBits->xListEnd.pxNext, eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET );
}
}
#if ( configNUMBER_OF_CORES > 1 )
/* Release the previously taken kernel lock. */
prvReleaseKernelLock();
#endif /* configNUMBER_OF_CORES > 1 */
prvEXIT_CRITICAL_OR_RESUME_ALL( &( pxEventBits->xEventGroupLock ) );
#if ( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 0 ) )
{
/* The event group can only have been allocated dynamically - free
* it again. */
vPortFree( pxEventBits );
}
#elif ( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
{
/* The event group could have been allocated statically or
* dynamically, so check before attempting to free the memory. */
if( pxEventBits->ucStaticallyAllocated == ( uint8_t ) pdFALSE )
{
vPortFree( pxEventBits );
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
BaseType_t xEventGroupGetStaticBuffer( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
StaticEventGroup_t ** ppxEventGroupBuffer )
{
BaseType_t xReturn;
EventGroup_t * pxEventBits = xEventGroup;
configASSERT( pxEventBits );
configASSERT( ppxEventGroupBuffer );
#if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
{
/* Check if the event group was statically allocated. */
if( pxEventBits->ucStaticallyAllocated == ( uint8_t ) pdTRUE )
{
*ppxEventGroupBuffer = ( StaticEventGroup_t * ) pxEventBits;
xReturn = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
xReturn = pdFALSE;
}
}
#else /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
{
/* Event group must have been statically allocated. */
*ppxEventGroupBuffer = ( StaticEventGroup_t * ) pxEventBits;
xReturn = pdTRUE;
}
#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
return xReturn;
}
#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* For internal use only - execute a 'set bits' command that was pended from
* an interrupt. */
void vEventGroupSetBitsCallback( void * pvEventGroup,
const uint32_t ulBitsToSet )
{
( void ) xEventGroupSetBits( pvEventGroup, ( EventBits_t ) ulBitsToSet ); /*lint !e9079 Can't avoid cast to void* as a generic timer callback prototype. Callback casts back to original type so safe. */
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* For internal use only - execute a 'clear bits' command that was pended from
* an interrupt. */
void vEventGroupClearBitsCallback( void * pvEventGroup,
const uint32_t ulBitsToClear )
{
( void ) xEventGroupClearBits( pvEventGroup, ( EventBits_t ) ulBitsToClear ); /*lint !e9079 Can't avoid cast to void* as a generic timer callback prototype. Callback casts back to original type so safe. */
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static BaseType_t prvTestWaitCondition( const EventBits_t uxCurrentEventBits,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits )
{
BaseType_t xWaitConditionMet = pdFALSE;
if( xWaitForAllBits == pdFALSE )
{
/* Task only has to wait for one bit within uxBitsToWaitFor to be
* set. Is one already set? */
if( ( uxCurrentEventBits & uxBitsToWaitFor ) != ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
{
xWaitConditionMet = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else
{
/* Task has to wait for all the bits in uxBitsToWaitFor to be set.
* Are they set already? */
if( ( uxCurrentEventBits & uxBitsToWaitFor ) == uxBitsToWaitFor )
{
xWaitConditionMet = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
return xWaitConditionMet;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
BaseType_t xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet,
BaseType_t * pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
{
BaseType_t xReturn;
traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS_FROM_ISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet );
xReturn = xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupSetBitsCallback, ( void * ) xEventGroup, ( uint32_t ) uxBitsToSet, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ); /*lint !e9087 Can't avoid cast to void* as a generic callback function not specific to this use case. Callback casts back to original type so safe. */
return xReturn;
}
#endif /* if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) ) */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
UBaseType_t uxEventGroupGetNumber( void * xEventGroup )
{
UBaseType_t xReturn;
EventGroup_t const * pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup; /*lint !e9087 !e9079 EventGroupHandle_t is a pointer to an EventGroup_t, but EventGroupHandle_t is kept opaque outside of this file for data hiding purposes. */
if( xEventGroup == NULL )
{
xReturn = 0;
}
else
{
xReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventGroupNumber;
}
return xReturn;
}
#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
void vEventGroupSetNumber( void * xEventGroup,
UBaseType_t uxEventGroupNumber )
{
( ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup )->uxEventGroupNumber = uxEventGroupNumber; /*lint !e9087 !e9079 EventGroupHandle_t is a pointer to an EventGroup_t, but EventGroupHandle_t is kept opaque outside of this file for data hiding purposes. */
}
#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/

View File

@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.5.1 (ESP-IDF SMP modified)
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2023 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
#ifndef _MSC_VER /* Visual Studio doesn't support #warning. */
#warning The name of this file has changed to stack_macros.h. Please update your code accordingly. This source file (which has the original name) will be removed in a future release.
#endif
#include "stack_macros.h"

View File

@ -1,423 +0,0 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.5.1 (ESP-IDF SMP modified)
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2023 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
/**
* @file atomic.h
* @brief FreeRTOS atomic operation support.
*
* This file implements atomic functions by disabling interrupts globally.
* Implementations with architecture specific atomic instructions can be
* provided under each compiler directory.
*/
#ifndef ATOMIC_H
#define ATOMIC_H
#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
#error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include atomic.h"
#endif
/* Standard includes. */
#include <stdint.h>
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* *INDENT-ON* */
/*
* Port specific definitions -- entering/exiting critical section.
* Refer template -- ./lib/FreeRTOS/portable/Compiler/Arch/portmacro.h
*
* Every call to ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL() must be closely paired with
* ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL().
*
*/
#if defined( portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR )
/* Nested interrupt scheme is supported in this port. */
#define ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL() \
UBaseType_t uxCriticalSectionType = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR()
#define ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL() \
portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxCriticalSectionType )
#else
/* Nested interrupt scheme is NOT supported in this port. */
#define ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL() portENTER_CRITICAL()
#define ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL() portEXIT_CRITICAL()
#endif /* portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR() */
/*
* Port specific definition -- "always inline".
* Inline is compiler specific, and may not always get inlined depending on your
* optimization level. Also, inline is considered as performance optimization
* for atomic. Thus, if portFORCE_INLINE is not provided by portmacro.h,
* instead of resulting error, simply define it away.
*/
#ifndef portFORCE_INLINE
#define portFORCE_INLINE
#endif
#define ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_SUCCESS 0x1U /**< Compare and swap succeeded, swapped. */
#define ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_FAILURE 0x0U /**< Compare and swap failed, did not swap. */
/*----------------------------- Swap && CAS ------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic compare-and-swap
*
* @brief Performs an atomic compare-and-swap operation on the specified values.
*
* @param[in, out] pulDestination Pointer to memory location from where value is
* to be loaded and checked.
* @param[in] ulExchange If condition meets, write this value to memory.
* @param[in] ulComparand Swap condition.
*
* @return Unsigned integer of value 1 or 0. 1 for swapped, 0 for not swapped.
*
* @note This function only swaps *pulDestination with ulExchange, if previous
* *pulDestination value equals ulComparand.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_CompareAndSwap_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulDestination,
uint32_t ulExchange,
uint32_t ulComparand )
{
uint32_t ulReturnValue;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
if( *pulDestination == ulComparand )
{
*pulDestination = ulExchange;
ulReturnValue = ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_SUCCESS;
}
else
{
ulReturnValue = ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_FAILURE;
}
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulReturnValue;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic swap (pointers)
*
* @brief Atomically sets the address pointed to by *ppvDestination to the value
* of *pvExchange.
*
* @param[in, out] ppvDestination Pointer to memory location from where a pointer
* value is to be loaded and written back to.
* @param[in] pvExchange Pointer value to be written to *ppvDestination.
*
* @return The initial value of *ppvDestination.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE void * Atomic_SwapPointers_p32( void * volatile * ppvDestination,
void * pvExchange )
{
void * pReturnValue;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
pReturnValue = *ppvDestination;
*ppvDestination = pvExchange;
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return pReturnValue;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic compare-and-swap (pointers)
*
* @brief Performs an atomic compare-and-swap operation on the specified pointer
* values.
*
* @param[in, out] ppvDestination Pointer to memory location from where a pointer
* value is to be loaded and checked.
* @param[in] pvExchange If condition meets, write this value to memory.
* @param[in] pvComparand Swap condition.
*
* @return Unsigned integer of value 1 or 0. 1 for swapped, 0 for not swapped.
*
* @note This function only swaps *ppvDestination with pvExchange, if previous
* *ppvDestination value equals pvComparand.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_CompareAndSwapPointers_p32( void * volatile * ppvDestination,
void * pvExchange,
void * pvComparand )
{
uint32_t ulReturnValue = ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_FAILURE;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
if( *ppvDestination == pvComparand )
{
*ppvDestination = pvExchange;
ulReturnValue = ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_SUCCESS;
}
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulReturnValue;
}
/*----------------------------- Arithmetic ------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic add
*
* @brief Atomically adds count to the value of the specified pointer points to.
*
* @param[in,out] pulAddend Pointer to memory location from where value is to be
* loaded and written back to.
* @param[in] ulCount Value to be added to *pulAddend.
*
* @return previous *pulAddend value.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_Add_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulAddend,
uint32_t ulCount )
{
uint32_t ulCurrent;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
ulCurrent = *pulAddend;
*pulAddend += ulCount;
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulCurrent;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic subtract
*
* @brief Atomically subtracts count from the value of the specified pointer
* pointers to.
*
* @param[in,out] pulAddend Pointer to memory location from where value is to be
* loaded and written back to.
* @param[in] ulCount Value to be subtract from *pulAddend.
*
* @return previous *pulAddend value.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_Subtract_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulAddend,
uint32_t ulCount )
{
uint32_t ulCurrent;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
ulCurrent = *pulAddend;
*pulAddend -= ulCount;
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulCurrent;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic increment
*
* @brief Atomically increments the value of the specified pointer points to.
*
* @param[in,out] pulAddend Pointer to memory location from where value is to be
* loaded and written back to.
*
* @return *pulAddend value before increment.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_Increment_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulAddend )
{
uint32_t ulCurrent;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
ulCurrent = *pulAddend;
*pulAddend += 1;
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulCurrent;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic decrement
*
* @brief Atomically decrements the value of the specified pointer points to
*
* @param[in,out] pulAddend Pointer to memory location from where value is to be
* loaded and written back to.
*
* @return *pulAddend value before decrement.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_Decrement_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulAddend )
{
uint32_t ulCurrent;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
ulCurrent = *pulAddend;
*pulAddend -= 1;
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulCurrent;
}
/*----------------------------- Bitwise Logical ------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic OR
*
* @brief Performs an atomic OR operation on the specified values.
*
* @param [in, out] pulDestination Pointer to memory location from where value is
* to be loaded and written back to.
* @param [in] ulValue Value to be ORed with *pulDestination.
*
* @return The original value of *pulDestination.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_OR_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulDestination,
uint32_t ulValue )
{
uint32_t ulCurrent;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
ulCurrent = *pulDestination;
*pulDestination |= ulValue;
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulCurrent;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic AND
*
* @brief Performs an atomic AND operation on the specified values.
*
* @param [in, out] pulDestination Pointer to memory location from where value is
* to be loaded and written back to.
* @param [in] ulValue Value to be ANDed with *pulDestination.
*
* @return The original value of *pulDestination.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_AND_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulDestination,
uint32_t ulValue )
{
uint32_t ulCurrent;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
ulCurrent = *pulDestination;
*pulDestination &= ulValue;
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulCurrent;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic NAND
*
* @brief Performs an atomic NAND operation on the specified values.
*
* @param [in, out] pulDestination Pointer to memory location from where value is
* to be loaded and written back to.
* @param [in] ulValue Value to be NANDed with *pulDestination.
*
* @return The original value of *pulDestination.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_NAND_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulDestination,
uint32_t ulValue )
{
uint32_t ulCurrent;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
ulCurrent = *pulDestination;
*pulDestination = ~( ulCurrent & ulValue );
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulCurrent;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic XOR
*
* @brief Performs an atomic XOR operation on the specified values.
*
* @param [in, out] pulDestination Pointer to memory location from where value is
* to be loaded and written back to.
* @param [in] ulValue Value to be XORed with *pulDestination.
*
* @return The original value of *pulDestination.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_XOR_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulDestination,
uint32_t ulValue )
{
uint32_t ulCurrent;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
ulCurrent = *pulDestination;
*pulDestination ^= ulValue;
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulCurrent;
}
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
/* *INDENT-ON* */
#endif /* ATOMIC_H */

View File

@ -1,285 +0,0 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.5.1 (ESP-IDF SMP modified)
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2023 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
#ifndef DEPRECATED_DEFINITIONS_H
#define DEPRECATED_DEFINITIONS_H
/* Each FreeRTOS port has a unique portmacro.h header file. Originally a
* pre-processor definition was used to ensure the pre-processor found the correct
* portmacro.h file for the port being used. That scheme was deprecated in favour
* of setting the compiler's include path such that it found the correct
* portmacro.h file - removing the need for the constant and allowing the
* portmacro.h file to be located anywhere in relation to the port being used. The
* definitions below remain in the code for backward compatibility only. New
* projects should not use them. */
#ifdef OPEN_WATCOM_INDUSTRIAL_PC_PORT
#include "..\..\Source\portable\owatcom\16bitdos\pc\portmacro.h"
typedef void ( __interrupt __far * pxISR )();
#endif
#ifdef OPEN_WATCOM_FLASH_LITE_186_PORT
#include "..\..\Source\portable\owatcom\16bitdos\flsh186\portmacro.h"
typedef void ( __interrupt __far * pxISR )();
#endif
#ifdef GCC_MEGA_AVR
#include "../portable/GCC/ATMega323/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef IAR_MEGA_AVR
#include "../portable/IAR/ATMega323/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef MPLAB_PIC24_PORT
#include "../../Source/portable/MPLAB/PIC24_dsPIC/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef MPLAB_DSPIC_PORT
#include "../../Source/portable/MPLAB/PIC24_dsPIC/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef MPLAB_PIC18F_PORT
#include "../../Source/portable/MPLAB/PIC18F/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef MPLAB_PIC32MX_PORT
#include "../../Source/portable/MPLAB/PIC32MX/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef _FEDPICC
#include "libFreeRTOS/Include/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef SDCC_CYGNAL
#include "../../Source/portable/SDCC/Cygnal/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_ARM7
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_LPC2000/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_ARM7_ECLIPSE
#include "portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef ROWLEY_LPC23xx
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_LPC23xx/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef IAR_MSP430
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\MSP430\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_MSP430
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MSP430F449/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef ROWLEY_MSP430
#include "../../Source/portable/Rowley/MSP430F449/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef ARM7_LPC21xx_KEIL_RVDS
#include "..\..\Source\portable\RVDS\ARM7_LPC21xx\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef SAM7_GCC
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_AT91SAM7S/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef SAM7_IAR
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\AtmelSAM7S64\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef SAM9XE_IAR
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\AtmelSAM9XE\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef LPC2000_IAR
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\LPC2000\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef STR71X_IAR
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR71x\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef STR75X_IAR
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR75x\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef STR75X_GCC
#include "..\..\Source\portable\GCC\STR75x\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef STR91X_IAR
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR91x\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_H8S
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/H8S2329/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_AT91FR40008
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_AT91FR40008/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef RVDS_ARMCM3_LM3S102
#include "../../Source/portable/RVDS/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_ARMCM3_LM3S102
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_ARMCM3
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef IAR_ARM_CM3
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef IAR_ARMCM3_LM
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef HCS12_CODE_WARRIOR
#include "../../Source/portable/CodeWarrior/HCS12/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef MICROBLAZE_GCC
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MicroBlaze/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef TERN_EE
#include "..\..\Source\portable\Paradigm\Tern_EE\small\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_HCS12
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/HCS12/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_MCF5235
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MCF5235/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef COLDFIRE_V2_GCC
#include "../../../Source/portable/GCC/ColdFire_V2/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef COLDFIRE_V2_CODEWARRIOR
#include "../../Source/portable/CodeWarrior/ColdFire_V2/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_PPC405
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/PPC405_Xilinx/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_PPC440
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/PPC440_Xilinx/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef _16FX_SOFTUNE
#include "..\..\Source\portable\Softune\MB96340\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef BCC_INDUSTRIAL_PC_PORT
/* A short file name has to be used in place of the normal
* FreeRTOSConfig.h when using the Borland compiler. */
#include "frconfig.h"
#include "..\portable\BCC\16BitDOS\PC\prtmacro.h"
typedef void ( __interrupt __far * pxISR )();
#endif
#ifdef BCC_FLASH_LITE_186_PORT
/* A short file name has to be used in place of the normal
* FreeRTOSConfig.h when using the Borland compiler. */
#include "frconfig.h"
#include "..\portable\BCC\16BitDOS\flsh186\prtmacro.h"
typedef void ( __interrupt __far * pxISR )();
#endif
#ifdef __GNUC__
#ifdef __AVR32_AVR32A__
#include "portmacro.h"
#endif
#endif
#ifdef __ICCAVR32__
#ifdef __CORE__
#if __CORE__ == __AVR32A__
#include "portmacro.h"
#endif
#endif
#endif
#ifdef __91467D
#include "portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __96340
#include "portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Fx3__
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx3__
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx3_L__
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx2__
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Hx2__
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __IAR_78K0R_Kx3__
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/78K0R/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __IAR_78K0R_Kx3L__
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/78K0R/portmacro.h"
#endif
#endif /* DEPRECATED_DEFINITIONS_H */

View File

@ -1,809 +0,0 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.5.1 (ESP-IDF SMP modified)
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2023 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
#ifndef EVENT_GROUPS_H
#define EVENT_GROUPS_H
#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
#error "include FreeRTOS.h" must appear in source files before "include event_groups.h"
#endif
/* FreeRTOS includes. */
#include "timers.h"
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* *INDENT-ON* */
/**
* An event group is a collection of bits to which an application can assign a
* meaning. For example, an application may create an event group to convey
* the status of various CAN bus related events in which bit 0 might mean "A CAN
* message has been received and is ready for processing", bit 1 might mean "The
* application has queued a message that is ready for sending onto the CAN
* network", and bit 2 might mean "It is time to send a SYNC message onto the
* CAN network" etc. A task can then test the bit values to see which events
* are active, and optionally enter the Blocked state to wait for a specified
* bit or a group of specified bits to be active. To continue the CAN bus
* example, a CAN controlling task can enter the Blocked state (and therefore
* not consume any processing time) until either bit 0, bit 1 or bit 2 are
* active, at which time the bit that was actually active would inform the task
* which action it had to take (process a received message, send a message, or
* send a SYNC).
*
* The event groups implementation contains intelligence to avoid race
* conditions that would otherwise occur were an application to use a simple
* variable for the same purpose. This is particularly important with respect
* to when a bit within an event group is to be cleared, and when bits have to
* be set and then tested atomically - as is the case where event groups are
* used to create a synchronisation point between multiple tasks (a
* 'rendezvous').
*/
/**
* event_groups.h
*
* Type by which event groups are referenced. For example, a call to
* xEventGroupCreate() returns an EventGroupHandle_t variable that can then
* be used as a parameter to other event group functions.
*
* \defgroup EventGroupHandle_t EventGroupHandle_t
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
struct EventGroupDef_t;
typedef struct EventGroupDef_t * EventGroupHandle_t;
/*
* The type that holds event bits always matches TickType_t - therefore the
* number of bits it holds is set by configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS (16 bits if set to 1,
* 32 bits if set to 0.
*
* \defgroup EventBits_t EventBits_t
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
typedef TickType_t EventBits_t;
/**
* event_groups.h
* @code{c}
* EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreate( void );
* @endcode
*
* Create a new event group.
*
* Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, event groups use a [small]
* block of memory, in which the event group's structure is stored. If an event
* groups is created using xEventGroupCreate() then the required memory is
* automatically dynamically allocated inside the xEventGroupCreate() function.
* (see https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00111.html). If an event group is created
* using xEventGroupCreateStatic() then the application writer must instead
* provide the memory that will get used by the event group.
* xEventGroupCreateStatic() therefore allows an event group to be created
* without using any dynamic memory allocation.
*
* Although event groups are not related to ticks, for internal implementation
* reasons the number of bits available for use in an event group is dependent
* on the configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS setting in FreeRTOSConfig.h. If
* configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS is 1 then each event group contains 8 usable bits (bit
* 0 to bit 7). If configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS is set to 0 then each event group has
* 24 usable bits (bit 0 to bit 23). The EventBits_t type is used to store
* event bits within an event group.
*
* @return If the event group was created then a handle to the event group is
* returned. If there was insufficient FreeRTOS heap available to create the
* event group then NULL is returned. See https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00111.html
*
* Example usage:
* @code{c}
* // Declare a variable to hold the created event group.
* EventGroupHandle_t xCreatedEventGroup;
*
* // Attempt to create the event group.
* xCreatedEventGroup = xEventGroupCreate();
*
* // Was the event group created successfully?
* if( xCreatedEventGroup == NULL )
* {
* // The event group was not created because there was insufficient
* // FreeRTOS heap available.
* }
* else
* {
* // The event group was created.
* }
* @endcode
* \defgroup xEventGroupCreate xEventGroupCreate
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
#if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreate( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
/**
* event_groups.h
* @code{c}
* EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreateStatic( EventGroupHandle_t * pxEventGroupBuffer );
* @endcode
*
* Create a new event group.
*
* Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, event groups use a [small]
* block of memory, in which the event group's structure is stored. If an event
* groups is created using xEventGroupCreate() then the required memory is
* automatically dynamically allocated inside the xEventGroupCreate() function.
* (see https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00111.html). If an event group is created
* using xEventGroupCreateStatic() then the application writer must instead
* provide the memory that will get used by the event group.
* xEventGroupCreateStatic() therefore allows an event group to be created
* without using any dynamic memory allocation.
*
* Although event groups are not related to ticks, for internal implementation
* reasons the number of bits available for use in an event group is dependent
* on the configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS setting in FreeRTOSConfig.h. If
* configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS is 1 then each event group contains 8 usable bits (bit
* 0 to bit 7). If configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS is set to 0 then each event group has
* 24 usable bits (bit 0 to bit 23). The EventBits_t type is used to store
* event bits within an event group.
*
* @param pxEventGroupBuffer pxEventGroupBuffer must point to a variable of type
* StaticEventGroup_t, which will be then be used to hold the event group's data
* structures, removing the need for the memory to be allocated dynamically.
*
* @return If the event group was created then a handle to the event group is
* returned. If pxEventGroupBuffer was NULL then NULL is returned.
*
* Example usage:
* @code{c}
* // StaticEventGroup_t is a publicly accessible structure that has the same
* // size and alignment requirements as the real event group structure. It is
* // provided as a mechanism for applications to know the size of the event
* // group (which is dependent on the architecture and configuration file
* // settings) without breaking the strict data hiding policy by exposing the
* // real event group internals. This StaticEventGroup_t variable is passed
* // into the xSemaphoreCreateEventGroupStatic() function and is used to store
* // the event group's data structures
* StaticEventGroup_t xEventGroupBuffer;
*
* // Create the event group without dynamically allocating any memory.
* xEventGroup = xEventGroupCreateStatic( &xEventGroupBuffer );
* @endcode
*/
#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreateStatic( StaticEventGroup_t * pxEventGroupBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
/**
* event_groups.h
* @code{c}
* EventBits_t xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
* const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
* const BaseType_t xClearOnExit,
* const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits,
* const TickType_t xTicksToWait );
* @endcode
*
* [Potentially] block to wait for one or more bits to be set within a
* previously created event group.
*
* This function cannot be called from an interrupt.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are being tested. The
* event group must have previously been created using a call to
* xEventGroupCreate().
*
* @param uxBitsToWaitFor A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to test
* inside the event group. For example, to wait for bit 0 and/or bit 2 set
* uxBitsToWaitFor to 0x05. To wait for bits 0 and/or bit 1 and/or bit 2 set
* uxBitsToWaitFor to 0x07. Etc.
*
* @param xClearOnExit If xClearOnExit is set to pdTRUE then any bits within
* uxBitsToWaitFor that are set within the event group will be cleared before
* xEventGroupWaitBits() returns if the wait condition was met (if the function
* returns for a reason other than a timeout). If xClearOnExit is set to
* pdFALSE then the bits set in the event group are not altered when the call to
* xEventGroupWaitBits() returns.
*
* @param xWaitForAllBits If xWaitForAllBits is set to pdTRUE then
* xEventGroupWaitBits() will return when either all the bits in uxBitsToWaitFor
* are set or the specified block time expires. If xWaitForAllBits is set to
* pdFALSE then xEventGroupWaitBits() will return when any one of the bits set
* in uxBitsToWaitFor is set or the specified block time expires. The block
* time is specified by the xTicksToWait parameter.
*
* @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time (specified in 'ticks') to wait
* for one/all (depending on the xWaitForAllBits value) of the bits specified by
* uxBitsToWaitFor to become set. A value of portMAX_DELAY can be used to block
* indefinitely (provided INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h).
*
* @return The value of the event group at the time either the bits being waited
* for became set, or the block time expired. Test the return value to know
* which bits were set. If xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because its timeout
* expired then not all the bits being waited for will be set. If
* xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because the bits it was waiting for were set
* then the returned value is the event group value before any bits were
* automatically cleared in the case that xClearOnExit parameter was set to
* pdTRUE.
*
* Example usage:
* @code{c}
* #define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
* #define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
*
* void aFunction( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
* {
* EventBits_t uxBits;
* const TickType_t xTicksToWait = 100 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS;
*
* // Wait a maximum of 100ms for either bit 0 or bit 4 to be set within
* // the event group. Clear the bits before exiting.
* uxBits = xEventGroupWaitBits(
* xEventGroup, // The event group being tested.
* BIT_0 | BIT_4, // The bits within the event group to wait for.
* pdTRUE, // BIT_0 and BIT_4 should be cleared before returning.
* pdFALSE, // Don't wait for both bits, either bit will do.
* xTicksToWait ); // Wait a maximum of 100ms for either bit to be set.
*
* if( ( uxBits & ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) ) == ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) )
* {
* // xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because both bits were set.
* }
* else if( ( uxBits & BIT_0 ) != 0 )
* {
* // xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because just BIT_0 was set.
* }
* else if( ( uxBits & BIT_4 ) != 0 )
* {
* // xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because just BIT_4 was set.
* }
* else
* {
* // xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because xTicksToWait ticks passed
* // without either BIT_0 or BIT_4 becoming set.
* }
* }
* @endcode
* \defgroup xEventGroupWaitBits xEventGroupWaitBits
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
const BaseType_t xClearOnExit,
const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* event_groups.h
* @code{c}
* EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear );
* @endcode
*
* Clear bits within an event group. This function cannot be called from an
* interrupt.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are to be cleared.
*
* @param uxBitsToClear A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to clear
* in the event group. For example, to clear bit 3 only, set uxBitsToClear to
* 0x08. To clear bit 3 and bit 0 set uxBitsToClear to 0x09.
*
* @return The value of the event group before the specified bits were cleared.
*
* Example usage:
* @code{c}
* #define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
* #define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
*
* void aFunction( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
* {
* EventBits_t uxBits;
*
* // Clear bit 0 and bit 4 in xEventGroup.
* uxBits = xEventGroupClearBits(
* xEventGroup, // The event group being updated.
* BIT_0 | BIT_4 );// The bits being cleared.
*
* if( ( uxBits & ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) ) == ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) )
* {
* // Both bit 0 and bit 4 were set before xEventGroupClearBits() was
* // called. Both will now be clear (not set).
* }
* else if( ( uxBits & BIT_0 ) != 0 )
* {
* // Bit 0 was set before xEventGroupClearBits() was called. It will
* // now be clear.
* }
* else if( ( uxBits & BIT_4 ) != 0 )
* {
* // Bit 4 was set before xEventGroupClearBits() was called. It will
* // now be clear.
* }
* else
* {
* // Neither bit 0 nor bit 4 were set in the first place.
* }
* }
* @endcode
* \defgroup xEventGroupClearBits xEventGroupClearBits
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* event_groups.h
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet );
* @endcode
*
* A version of xEventGroupClearBits() that can be called from an interrupt.
*
* Setting bits in an event group is not a deterministic operation because there
* are an unknown number of tasks that may be waiting for the bit or bits being
* set. FreeRTOS does not allow nondeterministic operations to be performed
* while interrupts are disabled, so protects event groups that are accessed
* from tasks by suspending the scheduler rather than disabling interrupts. As
* a result event groups cannot be accessed directly from an interrupt service
* routine. Therefore xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR() sends a message to the
* timer task to have the clear operation performed in the context of the timer
* task.
*
* @note If this function returns pdPASS then the timer task is ready to run
* and a portYIELD_FROM_ISR(pdTRUE) should be executed to perform the needed
* clear on the event group. This behavior is different from
* xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR because the parameter xHigherPriorityTaskWoken is
* not present.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are to be cleared.
*
* @param uxBitsToClear A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to clear.
* For example, to clear bit 3 only, set uxBitsToClear to 0x08. To clear bit 3
* and bit 0 set uxBitsToClear to 0x09.
*
* @return If the request to execute the function was posted successfully then
* pdPASS is returned, otherwise pdFALSE is returned. pdFALSE will be returned
* if the timer service queue was full.
*
* Example usage:
* @code{c}
* #define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
* #define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
*
* // An event group which it is assumed has already been created by a call to
* // xEventGroupCreate().
* EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup;
*
* void anInterruptHandler( void )
* {
* // Clear bit 0 and bit 4 in xEventGroup.
* xResult = xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR(
* xEventGroup, // The event group being updated.
* BIT_0 | BIT_4 ); // The bits being set.
*
* if( xResult == pdPASS )
* {
* // The message was posted successfully.
* portYIELD_FROM_ISR(pdTRUE);
* }
* }
* @endcode
* \defgroup xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
BaseType_t xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#else
#define xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear ) \
xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupClearBitsCallback, ( void * ) ( xEventGroup ), ( uint32_t ) ( uxBitsToClear ), NULL )
#endif
/**
* event_groups.h
* @code{c}
* EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet );
* @endcode
*
* Set bits within an event group.
* This function cannot be called from an interrupt. xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR()
* is a version that can be called from an interrupt.
*
* Setting bits in an event group will automatically unblock tasks that are
* blocked waiting for the bits.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are to be set.
*
* @param uxBitsToSet A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to set.
* For example, to set bit 3 only, set uxBitsToSet to 0x08. To set bit 3
* and bit 0 set uxBitsToSet to 0x09.
*
* @return The value of the event group at the time the call to
* xEventGroupSetBits() returns. There are two reasons why the returned value
* might have the bits specified by the uxBitsToSet parameter cleared. First,
* if setting a bit results in a task that was waiting for the bit leaving the
* blocked state then it is possible the bit will be cleared automatically
* (see the xClearBitOnExit parameter of xEventGroupWaitBits()). Second, any
* unblocked (or otherwise Ready state) task that has a priority above that of
* the task that called xEventGroupSetBits() will execute and may change the
* event group value before the call to xEventGroupSetBits() returns.
*
* Example usage:
* @code{c}
* #define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
* #define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
*
* void aFunction( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
* {
* EventBits_t uxBits;
*
* // Set bit 0 and bit 4 in xEventGroup.
* uxBits = xEventGroupSetBits(
* xEventGroup, // The event group being updated.
* BIT_0 | BIT_4 );// The bits being set.
*
* if( ( uxBits & ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) ) == ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) )
* {
* // Both bit 0 and bit 4 remained set when the function returned.
* }
* else if( ( uxBits & BIT_0 ) != 0 )
* {
* // Bit 0 remained set when the function returned, but bit 4 was
* // cleared. It might be that bit 4 was cleared automatically as a
* // task that was waiting for bit 4 was removed from the Blocked
* // state.
* }
* else if( ( uxBits & BIT_4 ) != 0 )
* {
* // Bit 4 remained set when the function returned, but bit 0 was
* // cleared. It might be that bit 0 was cleared automatically as a
* // task that was waiting for bit 0 was removed from the Blocked
* // state.
* }
* else
* {
* // Neither bit 0 nor bit 4 remained set. It might be that a task
* // was waiting for both of the bits to be set, and the bits were
* // cleared as the task left the Blocked state.
* }
* }
* @endcode
* \defgroup xEventGroupSetBits xEventGroupSetBits
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* event_groups.h
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
* @endcode
*
* A version of xEventGroupSetBits() that can be called from an interrupt.
*
* Setting bits in an event group is not a deterministic operation because there
* are an unknown number of tasks that may be waiting for the bit or bits being
* set. FreeRTOS does not allow nondeterministic operations to be performed in
* interrupts or from critical sections. Therefore xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR()
* sends a message to the timer task to have the set operation performed in the
* context of the timer task - where a scheduler lock is used in place of a
* critical section.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are to be set.
*
* @param uxBitsToSet A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to set.
* For example, to set bit 3 only, set uxBitsToSet to 0x08. To set bit 3
* and bit 0 set uxBitsToSet to 0x09.
*
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken As mentioned above, calling this function
* will result in a message being sent to the timer daemon task. If the
* priority of the timer daemon task is higher than the priority of the
* currently running task (the task the interrupt interrupted) then
* *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will be set to pdTRUE by
* xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR(), indicating that a context switch should be
* requested before the interrupt exits. For that reason
* *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken must be initialised to pdFALSE. See the
* example code below.
*
* @return If the request to execute the function was posted successfully then
* pdPASS is returned, otherwise pdFALSE is returned. pdFALSE will be returned
* if the timer service queue was full.
*
* Example usage:
* @code{c}
* #define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
* #define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
*
* // An event group which it is assumed has already been created by a call to
* // xEventGroupCreate().
* EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup;
*
* void anInterruptHandler( void )
* {
* BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken, xResult;
*
* // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken must be initialised to pdFALSE.
* xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
*
* // Set bit 0 and bit 4 in xEventGroup.
* xResult = xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR(
* xEventGroup, // The event group being updated.
* BIT_0 | BIT_4 // The bits being set.
* &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
*
* // Was the message posted successfully?
* if( xResult == pdPASS )
* {
* // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken is now set to pdTRUE then a context
* // switch should be requested. The macro used is port specific and
* // will be either portYIELD_FROM_ISR() or portEND_SWITCHING_ISR() -
* // refer to the documentation page for the port being used.
* portYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
* }
* }
* @endcode
* \defgroup xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
BaseType_t xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet,
BaseType_t * pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#else
#define xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) \
xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupSetBitsCallback, ( void * ) ( xEventGroup ), ( uint32_t ) ( uxBitsToSet ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) )
#endif
/**
* event_groups.h
* @code{c}
* EventBits_t xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
* const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet,
* const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
* TickType_t xTicksToWait );
* @endcode
*
* Atomically set bits within an event group, then wait for a combination of
* bits to be set within the same event group. This functionality is typically
* used to synchronise multiple tasks, where each task has to wait for the other
* tasks to reach a synchronisation point before proceeding.
*
* This function cannot be used from an interrupt.
*
* The function will return before its block time expires if the bits specified
* by the uxBitsToWait parameter are set, or become set within that time. In
* this case all the bits specified by uxBitsToWait will be automatically
* cleared before the function returns.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are being tested. The
* event group must have previously been created using a call to
* xEventGroupCreate().
*
* @param uxBitsToSet The bits to set in the event group before determining
* if, and possibly waiting for, all the bits specified by the uxBitsToWait
* parameter are set.
*
* @param uxBitsToWaitFor A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to test
* inside the event group. For example, to wait for bit 0 and bit 2 set
* uxBitsToWaitFor to 0x05. To wait for bits 0 and bit 1 and bit 2 set
* uxBitsToWaitFor to 0x07. Etc.
*
* @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time (specified in 'ticks') to wait
* for all of the bits specified by uxBitsToWaitFor to become set.
*
* @return The value of the event group at the time either the bits being waited
* for became set, or the block time expired. Test the return value to know
* which bits were set. If xEventGroupSync() returned because its timeout
* expired then not all the bits being waited for will be set. If
* xEventGroupSync() returned because all the bits it was waiting for were
* set then the returned value is the event group value before any bits were
* automatically cleared.
*
* Example usage:
* @code{c}
* // Bits used by the three tasks.
* #define TASK_0_BIT ( 1 << 0 )
* #define TASK_1_BIT ( 1 << 1 )
* #define TASK_2_BIT ( 1 << 2 )
*
* #define ALL_SYNC_BITS ( TASK_0_BIT | TASK_1_BIT | TASK_2_BIT )
*
* // Use an event group to synchronise three tasks. It is assumed this event
* // group has already been created elsewhere.
* EventGroupHandle_t xEventBits;
*
* void vTask0( void *pvParameters )
* {
* EventBits_t uxReturn;
* TickType_t xTicksToWait = 100 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS;
*
* for( ;; )
* {
* // Perform task functionality here.
*
* // Set bit 0 in the event flag to note this task has reached the
* // sync point. The other two tasks will set the other two bits defined
* // by ALL_SYNC_BITS. All three tasks have reached the synchronisation
* // point when all the ALL_SYNC_BITS are set. Wait a maximum of 100ms
* // for this to happen.
* uxReturn = xEventGroupSync( xEventBits, TASK_0_BIT, ALL_SYNC_BITS, xTicksToWait );
*
* if( ( uxReturn & ALL_SYNC_BITS ) == ALL_SYNC_BITS )
* {
* // All three tasks reached the synchronisation point before the call
* // to xEventGroupSync() timed out.
* }
* }
* }
*
* void vTask1( void *pvParameters )
* {
* for( ;; )
* {
* // Perform task functionality here.
*
* // Set bit 1 in the event flag to note this task has reached the
* // synchronisation point. The other two tasks will set the other two
* // bits defined by ALL_SYNC_BITS. All three tasks have reached the
* // synchronisation point when all the ALL_SYNC_BITS are set. Wait
* // indefinitely for this to happen.
* xEventGroupSync( xEventBits, TASK_1_BIT, ALL_SYNC_BITS, portMAX_DELAY );
*
* // xEventGroupSync() was called with an indefinite block time, so
* // this task will only reach here if the synchronisation was made by all
* // three tasks, so there is no need to test the return value.
* }
* }
*
* void vTask2( void *pvParameters )
* {
* for( ;; )
* {
* // Perform task functionality here.
*
* // Set bit 2 in the event flag to note this task has reached the
* // synchronisation point. The other two tasks will set the other two
* // bits defined by ALL_SYNC_BITS. All three tasks have reached the
* // synchronisation point when all the ALL_SYNC_BITS are set. Wait
* // indefinitely for this to happen.
* xEventGroupSync( xEventBits, TASK_2_BIT, ALL_SYNC_BITS, portMAX_DELAY );
*
* // xEventGroupSync() was called with an indefinite block time, so
* // this task will only reach here if the synchronisation was made by all
* // three tasks, so there is no need to test the return value.
* }
* }
*
* @endcode
* \defgroup xEventGroupSync xEventGroupSync
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* event_groups.h
* @code{c}
* EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup );
* @endcode
*
* Returns the current value of the bits in an event group. This function
* cannot be used from an interrupt.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group being queried.
*
* @return The event group bits at the time xEventGroupGetBits() was called.
*
* \defgroup xEventGroupGetBits xEventGroupGetBits
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
#define xEventGroupGetBits( xEventGroup ) xEventGroupClearBits( ( xEventGroup ), 0 )
/**
* event_groups.h
* @code{c}
* EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup );
* @endcode
*
* A version of xEventGroupGetBits() that can be called from an ISR.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group being queried.
*
* @return The event group bits at the time xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR() was called.
*
* \defgroup xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* event_groups.h
* @code{c}
* void xEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup );
* @endcode
*
* Delete an event group that was previously created by a call to
* xEventGroupCreate(). Tasks that are blocked on the event group will be
* unblocked and obtain 0 as the event group's value.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group being deleted.
*/
void vEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* event_groups.h
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xEventGroupGetStaticBuffer( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
* StaticEventGroup_t ** ppxEventGroupBuffer );
* @endcode
*
* Retrieve a pointer to a statically created event groups's data structure
* buffer. It is the same buffer that is supplied at the time of creation.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group for which to retrieve the buffer.
*
* @param ppxEventGroupBuffer Used to return a pointer to the event groups's
* data structure buffer.
*
* @return pdTRUE if the buffer was retrieved, pdFALSE otherwise.
*/
#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
BaseType_t xEventGroupGetStaticBuffer( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
StaticEventGroup_t ** ppxEventGroupBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
/* For internal use only. */
void vEventGroupSetBitsCallback( void * pvEventGroup,
const uint32_t ulBitsToSet ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void vEventGroupClearBitsCallback( void * pvEventGroup,
const uint32_t ulBitsToClear ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
UBaseType_t uxEventGroupGetNumber( void * xEventGroup ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void vEventGroupSetNumber( void * xEventGroup,
UBaseType_t uxEventGroupNumber ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
/* *INDENT-ON* */
#endif /* EVENT_GROUPS_H */

View File

@ -1,507 +0,0 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.5.1 (ESP-IDF SMP modified)
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2023 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
/*
* This is the list implementation used by the scheduler. While it is tailored
* heavily for the schedulers needs, it is also available for use by
* application code.
*
* list_ts can only store pointers to list_item_ts. Each ListItem_t contains a
* numeric value (xItemValue). Most of the time the lists are sorted in
* ascending item value order.
*
* Lists are created already containing one list item. The value of this
* item is the maximum possible that can be stored, it is therefore always at
* the end of the list and acts as a marker. The list member pxHead always
* points to this marker - even though it is at the tail of the list. This
* is because the tail contains a wrap back pointer to the true head of
* the list.
*
* In addition to it's value, each list item contains a pointer to the next
* item in the list (pxNext), a pointer to the list it is in (pxContainer)
* and a pointer to back to the object that contains it. These later two
* pointers are included for efficiency of list manipulation. There is
* effectively a two way link between the object containing the list item and
* the list item itself.
*
*
* \page ListIntroduction List Implementation
* \ingroup FreeRTOSIntro
*/
#ifndef LIST_H
#define LIST_H
#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
#error "FreeRTOS.h must be included before list.h"
#endif
/*
* The list structure members are modified from within interrupts, and therefore
* by rights should be declared volatile. However, they are only modified in a
* functionally atomic way (within critical sections of with the scheduler
* suspended) and are either passed by reference into a function or indexed via
* a volatile variable. Therefore, in all use cases tested so far, the volatile
* qualifier can be omitted in order to provide a moderate performance
* improvement without adversely affecting functional behaviour. The assembly
* instructions generated by the IAR, ARM and GCC compilers when the respective
* compiler's options were set for maximum optimisation has been inspected and
* deemed to be as intended. That said, as compiler technology advances, and
* especially if aggressive cross module optimisation is used (a use case that
* has not been exercised to any great extend) then it is feasible that the
* volatile qualifier will be needed for correct optimisation. It is expected
* that a compiler removing essential code because, without the volatile
* qualifier on the list structure members and with aggressive cross module
* optimisation, the compiler deemed the code unnecessary will result in
* complete and obvious failure of the scheduler. If this is ever experienced
* then the volatile qualifier can be inserted in the relevant places within the
* list structures by simply defining configLIST_VOLATILE to volatile in
* FreeRTOSConfig.h (as per the example at the bottom of this comment block).
* If configLIST_VOLATILE is not defined then the preprocessor directives below
* will simply #define configLIST_VOLATILE away completely.
*
* To use volatile list structure members then add the following line to
* FreeRTOSConfig.h (without the quotes):
* "#define configLIST_VOLATILE volatile"
*/
#ifndef configLIST_VOLATILE
#define configLIST_VOLATILE
#endif /* configSUPPORT_CROSS_MODULE_OPTIMISATION */
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* *INDENT-ON* */
/* Macros that can be used to place known values within the list structures,
* then check that the known values do not get corrupted during the execution of
* the application. These may catch the list data structures being overwritten in
* memory. They will not catch data errors caused by incorrect configuration or
* use of FreeRTOS.*/
#if ( configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES == 0 )
/* Define the macros to do nothing. */
#define listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listFIRST_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSECOND_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSET_FIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem )
#define listSET_SECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem )
#define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_1_VALUE( pxList )
#define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_2_VALUE( pxList )
#define listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxItem )
#define listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList )
#else /* if ( configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES == 0 ) */
/* Define macros that add new members into the list structures. */
#define listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE TickType_t xListItemIntegrityValue1;
#define listSECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE TickType_t xListItemIntegrityValue2;
#define listFIRST_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE TickType_t xListIntegrityValue1;
#define listSECOND_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE TickType_t xListIntegrityValue2;
/* Define macros that set the new structure members to known values. */
#define listSET_FIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem ) ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue1 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSET_SECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem ) ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue2 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_1_VALUE( pxList ) ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue1 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_2_VALUE( pxList ) ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue2 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
/* Define macros that will assert if one of the structure members does not
* contain its expected value. */
#define listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxItem ) configASSERT( ( ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue1 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) && ( ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue2 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) )
#define listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList ) configASSERT( ( ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue1 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) && ( ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue2 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) )
#endif /* configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES */
/*
* Definition of the only type of object that a list can contain.
*/
struct xLIST;
struct xLIST_ITEM
{
listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
configLIST_VOLATILE TickType_t xItemValue; /*< The value being listed. In most cases this is used to sort the list in ascending order. */
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxNext; /*< Pointer to the next ListItem_t in the list. */
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxPrevious; /*< Pointer to the previous ListItem_t in the list. */
void * pvOwner; /*< Pointer to the object (normally a TCB) that contains the list item. There is therefore a two way link between the object containing the list item and the list item itself. */
struct xLIST * configLIST_VOLATILE pxContainer; /*< Pointer to the list in which this list item is placed (if any). */
listSECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
};
typedef struct xLIST_ITEM ListItem_t; /* For some reason lint wants this as two separate definitions. */
#if ( configUSE_MINI_LIST_ITEM == 1 )
struct xMINI_LIST_ITEM
{
listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
configLIST_VOLATILE TickType_t xItemValue;
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxNext;
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxPrevious;
};
typedef struct xMINI_LIST_ITEM MiniListItem_t;
#else
typedef struct xLIST_ITEM MiniListItem_t;
#endif
/*
* Definition of the type of queue used by the scheduler.
*/
typedef struct xLIST
{
listFIRST_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
volatile UBaseType_t uxNumberOfItems;
ListItem_t * configLIST_VOLATILE pxIndex; /*< Used to walk through the list. Points to the last item returned by a call to listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY (). */
MiniListItem_t xListEnd; /*< List item that contains the maximum possible item value meaning it is always at the end of the list and is therefore used as a marker. */
listSECOND_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
} List_t;
/*
* Access macro to set the owner of a list item. The owner of a list item
* is the object (usually a TCB) that contains the list item.
*
* \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( pxListItem, pxOwner ) ( ( pxListItem )->pvOwner = ( void * ) ( pxOwner ) )
/*
* Access macro to get the owner of a list item. The owner of a list item
* is the object (usually a TCB) that contains the list item.
*
* \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->pvOwner )
/*
* Access macro to set the value of the list item. In most cases the value is
* used to sort the list in ascending order.
*
* \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem, xValue ) ( ( pxListItem )->xItemValue = ( xValue ) )
/*
* Access macro to retrieve the value of the list item. The value can
* represent anything - for example the priority of a task, or the time at
* which a task should be unblocked.
*
* \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->xItemValue )
/*
* Access macro to retrieve the value of the list item at the head of a given
* list.
*
* \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList ) ( ( ( pxList )->xListEnd ).pxNext->xItemValue )
/*
* Return the list item at the head of the list.
*
* \page listGET_HEAD_ENTRY listGET_HEAD_ENTRY
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList ) ( ( ( pxList )->xListEnd ).pxNext )
/*
* Return the next list item.
*
* \page listGET_NEXT listGET_NEXT
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_NEXT( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->pxNext )
/*
* Return the list item that marks the end of the list
*
* \page listGET_END_MARKER listGET_END_MARKER
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_END_MARKER( pxList ) ( ( ListItem_t const * ) ( &( ( pxList )->xListEnd ) ) )
/*
* Access macro to determine if a list contains any items. The macro will
* only have the value true if the list is empty.
*
* \page listLIST_IS_EMPTY listLIST_IS_EMPTY
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxList ) ( ( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 ) ? pdTRUE : pdFALSE )
/*
* Access macro to return the number of items in the list.
*/
#define listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( pxList ) ( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems )
/*
* Access function to obtain the owner of the next entry in a list.
*
* The list member pxIndex is used to walk through a list. Calling
* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY increments pxIndex to the next item in the list
* and returns that entry's pxOwner parameter. Using multiple calls to this
* function it is therefore possible to move through every item contained in
* a list.
*
* The pxOwner parameter of a list item is a pointer to the object that owns
* the list item. In the scheduler this is normally a task control block.
* The pxOwner parameter effectively creates a two way link between the list
* item and its owner.
*
* @param pxTCB pxTCB is set to the address of the owner of the next list item.
* @param pxList The list from which the next item owner is to be returned.
*
* \page listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxTCB, pxList ) \
{ \
List_t * const pxConstList = ( pxList ); \
/* Increment the index to the next item and return the item, ensuring */ \
/* we don't return the marker used at the end of the list. */ \
( pxConstList )->pxIndex = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pxNext; \
if( ( void * ) ( pxConstList )->pxIndex == ( void * ) &( ( pxConstList )->xListEnd ) ) \
{ \
( pxConstList )->pxIndex = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pxNext; \
} \
( pxTCB ) = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pvOwner; \
}
/*
* Version of uxListRemove() that does not return a value. Provided as a slight
* optimisation for xTaskIncrementTick() by being inline.
*
* Remove an item from a list. The list item has a pointer to the list that
* it is in, so only the list item need be passed into the function.
*
* @param uxListRemove The item to be removed. The item will remove itself from
* the list pointed to by it's pxContainer parameter.
*
* @return The number of items that remain in the list after the list item has
* been removed.
*
* \page listREMOVE_ITEM listREMOVE_ITEM
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listREMOVE_ITEM( pxItemToRemove ) \
{ \
/* The list item knows which list it is in. Obtain the list from the list \
* item. */ \
List_t * const pxList = ( pxItemToRemove )->pxContainer; \
\
( pxItemToRemove )->pxNext->pxPrevious = ( pxItemToRemove )->pxPrevious; \
( pxItemToRemove )->pxPrevious->pxNext = ( pxItemToRemove )->pxNext; \
/* Make sure the index is left pointing to a valid item. */ \
if( pxList->pxIndex == ( pxItemToRemove ) ) \
{ \
pxList->pxIndex = ( pxItemToRemove )->pxPrevious; \
} \
\
( pxItemToRemove )->pxContainer = NULL; \
( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )--; \
}
/*
* Inline version of vListInsertEnd() to provide slight optimisation for
* xTaskIncrementTick().
*
* Insert a list item into a list. The item will be inserted in a position
* such that it will be the last item within the list returned by multiple
* calls to listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY.
*
* The list member pxIndex is used to walk through a list. Calling
* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY increments pxIndex to the next item in the list.
* Placing an item in a list using vListInsertEnd effectively places the item
* in the list position pointed to by pxIndex. This means that every other
* item within the list will be returned by listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY before
* the pxIndex parameter again points to the item being inserted.
*
* @param pxList The list into which the item is to be inserted.
*
* @param pxNewListItem The list item to be inserted into the list.
*
* \page listINSERT_END listINSERT_END
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listINSERT_END( pxList, pxNewListItem ) \
{ \
ListItem_t * const pxIndex = ( pxList )->pxIndex; \
\
/* Only effective when configASSERT() is also defined, these tests may catch \
* the list data structures being overwritten in memory. They will not catch \
* data errors caused by incorrect configuration or use of FreeRTOS. */ \
listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( ( pxList ) ); \
listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( ( pxNewListItem ) ); \
\
/* Insert a new list item into ( pxList ), but rather than sort the list, \
* makes the new list item the last item to be removed by a call to \
* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY(). */ \
( pxNewListItem )->pxNext = pxIndex; \
( pxNewListItem )->pxPrevious = pxIndex->pxPrevious; \
\
pxIndex->pxPrevious->pxNext = ( pxNewListItem ); \
pxIndex->pxPrevious = ( pxNewListItem ); \
\
/* Remember which list the item is in. */ \
( pxNewListItem )->pxContainer = ( pxList ); \
\
( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems )++; \
}
/*
* Access function to obtain the owner of the first entry in a list. Lists
* are normally sorted in ascending item value order.
*
* This function returns the pxOwner member of the first item in the list.
* The pxOwner parameter of a list item is a pointer to the object that owns
* the list item. In the scheduler this is normally a task control block.
* The pxOwner parameter effectively creates a two way link between the list
* item and its owner.
*
* @param pxList The list from which the owner of the head item is to be
* returned.
*
* \page listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList ) ( ( &( ( pxList )->xListEnd ) )->pxNext->pvOwner )
/*
* Check to see if a list item is within a list. The list item maintains a
* "container" pointer that points to the list it is in. All this macro does
* is check to see if the container and the list match.
*
* @param pxList The list we want to know if the list item is within.
* @param pxListItem The list item we want to know if is in the list.
* @return pdTRUE if the list item is in the list, otherwise pdFALSE.
*/
#define listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( pxList, pxListItem ) ( ( ( pxListItem )->pxContainer == ( pxList ) ) ? ( pdTRUE ) : ( pdFALSE ) )
/*
* Return the list a list item is contained within (referenced from).
*
* @param pxListItem The list item being queried.
* @return A pointer to the List_t object that references the pxListItem
*/
#define listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->pxContainer )
/*
* This provides a crude means of knowing if a list has been initialised, as
* pxList->xListEnd.xItemValue is set to portMAX_DELAY by the vListInitialise()
* function.
*/
#define listLIST_IS_INITIALISED( pxList ) ( ( pxList )->xListEnd.xItemValue == portMAX_DELAY )
/*
* Must be called before a list is used! This initialises all the members
* of the list structure and inserts the xListEnd item into the list as a
* marker to the back of the list.
*
* @param pxList Pointer to the list being initialised.
*
* \page vListInitialise vListInitialise
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
void vListInitialise( List_t * const pxList ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Must be called before a list item is used. This sets the list container to
* null so the item does not think that it is already contained in a list.
*
* @param pxItem Pointer to the list item being initialised.
*
* \page vListInitialiseItem vListInitialiseItem
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
void vListInitialiseItem( ListItem_t * const pxItem ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Insert a list item into a list. The item will be inserted into the list in
* a position determined by its item value (ascending item value order).
*
* @param pxList The list into which the item is to be inserted.
*
* @param pxNewListItem The item that is to be placed in the list.
*
* \page vListInsert vListInsert
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
void vListInsert( List_t * const pxList,
ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Insert a list item into a list. The item will be inserted in a position
* such that it will be the last item within the list returned by multiple
* calls to listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY.
*
* The list member pxIndex is used to walk through a list. Calling
* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY increments pxIndex to the next item in the list.
* Placing an item in a list using vListInsertEnd effectively places the item
* in the list position pointed to by pxIndex. This means that every other
* item within the list will be returned by listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY before
* the pxIndex parameter again points to the item being inserted.
*
* @param pxList The list into which the item is to be inserted.
*
* @param pxNewListItem The list item to be inserted into the list.
*
* \page vListInsertEnd vListInsertEnd
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
void vListInsertEnd( List_t * const pxList,
ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Remove an item from a list. The list item has a pointer to the list that
* it is in, so only the list item need be passed into the function.
*
* @param uxListRemove The item to be removed. The item will remove itself from
* the list pointed to by it's pxContainer parameter.
*
* @return The number of items that remain in the list after the list item has
* been removed.
*
* \page uxListRemove uxListRemove
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
UBaseType_t uxListRemove( ListItem_t * const pxItemToRemove ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
/* *INDENT-ON* */
#endif /* ifndef LIST_H */

View File

@ -1,891 +0,0 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.5.1 (ESP-IDF SMP modified)
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2023 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
/*
* Message buffers build functionality on top of FreeRTOS stream buffers.
* Whereas stream buffers are used to send a continuous stream of data from one
* task or interrupt to another, message buffers are used to send variable
* length discrete messages from one task or interrupt to another. Their
* implementation is light weight, making them particularly suited for interrupt
* to task and core to core communication scenarios.
*
* ***NOTE***: Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
* implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
* are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
* interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
* interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader). It is safe for the
* writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
* FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
* multiple different readers. If there are to be multiple different writers
* then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
* (such as xMessageBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
* block time to 0. Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
* then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
* (such as xMessageBufferRead()) inside a critical section and set the receive
* timeout to 0.
*
* Message buffers hold variable length messages. To enable that, when a
* message is written to the message buffer an additional sizeof( size_t ) bytes
* are also written to store the message's length (that happens internally, with
* the API function). sizeof( size_t ) is typically 4 bytes on a 32-bit
* architecture, so writing a 10 byte message to a message buffer on a 32-bit
* architecture will actually reduce the available space in the message buffer
* by 14 bytes (10 byte are used by the message, and 4 bytes to hold the length
* of the message).
*/
#ifndef FREERTOS_MESSAGE_BUFFER_H
#define FREERTOS_MESSAGE_BUFFER_H
#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
#error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include message_buffer.h"
#endif
/* Message buffers are built onto of stream buffers. */
#include "stream_buffer.h"
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#if defined( __cplusplus )
extern "C" {
#endif
/* *INDENT-ON* */
/**
* Type by which message buffers are referenced. For example, a call to
* xMessageBufferCreate() returns an MessageBufferHandle_t variable that can
* then be used as a parameter to xMessageBufferSend(), xMessageBufferReceive(),
* etc. Message buffer is essentially built as a stream buffer hence its handle
* is also set to same type as a stream buffer handle.
*/
typedef StreamBufferHandle_t MessageBufferHandle_t;
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* message_buffer.h
*
* @code{c}
* MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBufferCreate( size_t xBufferSizeBytes );
* @endcode
*
* Creates a new message buffer using dynamically allocated memory. See
* xMessageBufferCreateStatic() for a version that uses statically allocated
* memory (memory that is allocated at compile time).
*
* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION must be set to 1 or left undefined in
* FreeRTOSConfig.h for xMessageBufferCreate() to be available.
*
* @param xBufferSizeBytes The total number of bytes (not messages) the message
* buffer will be able to hold at any one time. When a message is written to
* the message buffer an additional sizeof( size_t ) bytes are also written to
* store the message's length. sizeof( size_t ) is typically 4 bytes on a
* 32-bit architecture, so on most 32-bit architectures a 10 byte message will
* take up 14 bytes of message buffer space.
*
* @param pxSendCompletedCallback Callback invoked when a send operation to the
* message buffer is complete. If the parameter is NULL or xMessageBufferCreate()
* is called without the parameter, then it will use the default implementation
* provided by sbSEND_COMPLETED macro. To enable the callback,
* configUSE_SB_COMPLETED_CALLBACK must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h.
*
* @param pxReceiveCompletedCallback Callback invoked when a receive operation from
* the message buffer is complete. If the parameter is NULL or xMessageBufferCreate()
* is called without the parameter, it will use the default implementation provided
* by sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED macro. To enable the callback,
* configUSE_SB_COMPLETED_CALLBACK must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h.
*
* @return If NULL is returned, then the message buffer cannot be created
* because there is insufficient heap memory available for FreeRTOS to allocate
* the message buffer data structures and storage area. A non-NULL value being
* returned indicates that the message buffer has been created successfully -
* the returned value should be stored as the handle to the created message
* buffer.
*
* Example use:
* @code{c}
*
* void vAFunction( void )
* {
* MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer;
* const size_t xMessageBufferSizeBytes = 100;
*
* // Create a message buffer that can hold 100 bytes. The memory used to hold
* // both the message buffer structure and the messages themselves is allocated
* // dynamically. Each message added to the buffer consumes an additional 4
* // bytes which are used to hold the length of the message.
* xMessageBuffer = xMessageBufferCreate( xMessageBufferSizeBytes );
*
* if( xMessageBuffer == NULL )
* {
* // There was not enough heap memory space available to create the
* // message buffer.
* }
* else
* {
* // The message buffer was created successfully and can now be used.
* }
*
* @endcode
* \defgroup xMessageBufferCreate xMessageBufferCreate
* \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferCreate( xBufferSizeBytes ) \
xStreamBufferGenericCreate( ( xBufferSizeBytes ), ( size_t ) 0, pdTRUE, NULL, NULL )
#if ( configUSE_SB_COMPLETED_CALLBACK == 1 )
#define xMessageBufferCreateWithCallback( xBufferSizeBytes, pxSendCompletedCallback, pxReceiveCompletedCallback ) \
xStreamBufferGenericCreate( ( xBufferSizeBytes ), ( size_t ) 0, pdTRUE, ( pxSendCompletedCallback ), ( pxReceiveCompletedCallback ) )
#endif
/**
* message_buffer.h
*
* @code{c}
* MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBufferCreateStatic( size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
* uint8_t *pucMessageBufferStorageArea,
* StaticMessageBuffer_t *pxStaticMessageBuffer );
* @endcode
* Creates a new message buffer using statically allocated memory. See
* xMessageBufferCreate() for a version that uses dynamically allocated memory.
*
* @param xBufferSizeBytes The size, in bytes, of the buffer pointed to by the
* pucMessageBufferStorageArea parameter. When a message is written to the
* message buffer an additional sizeof( size_t ) bytes are also written to store
* the message's length. sizeof( size_t ) is typically 4 bytes on a 32-bit
* architecture, so on most 32-bit architecture a 10 byte message will take up
* 14 bytes of message buffer space. The maximum number of bytes that can be
* stored in the message buffer is actually (xBufferSizeBytes - 1).
*
* @param pucMessageBufferStorageArea Must point to a uint8_t array that is at
* least xBufferSizeBytes big. This is the array to which messages are
* copied when they are written to the message buffer.
*
* @param pxStaticMessageBuffer Must point to a variable of type
* StaticMessageBuffer_t, which will be used to hold the message buffer's data
* structure.
*
* @param pxSendCompletedCallback Callback invoked when a new message is sent to the message buffer.
* If the parameter is NULL or xMessageBufferCreate() is called without the parameter, then it will use the default
* implementation provided by sbSEND_COMPLETED macro. To enable the callback,
* configUSE_SB_COMPLETED_CALLBACK must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h.
*
* @param pxReceiveCompletedCallback Callback invoked when a message is read from a
* message buffer. If the parameter is NULL or xMessageBufferCreate() is called without the parameter, it will
* use the default implementation provided by sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED macro. To enable the callback,
* configUSE_SB_COMPLETED_CALLBACK must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h.
*
* @return If the message buffer is created successfully then a handle to the
* created message buffer is returned. If either pucMessageBufferStorageArea or
* pxStaticmessageBuffer are NULL then NULL is returned.
*
* Example use:
* @code{c}
*
* // Used to dimension the array used to hold the messages. The available space
* // will actually be one less than this, so 999.
#define STORAGE_SIZE_BYTES 1000
*
* // Defines the memory that will actually hold the messages within the message
* // buffer.
* static uint8_t ucStorageBuffer[ STORAGE_SIZE_BYTES ];
*
* // The variable used to hold the message buffer structure.
* StaticMessageBuffer_t xMessageBufferStruct;
*
* void MyFunction( void )
* {
* MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer;
*
* xMessageBuffer = xMessageBufferCreateStatic( sizeof( ucStorageBuffer ),
* ucStorageBuffer,
* &xMessageBufferStruct );
*
* // As neither the pucMessageBufferStorageArea or pxStaticMessageBuffer
* // parameters were NULL, xMessageBuffer will not be NULL, and can be used to
* // reference the created message buffer in other message buffer API calls.
*
* // Other code that uses the message buffer can go here.
* }
*
* @endcode
* \defgroup xMessageBufferCreateStatic xMessageBufferCreateStatic
* \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferCreateStatic( xBufferSizeBytes, pucMessageBufferStorageArea, pxStaticMessageBuffer ) \
xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic( ( xBufferSizeBytes ), 0, pdTRUE, ( pucMessageBufferStorageArea ), ( pxStaticMessageBuffer ), NULL, NULL )
#if ( configUSE_SB_COMPLETED_CALLBACK == 1 )
#define xMessageBufferCreateStaticWithCallback( xBufferSizeBytes, pucMessageBufferStorageArea, pxStaticMessageBuffer, pxSendCompletedCallback, pxReceiveCompletedCallback ) \
xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic( ( xBufferSizeBytes ), 0, pdTRUE, ( pucMessageBufferStorageArea ), ( pxStaticMessageBuffer ), ( pxSendCompletedCallback ), ( pxReceiveCompletedCallback ) )
#endif
/**
* message_buffer.h
*
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xMessageBufferGetStaticBuffers( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer,
* uint8_t ** ppucMessageBufferStorageArea,
* StaticMessageBuffer_t ** ppxStaticMessageBuffer );
* @endcode
*
* Retrieve pointers to a statically created message buffer's data structure
* buffer and storage area buffer. These are the same buffers that are supplied
* at the time of creation.
*
* @param xMessageBuffer The message buffer for which to retrieve the buffers.
*
* @param ppucMessageBufferStorageArea Used to return a pointer to the
* message buffer's storage area buffer.
*
* @param ppxStaticMessageBuffer Used to return a pointer to the message
* buffer's data structure buffer.
*
* @return pdTRUE if buffers were retrieved, pdFALSE otherwise.
*
* \defgroup xMessageBufferGetStaticBuffers xMessageBufferGetStaticBuffers
* \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
*/
#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
#define xMessageBufferGetStaticBuffers( xMessageBuffer, ppucMessageBufferStorageArea, ppxStaticMessageBuffer ) \
xStreamBufferGetStaticBuffers( ( xMessageBuffer ), ( ppucMessageBufferStorageArea ), ( ppxStaticMessageBuffer ) )
#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
/**
* message_buffer.h
*
* @code{c}
* size_t xMessageBufferSend( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer,
* const void *pvTxData,
* size_t xDataLengthBytes,
* TickType_t xTicksToWait );
* @endcode
*
* Sends a discrete message to the message buffer. The message can be any
* length that fits within the buffer's free space, and is copied into the
* buffer.
*
* ***NOTE***: Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
* implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
* are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
* interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
* interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader). It is safe for the
* writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
* FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
* multiple different readers. If there are to be multiple different writers
* then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
* (such as xMessageBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
* block time to 0. Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
* then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
* (such as xMessageBufferRead()) inside a critical section and set the receive
* block time to 0.
*
* Use xMessageBufferSend() to write to a message buffer from a task. Use
* xMessageBufferSendFromISR() to write to a message buffer from an interrupt
* service routine (ISR).
*
* @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer to which a message is
* being sent.
*
* @param pvTxData A pointer to the message that is to be copied into the
* message buffer.
*
* @param xDataLengthBytes The length of the message. That is, the number of
* bytes to copy from pvTxData into the message buffer. When a message is
* written to the message buffer an additional sizeof( size_t ) bytes are also
* written to store the message's length. sizeof( size_t ) is typically 4 bytes
* on a 32-bit architecture, so on most 32-bit architecture setting
* xDataLengthBytes to 20 will reduce the free space in the message buffer by 24
* bytes (20 bytes of message data and 4 bytes to hold the message length).
*
* @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the calling task should remain
* in the Blocked state to wait for enough space to become available in the
* message buffer, should the message buffer have insufficient space when
* xMessageBufferSend() is called. The calling task will never block if
* xTicksToWait is zero. The block time is specified in tick periods, so the
* absolute time it represents is dependent on the tick frequency. The macro
* pdMS_TO_TICKS() can be used to convert a time specified in milliseconds into
* a time specified in ticks. Setting xTicksToWait to portMAX_DELAY will cause
* the task to wait indefinitely (without timing out), provided
* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h. Tasks do not use any
* CPU time when they are in the Blocked state.
*
* @return The number of bytes written to the message buffer. If the call to
* xMessageBufferSend() times out before there was enough space to write the
* message into the message buffer then zero is returned. If the call did not
* time out then xDataLengthBytes is returned.
*
* Example use:
* @code{c}
* void vAFunction( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer )
* {
* size_t xBytesSent;
* uint8_t ucArrayToSend[] = { 0, 1, 2, 3 };
* char *pcStringToSend = "String to send";
* const TickType_t x100ms = pdMS_TO_TICKS( 100 );
*
* // Send an array to the message buffer, blocking for a maximum of 100ms to
* // wait for enough space to be available in the message buffer.
* xBytesSent = xMessageBufferSend( xMessageBuffer, ( void * ) ucArrayToSend, sizeof( ucArrayToSend ), x100ms );
*
* if( xBytesSent != sizeof( ucArrayToSend ) )
* {
* // The call to xMessageBufferSend() times out before there was enough
* // space in the buffer for the data to be written.
* }
*
* // Send the string to the message buffer. Return immediately if there is
* // not enough space in the buffer.
* xBytesSent = xMessageBufferSend( xMessageBuffer, ( void * ) pcStringToSend, strlen( pcStringToSend ), 0 );
*
* if( xBytesSent != strlen( pcStringToSend ) )
* {
* // The string could not be added to the message buffer because there was
* // not enough free space in the buffer.
* }
* }
* @endcode
* \defgroup xMessageBufferSend xMessageBufferSend
* \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferSend( xMessageBuffer, pvTxData, xDataLengthBytes, xTicksToWait ) \
xStreamBufferSend( ( xMessageBuffer ), ( pvTxData ), ( xDataLengthBytes ), ( xTicksToWait ) )
/**
* message_buffer.h
*
* @code{c}
* size_t xMessageBufferSendFromISR( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer,
* const void *pvTxData,
* size_t xDataLengthBytes,
* BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
* @endcode
*
* Interrupt safe version of the API function that sends a discrete message to
* the message buffer. The message can be any length that fits within the
* buffer's free space, and is copied into the buffer.
*
* ***NOTE***: Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
* implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
* are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
* interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
* interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader). It is safe for the
* writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
* FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
* multiple different readers. If there are to be multiple different writers
* then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
* (such as xMessageBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
* block time to 0. Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
* then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
* (such as xMessageBufferRead()) inside a critical section and set the receive
* block time to 0.
*
* Use xMessageBufferSend() to write to a message buffer from a task. Use
* xMessageBufferSendFromISR() to write to a message buffer from an interrupt
* service routine (ISR).
*
* @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer to which a message is
* being sent.
*
* @param pvTxData A pointer to the message that is to be copied into the
* message buffer.
*
* @param xDataLengthBytes The length of the message. That is, the number of
* bytes to copy from pvTxData into the message buffer. When a message is
* written to the message buffer an additional sizeof( size_t ) bytes are also
* written to store the message's length. sizeof( size_t ) is typically 4 bytes
* on a 32-bit architecture, so on most 32-bit architecture setting
* xDataLengthBytes to 20 will reduce the free space in the message buffer by 24
* bytes (20 bytes of message data and 4 bytes to hold the message length).
*
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken It is possible that a message buffer will
* have a task blocked on it waiting for data. Calling
* xMessageBufferSendFromISR() can make data available, and so cause a task that
* was waiting for data to leave the Blocked state. If calling
* xMessageBufferSendFromISR() causes a task to leave the Blocked state, and the
* unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently executing task (the
* task that was interrupted), then, internally, xMessageBufferSendFromISR()
* will set *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE. If
* xMessageBufferSendFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE, then normally a
* context switch should be performed before the interrupt is exited. This will
* ensure that the interrupt returns directly to the highest priority Ready
* state task. *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be set to pdFALSE before it
* is passed into the function. See the code example below for an example.
*
* @return The number of bytes actually written to the message buffer. If the
* message buffer didn't have enough free space for the message to be stored
* then 0 is returned, otherwise xDataLengthBytes is returned.
*
* Example use:
* @code{c}
* // A message buffer that has already been created.
* MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer;
*
* void vAnInterruptServiceRoutine( void )
* {
* size_t xBytesSent;
* char *pcStringToSend = "String to send";
* BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE; // Initialised to pdFALSE.
*
* // Attempt to send the string to the message buffer.
* xBytesSent = xMessageBufferSendFromISR( xMessageBuffer,
* ( void * ) pcStringToSend,
* strlen( pcStringToSend ),
* &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
*
* if( xBytesSent != strlen( pcStringToSend ) )
* {
* // The string could not be added to the message buffer because there was
* // not enough free space in the buffer.
* }
*
* // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was set to pdTRUE inside
* // xMessageBufferSendFromISR() then a task that has a priority above the
* // priority of the currently executing task was unblocked and a context
* // switch should be performed to ensure the ISR returns to the unblocked
* // task. In most FreeRTOS ports this is done by simply passing
* // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken into portYIELD_FROM_ISR(), which will test the
* // variables value, and perform the context switch if necessary. Check the
* // documentation for the port in use for port specific instructions.
* portYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
* }
* @endcode
* \defgroup xMessageBufferSendFromISR xMessageBufferSendFromISR
* \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferSendFromISR( xMessageBuffer, pvTxData, xDataLengthBytes, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) \
xStreamBufferSendFromISR( ( xMessageBuffer ), ( pvTxData ), ( xDataLengthBytes ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) )
/**
* message_buffer.h
*
* @code{c}
* size_t xMessageBufferReceive( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer,
* void *pvRxData,
* size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
* TickType_t xTicksToWait );
* @endcode
*
* Receives a discrete message from a message buffer. Messages can be of
* variable length and are copied out of the buffer.
*
* ***NOTE***: Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
* implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
* are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
* interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
* interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader). It is safe for the
* writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
* FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
* multiple different readers. If there are to be multiple different writers
* then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
* (such as xMessageBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
* block time to 0. Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
* then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
* (such as xMessageBufferRead()) inside a critical section and set the receive
* block time to 0.
*
* Use xMessageBufferReceive() to read from a message buffer from a task. Use
* xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() to read from a message buffer from an
* interrupt service routine (ISR).
*
* @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer from which a message
* is being received.
*
* @param pvRxData A pointer to the buffer into which the received message is
* to be copied.
*
* @param xBufferLengthBytes The length of the buffer pointed to by the pvRxData
* parameter. This sets the maximum length of the message that can be received.
* If xBufferLengthBytes is too small to hold the next message then the message
* will be left in the message buffer and 0 will be returned.
*
* @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should remain in the
* Blocked state to wait for a message, should the message buffer be empty.
* xMessageBufferReceive() will return immediately if xTicksToWait is zero and
* the message buffer is empty. The block time is specified in tick periods, so
* the absolute time it represents is dependent on the tick frequency. The
* macro pdMS_TO_TICKS() can be used to convert a time specified in milliseconds
* into a time specified in ticks. Setting xTicksToWait to portMAX_DELAY will
* cause the task to wait indefinitely (without timing out), provided
* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h. Tasks do not use any
* CPU time when they are in the Blocked state.
*
* @return The length, in bytes, of the message read from the message buffer, if
* any. If xMessageBufferReceive() times out before a message became available
* then zero is returned. If the length of the message is greater than
* xBufferLengthBytes then the message will be left in the message buffer and
* zero is returned.
*
* Example use:
* @code{c}
* void vAFunction( MessageBuffer_t xMessageBuffer )
* {
* uint8_t ucRxData[ 20 ];
* size_t xReceivedBytes;
* const TickType_t xBlockTime = pdMS_TO_TICKS( 20 );
*
* // Receive the next message from the message buffer. Wait in the Blocked
* // state (so not using any CPU processing time) for a maximum of 100ms for
* // a message to become available.
* xReceivedBytes = xMessageBufferReceive( xMessageBuffer,
* ( void * ) ucRxData,
* sizeof( ucRxData ),
* xBlockTime );
*
* if( xReceivedBytes > 0 )
* {
* // A ucRxData contains a message that is xReceivedBytes long. Process
* // the message here....
* }
* }
* @endcode
* \defgroup xMessageBufferReceive xMessageBufferReceive
* \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferReceive( xMessageBuffer, pvRxData, xBufferLengthBytes, xTicksToWait ) \
xStreamBufferReceive( ( xMessageBuffer ), ( pvRxData ), ( xBufferLengthBytes ), ( xTicksToWait ) )
/**
* message_buffer.h
*
* @code{c}
* size_t xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer,
* void *pvRxData,
* size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
* BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
* @endcode
*
* An interrupt safe version of the API function that receives a discrete
* message from a message buffer. Messages can be of variable length and are
* copied out of the buffer.
*
* ***NOTE***: Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
* implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
* are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
* interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
* interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader). It is safe for the
* writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
* FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
* multiple different readers. If there are to be multiple different writers
* then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
* (such as xMessageBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
* block time to 0. Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
* then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
* (such as xMessageBufferRead()) inside a critical section and set the receive
* block time to 0.
*
* Use xMessageBufferReceive() to read from a message buffer from a task. Use
* xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() to read from a message buffer from an
* interrupt service routine (ISR).
*
* @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer from which a message
* is being received.
*
* @param pvRxData A pointer to the buffer into which the received message is
* to be copied.
*
* @param xBufferLengthBytes The length of the buffer pointed to by the pvRxData
* parameter. This sets the maximum length of the message that can be received.
* If xBufferLengthBytes is too small to hold the next message then the message
* will be left in the message buffer and 0 will be returned.
*
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken It is possible that a message buffer will
* have a task blocked on it waiting for space to become available. Calling
* xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() can make space available, and so cause a task
* that is waiting for space to leave the Blocked state. If calling
* xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() causes a task to leave the Blocked state, and
* the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently executing task
* (the task that was interrupted), then, internally,
* xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() will set *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE.
* If xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE, then normally a
* context switch should be performed before the interrupt is exited. That will
* ensure the interrupt returns directly to the highest priority Ready state
* task. *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be set to pdFALSE before it is
* passed into the function. See the code example below for an example.
*
* @return The length, in bytes, of the message read from the message buffer, if
* any.
*
* Example use:
* @code{c}
* // A message buffer that has already been created.
* MessageBuffer_t xMessageBuffer;
*
* void vAnInterruptServiceRoutine( void )
* {
* uint8_t ucRxData[ 20 ];
* size_t xReceivedBytes;
* BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE; // Initialised to pdFALSE.
*
* // Receive the next message from the message buffer.
* xReceivedBytes = xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR( xMessageBuffer,
* ( void * ) ucRxData,
* sizeof( ucRxData ),
* &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
*
* if( xReceivedBytes > 0 )
* {
* // A ucRxData contains a message that is xReceivedBytes long. Process
* // the message here....
* }
*
* // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was set to pdTRUE inside
* // xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() then a task that has a priority above the
* // priority of the currently executing task was unblocked and a context
* // switch should be performed to ensure the ISR returns to the unblocked
* // task. In most FreeRTOS ports this is done by simply passing
* // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken into portYIELD_FROM_ISR(), which will test the
* // variables value, and perform the context switch if necessary. Check the
* // documentation for the port in use for port specific instructions.
* portYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
* }
* @endcode
* \defgroup xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR
* \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR( xMessageBuffer, pvRxData, xBufferLengthBytes, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) \
xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR( ( xMessageBuffer ), ( pvRxData ), ( xBufferLengthBytes ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) )
/**
* message_buffer.h
*
* @code{c}
* void vMessageBufferDelete( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer );
* @endcode
*
* Deletes a message buffer that was previously created using a call to
* xMessageBufferCreate() or xMessageBufferCreateStatic(). If the message
* buffer was created using dynamic memory (that is, by xMessageBufferCreate()),
* then the allocated memory is freed.
*
* A message buffer handle must not be used after the message buffer has been
* deleted.
*
* @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer to be deleted.
*
*/
#define vMessageBufferDelete( xMessageBuffer ) \
vStreamBufferDelete( xMessageBuffer )
/**
* message_buffer.h
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xMessageBufferIsFull( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer );
* @endcode
*
* Tests to see if a message buffer is full. A message buffer is full if it
* cannot accept any more messages, of any size, until space is made available
* by a message being removed from the message buffer.
*
* @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer being queried.
*
* @return If the message buffer referenced by xMessageBuffer is full then
* pdTRUE is returned. Otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
*/
#define xMessageBufferIsFull( xMessageBuffer ) \
xStreamBufferIsFull( xMessageBuffer )
/**
* message_buffer.h
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xMessageBufferIsEmpty( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer );
* @endcode
*
* Tests to see if a message buffer is empty (does not contain any messages).
*
* @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer being queried.
*
* @return If the message buffer referenced by xMessageBuffer is empty then
* pdTRUE is returned. Otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
*
*/
#define xMessageBufferIsEmpty( xMessageBuffer ) \
xStreamBufferIsEmpty( xMessageBuffer )
/**
* message_buffer.h
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xMessageBufferReset( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer );
* @endcode
*
* Resets a message buffer to its initial empty state, discarding any message it
* contained.
*
* A message buffer can only be reset if there are no tasks blocked on it.
*
* @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer being reset.
*
* @return If the message buffer was reset then pdPASS is returned. If the
* message buffer could not be reset because either there was a task blocked on
* the message queue to wait for space to become available, or to wait for a
* a message to be available, then pdFAIL is returned.
*
* \defgroup xMessageBufferReset xMessageBufferReset
* \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferReset( xMessageBuffer ) \
xStreamBufferReset( xMessageBuffer )
/**
* message_buffer.h
* @code{c}
* size_t xMessageBufferSpaceAvailable( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer );
* @endcode
* Returns the number of bytes of free space in the message buffer.
*
* @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer being queried.
*
* @return The number of bytes that can be written to the message buffer before
* the message buffer would be full. When a message is written to the message
* buffer an additional sizeof( size_t ) bytes are also written to store the
* message's length. sizeof( size_t ) is typically 4 bytes on a 32-bit
* architecture, so if xMessageBufferSpacesAvailable() returns 10, then the size
* of the largest message that can be written to the message buffer is 6 bytes.
*
* \defgroup xMessageBufferSpaceAvailable xMessageBufferSpaceAvailable
* \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferSpaceAvailable( xMessageBuffer ) \
xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( xMessageBuffer )
#define xMessageBufferSpacesAvailable( xMessageBuffer ) \
xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( xMessageBuffer ) /* Corrects typo in original macro name. */
/**
* message_buffer.h
* @code{c}
* size_t xMessageBufferNextLengthBytes( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer );
* @endcode
* Returns the length (in bytes) of the next message in a message buffer.
* Useful if xMessageBufferReceive() returned 0 because the size of the buffer
* passed into xMessageBufferReceive() was too small to hold the next message.
*
* @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer being queried.
*
* @return The length (in bytes) of the next message in the message buffer, or 0
* if the message buffer is empty.
*
* \defgroup xMessageBufferNextLengthBytes xMessageBufferNextLengthBytes
* \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferNextLengthBytes( xMessageBuffer ) \
xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes( xMessageBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* message_buffer.h
*
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
* @endcode
*
* For advanced users only.
*
* The sbSEND_COMPLETED() macro is called from within the FreeRTOS APIs when
* data is sent to a message buffer or stream buffer. If there was a task that
* was blocked on the message or stream buffer waiting for data to arrive then
* the sbSEND_COMPLETED() macro sends a notification to the task to remove it
* from the Blocked state. xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR() does the same
* thing. It is provided to enable application writers to implement their own
* version of sbSEND_COMPLETED(), and MUST NOT BE USED AT ANY OTHER TIME.
*
* See the example implemented in FreeRTOS/Demo/Minimal/MessageBufferAMP.c for
* additional information.
*
* @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the stream buffer to which data was
* written.
*
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be
* initialised to pdFALSE before it is passed into
* xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR(). If calling
* xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR() removes a task from the Blocked state,
* and the task has a priority above the priority of the currently running task,
* then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will get set to pdTRUE indicating that a
* context switch should be performed before exiting the ISR.
*
* @return If a task was removed from the Blocked state then pdTRUE is returned.
* Otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
*
* \defgroup xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR( xMessageBuffer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) \
xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR( ( xMessageBuffer ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) )
/**
* message_buffer.h
*
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
* @endcode
*
* For advanced users only.
*
* The sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED() macro is called from within the FreeRTOS APIs when
* data is read out of a message buffer or stream buffer. If there was a task
* that was blocked on the message or stream buffer waiting for data to arrive
* then the sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED() macro sends a notification to the task to
* remove it from the Blocked state. xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR()
* does the same thing. It is provided to enable application writers to
* implement their own version of sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED(), and MUST NOT BE USED AT
* ANY OTHER TIME.
*
* See the example implemented in FreeRTOS/Demo/Minimal/MessageBufferAMP.c for
* additional information.
*
* @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the stream buffer from which data was
* read.
*
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be
* initialised to pdFALSE before it is passed into
* xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR(). If calling
* xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR() removes a task from the Blocked state,
* and the task has a priority above the priority of the currently running task,
* then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will get set to pdTRUE indicating that a
* context switch should be performed before exiting the ISR.
*
* @return If a task was removed from the Blocked state then pdTRUE is returned.
* Otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
*
* \defgroup xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR( xMessageBuffer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) \
xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR( ( xMessageBuffer ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) )
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#if defined( __cplusplus )
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
/* *INDENT-ON* */
#endif /* !defined( FREERTOS_MESSAGE_BUFFER_H ) */

View File

@ -1,268 +0,0 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.5.1 (ESP-IDF SMP modified)
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2023 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
/*
* When the MPU is used the standard (non MPU) API functions are mapped to
* equivalents that start "MPU_", the prototypes for which are defined in this
* header files. This will cause the application code to call the MPU_ version
* which wraps the non-MPU version with privilege promoting then demoting code,
* so the kernel code always runs will full privileges.
*/
#ifndef MPU_PROTOTYPES_H
#define MPU_PROTOTYPES_H
/* MPU versions of task.h API functions. */
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCreate( TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode,
const char * const pcName,
const uint16_t usStackDepth,
void * const pvParameters,
UBaseType_t uxPriority,
TaskHandle_t * const pxCreatedTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskCreateStatic( TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode,
const char * const pcName,
const uint32_t ulStackDepth,
void * const pvParameters,
UBaseType_t uxPriority,
StackType_t * const puxStackBuffer,
StaticTask_t * const pxTaskBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskDelete( TaskHandle_t xTaskToDelete ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskDelay( const TickType_t xTicksToDelay ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskDelayUntil( TickType_t * const pxPreviousWakeTime,
const TickType_t xTimeIncrement ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskAbortDelay( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskPriorityGet( const TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
eTaskState MPU_eTaskGetState( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskGetInfo( TaskHandle_t xTask,
TaskStatus_t * pxTaskStatus,
BaseType_t xGetFreeStackSpace,
eTaskState eState ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskPrioritySet( TaskHandle_t xTask,
UBaseType_t uxNewPriority ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskSuspend( TaskHandle_t xTaskToSuspend ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskResume( TaskHandle_t xTaskToResume ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskStartScheduler( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskSuspendAll( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskResumeAll( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TickType_t MPU_xTaskGetTickCount( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
char * MPU_pcTaskGetName( TaskHandle_t xTaskToQuery ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskGetHandle( const char * pcNameToQuery ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag( TaskHandle_t xTask,
TaskHookFunction_t pxHookFunction ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TaskHookFunction_t MPU_xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointer( TaskHandle_t xTaskToSet,
BaseType_t xIndex,
void * pvValue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void * MPU_pvTaskGetThreadLocalStoragePointer( TaskHandle_t xTaskToQuery,
BaseType_t xIndex ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook( TaskHandle_t xTask,
void * pvParameter ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskGetSystemState( TaskStatus_t * const pxTaskStatusArray,
const UBaseType_t uxArraySize,
configRUN_TIME_COUNTER_TYPE * const pulTotalRunTime ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
configRUN_TIME_COUNTER_TYPE MPU_ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
configRUN_TIME_COUNTER_TYPE MPU_ulTaskGetIdleRunTimePercent( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskList( char * pcWriteBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskGetRunTimeStats( char * pcWriteBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGenericNotify( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify,
UBaseType_t uxIndexToNotify,
uint32_t ulValue,
eNotifyAction eAction,
uint32_t * pulPreviousNotificationValue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGenericNotifyWait( UBaseType_t uxIndexToWaitOn,
uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnEntry,
uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnExit,
uint32_t * pulNotificationValue,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
uint32_t MPU_ulTaskGenericNotifyTake( UBaseType_t uxIndexToWaitOn,
BaseType_t xClearCountOnExit,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGenericNotifyStateClear( TaskHandle_t xTask,
UBaseType_t uxIndexToClear ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
uint32_t MPU_ulTaskGenericNotifyValueClear( TaskHandle_t xTask,
UBaseType_t uxIndexToClear,
uint32_t ulBitsToClear ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskIncrementTick( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskSetTimeOutState( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCheckForTimeOut( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut,
TickType_t * const pxTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskMissedYield( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGetSchedulerState( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCatchUpTicks( TickType_t xTicksToCatchUp ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
/* MPU versions of queue.h API functions. */
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueGenericSend( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
const void * const pvItemToQueue,
TickType_t xTicksToWait,
const BaseType_t xCopyPosition ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueReceive( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
void * const pvBuffer,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueuePeek( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
void * const pvBuffer,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueSemaphoreTake( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxQueueMessagesWaiting( const QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxQueueSpacesAvailable( const QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateMutex( const uint8_t ucQueueType ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateMutexStatic( const uint8_t ucQueueType,
StaticQueue_t * pxStaticQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( const UBaseType_t uxMaxCount,
const UBaseType_t uxInitialCount ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic( const UBaseType_t uxMaxCount,
const UBaseType_t uxInitialCount,
StaticQueue_t * pxStaticQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TaskHandle_t MPU_xQueueGetMutexHolder( QueueHandle_t xSemaphore ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t xMutex,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t pxMutex ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vQueueAddToRegistry( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
const char * pcName ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vQueueUnregisterQueue( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
const char * MPU_pcQueueGetName( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueGenericCreate( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength,
const UBaseType_t uxItemSize,
const uint8_t ucQueueType ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueGenericCreateStatic( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength,
const UBaseType_t uxItemSize,
uint8_t * pucQueueStorage,
StaticQueue_t * pxStaticQueue,
const uint8_t ucQueueType ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
QueueSetHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateSet( const UBaseType_t uxEventQueueLength ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueAddToSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore,
QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueRemoveFromSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore,
QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
QueueSetMemberHandle_t MPU_xQueueSelectFromSet( QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet,
const TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueGenericReset( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
BaseType_t xNewQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vQueueSetQueueNumber( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
UBaseType_t uxQueueNumber ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxQueueGetQueueNumber( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
uint8_t MPU_ucQueueGetQueueType( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
/* MPU versions of timers.h API functions. */
TimerHandle_t MPU_xTimerCreate( const char * const pcTimerName,
const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
void * const pvTimerID,
TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TimerHandle_t MPU_xTimerCreateStatic( const char * const pcTimerName,
const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
void * const pvTimerID,
TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction,
StaticTimer_t * pxTimerBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void * MPU_pvTimerGetTimerID( const TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTimerSetTimerID( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
void * pvNewID ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTimerIsTimerActive( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TaskHandle_t MPU_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTimerPendFunctionCall( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend,
void * pvParameter1,
uint32_t ulParameter2,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
const char * MPU_pcTimerGetName( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTimerSetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxTimerGetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TickType_t MPU_xTimerGetPeriod( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TickType_t MPU_xTimerGetExpiryTime( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTimerCreateTimerTask( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTimerGenericCommand( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
const BaseType_t xCommandID,
const TickType_t xOptionalValue,
BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken,
const TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
/* MPU versions of event_group.h API functions. */
EventGroupHandle_t MPU_xEventGroupCreate( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
EventGroupHandle_t MPU_xEventGroupCreateStatic( StaticEventGroup_t * pxEventGroupBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
const BaseType_t xClearOnExit,
const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxEventGroupGetNumber( void * xEventGroup ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
/* MPU versions of message/stream_buffer.h API functions. */
size_t MPU_xStreamBufferSend( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
const void * pvTxData,
size_t xDataLengthBytes,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
size_t MPU_xStreamBufferReceive( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
void * pvRxData,
size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
size_t MPU_xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vStreamBufferDelete( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferIsFull( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferIsEmpty( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferReset( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
size_t MPU_xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
size_t MPU_xStreamBufferBytesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
size_t xTriggerLevel ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
StreamBufferHandle_t MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreate( size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
size_t xTriggerLevelBytes,
BaseType_t xIsMessageBuffer,
StreamBufferCallbackFunction_t pxSendCompletedCallback,
StreamBufferCallbackFunction_t pxReceiveCompletedCallback ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
StreamBufferHandle_t MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic( size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
size_t xTriggerLevelBytes,
BaseType_t xIsMessageBuffer,
uint8_t * const pucStreamBufferStorageArea,
StaticStreamBuffer_t * const pxStaticStreamBuffer,
StreamBufferCallbackFunction_t pxSendCompletedCallback,
StreamBufferCallbackFunction_t pxReceiveCompletedCallback ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
#endif /* MPU_PROTOTYPES_H */

View File

@ -1,188 +0,0 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.5.1 (ESP-IDF SMP modified)
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2023 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
#ifndef MPU_WRAPPERS_H
#define MPU_WRAPPERS_H
/* This file redefines API functions to be called through a wrapper macro, but
* only for ports that are using the MPU. */
#if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
/* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE will be defined when this file is
* included from queue.c or task.c to prevent it from having an effect within
* those files. */
#ifndef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
/*
* Map standard (non MPU) API functions to equivalents that start
* "MPU_". This will cause the application code to call the MPU_
* version, which wraps the non-MPU version with privilege promoting
* then demoting code, so the kernel code always runs will full
* privileges.
*/
/* Map standard task.h API functions to the MPU equivalents. */
#define xTaskCreate MPU_xTaskCreate
#define xTaskCreateStatic MPU_xTaskCreateStatic
#define vTaskDelete MPU_vTaskDelete
#define vTaskDelay MPU_vTaskDelay
#define xTaskDelayUntil MPU_xTaskDelayUntil
#define xTaskAbortDelay MPU_xTaskAbortDelay
#define uxTaskPriorityGet MPU_uxTaskPriorityGet
#define eTaskGetState MPU_eTaskGetState
#define vTaskGetInfo MPU_vTaskGetInfo
#define vTaskPrioritySet MPU_vTaskPrioritySet
#define vTaskSuspend MPU_vTaskSuspend
#define vTaskResume MPU_vTaskResume
#define vTaskSuspendAll MPU_vTaskSuspendAll
#define xTaskResumeAll MPU_xTaskResumeAll
#define xTaskGetTickCount MPU_xTaskGetTickCount
#define uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks MPU_uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks
#define pcTaskGetName MPU_pcTaskGetName
#define xTaskGetHandle MPU_xTaskGetHandle
#define uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark
#define uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2 MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2
#define vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag MPU_vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag
#define xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag MPU_xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag
#define vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointer MPU_vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointer
#define pvTaskGetThreadLocalStoragePointer MPU_pvTaskGetThreadLocalStoragePointer
#define xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook MPU_xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook
#define xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle MPU_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle
#define uxTaskGetSystemState MPU_uxTaskGetSystemState
#define vTaskList MPU_vTaskList
#define vTaskGetRunTimeStats MPU_vTaskGetRunTimeStats
#define ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter MPU_ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter
#define ulTaskGetIdleRunTimePercent MPU_ulTaskGetIdleRunTimePercent
#define xTaskGenericNotify MPU_xTaskGenericNotify
#define xTaskGenericNotifyWait MPU_xTaskGenericNotifyWait
#define ulTaskGenericNotifyTake MPU_ulTaskGenericNotifyTake
#define xTaskGenericNotifyStateClear MPU_xTaskGenericNotifyStateClear
#define ulTaskGenericNotifyValueClear MPU_ulTaskGenericNotifyValueClear
#define xTaskCatchUpTicks MPU_xTaskCatchUpTicks
#define xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle MPU_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle
#define vTaskSetTimeOutState MPU_vTaskSetTimeOutState
#define xTaskCheckForTimeOut MPU_xTaskCheckForTimeOut
#define xTaskGetSchedulerState MPU_xTaskGetSchedulerState
/* Map standard queue.h API functions to the MPU equivalents. */
#define xQueueGenericSend MPU_xQueueGenericSend
#define xQueueReceive MPU_xQueueReceive
#define xQueuePeek MPU_xQueuePeek
#define xQueueSemaphoreTake MPU_xQueueSemaphoreTake
#define uxQueueMessagesWaiting MPU_uxQueueMessagesWaiting
#define uxQueueSpacesAvailable MPU_uxQueueSpacesAvailable
#define vQueueDelete MPU_vQueueDelete
#define xQueueCreateMutex MPU_xQueueCreateMutex
#define xQueueCreateMutexStatic MPU_xQueueCreateMutexStatic
#define xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore
#define xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic
#define xQueueGetMutexHolder MPU_xQueueGetMutexHolder
#define xQueueTakeMutexRecursive MPU_xQueueTakeMutexRecursive
#define xQueueGiveMutexRecursive MPU_xQueueGiveMutexRecursive
#define xQueueGenericCreate MPU_xQueueGenericCreate
#define xQueueGenericCreateStatic MPU_xQueueGenericCreateStatic
#define xQueueCreateSet MPU_xQueueCreateSet
#define xQueueAddToSet MPU_xQueueAddToSet
#define xQueueRemoveFromSet MPU_xQueueRemoveFromSet
#define xQueueSelectFromSet MPU_xQueueSelectFromSet
#define xQueueGenericReset MPU_xQueueGenericReset
#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
#define vQueueAddToRegistry MPU_vQueueAddToRegistry
#define vQueueUnregisterQueue MPU_vQueueUnregisterQueue
#define pcQueueGetName MPU_pcQueueGetName
#endif
/* Map standard timer.h API functions to the MPU equivalents. */
#define pvTimerGetTimerID MPU_pvTimerGetTimerID
#define vTimerSetTimerID MPU_vTimerSetTimerID
#define xTimerIsTimerActive MPU_xTimerIsTimerActive
#define xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle MPU_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle
#define pcTimerGetName MPU_pcTimerGetName
#define vTimerSetReloadMode MPU_vTimerSetReloadMode
#define uxTimerGetReloadMode MPU_uxTimerGetReloadMode
#define xTimerGetPeriod MPU_xTimerGetPeriod
#define xTimerGetExpiryTime MPU_xTimerGetExpiryTime
#define xTimerGenericCommand MPU_xTimerGenericCommand
/* Map standard event_group.h API functions to the MPU equivalents. */
#define xEventGroupCreate MPU_xEventGroupCreate
#define xEventGroupCreateStatic MPU_xEventGroupCreateStatic
#define xEventGroupWaitBits MPU_xEventGroupWaitBits
#define xEventGroupClearBits MPU_xEventGroupClearBits
#define xEventGroupSetBits MPU_xEventGroupSetBits
#define xEventGroupSync MPU_xEventGroupSync
#define vEventGroupDelete MPU_vEventGroupDelete
/* Map standard message/stream_buffer.h API functions to the MPU
* equivalents. */
#define xStreamBufferSend MPU_xStreamBufferSend
#define xStreamBufferReceive MPU_xStreamBufferReceive
#define xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes MPU_xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes
#define vStreamBufferDelete MPU_vStreamBufferDelete
#define xStreamBufferIsFull MPU_xStreamBufferIsFull
#define xStreamBufferIsEmpty MPU_xStreamBufferIsEmpty
#define xStreamBufferReset MPU_xStreamBufferReset
#define xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable MPU_xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable
#define xStreamBufferBytesAvailable MPU_xStreamBufferBytesAvailable
#define xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel MPU_xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel
#define xStreamBufferGenericCreate MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreate
#define xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic
/* Remove the privileged function macro, but keep the PRIVILEGED_DATA
* macro so applications can place data in privileged access sections
* (useful when using statically allocated objects). */
#define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION
#define PRIVILEGED_DATA __attribute__( ( section( "privileged_data" ) ) )
#define FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL
#else /* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE */
/* Ensure API functions go in the privileged execution section. */
#define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION __attribute__( ( section( "privileged_functions" ) ) )
#define PRIVILEGED_DATA __attribute__( ( section( "privileged_data" ) ) )
#define FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL __attribute__( ( section( "freertos_system_calls" ) ) )
#endif /* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE */
#else /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
#define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION
#define PRIVILEGED_DATA
#define FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL
#endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
#endif /* MPU_WRAPPERS_H */

View File

@ -1,242 +0,0 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.5.1 (ESP-IDF SMP modified)
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2023 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
/*-----------------------------------------------------------
* Portable layer API. Each function must be defined for each port.
*----------------------------------------------------------*/
#ifndef PORTABLE_H
#define PORTABLE_H
/* Each FreeRTOS port has a unique portmacro.h header file. Originally a
* pre-processor definition was used to ensure the pre-processor found the correct
* portmacro.h file for the port being used. That scheme was deprecated in favour
* of setting the compiler's include path such that it found the correct
* portmacro.h file - removing the need for the constant and allowing the
* portmacro.h file to be located anywhere in relation to the port being used.
* Purely for reasons of backward compatibility the old method is still valid, but
* to make it clear that new projects should not use it, support for the port
* specific constants has been moved into the deprecated_definitions.h header
* file. */
#include "deprecated_definitions.h"
/* If portENTER_CRITICAL is not defined then including deprecated_definitions.h
* did not result in a portmacro.h header file being included - and it should be
* included here. In this case the path to the correct portmacro.h header file
* must be set in the compiler's include path. */
#ifndef portENTER_CRITICAL
#include "portmacro.h"
#endif
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 32
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x001f )
#elif portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 16
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x000f )
#elif portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 8
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0007 )
#elif portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 4
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0003 )
#elif portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 2
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0001 )
#elif portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 1
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0000 )
#else /* if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 32 */
#error "Invalid portBYTE_ALIGNMENT definition"
#endif /* if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 32 */
#ifndef portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS
#define portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS 0
#endif
#ifndef portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS
#define portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS 1
#endif
#ifndef portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING
#define portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING 0
#endif
#ifndef portARCH_NAME
#define portARCH_NAME NULL
#endif
#ifndef configSTACK_ALLOCATION_FROM_SEPARATE_HEAP
/* Defaults to 0 for backward compatibility. */
#define configSTACK_ALLOCATION_FROM_SEPARATE_HEAP 0
#endif
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* *INDENT-ON* */
#include "mpu_wrappers.h"
/*
* Setup the stack of a new task so it is ready to be placed under the
* scheduler control. The registers have to be placed on the stack in
* the order that the port expects to find them.
*
*/
#if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
#if ( portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING == 1 )
StackType_t * pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t * pxTopOfStack,
StackType_t * pxEndOfStack,
TaskFunction_t pxCode,
void * pvParameters,
BaseType_t xRunPrivileged ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#else
StackType_t * pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t * pxTopOfStack,
TaskFunction_t pxCode,
void * pvParameters,
BaseType_t xRunPrivileged ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
#else /* if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) */
#if ( portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING == 1 )
StackType_t * pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t * pxTopOfStack,
StackType_t * pxEndOfStack,
TaskFunction_t pxCode,
void * pvParameters ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#else
StackType_t * pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t * pxTopOfStack,
TaskFunction_t pxCode,
void * pvParameters ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
#endif /* if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) */
/* Used by heap_5.c to define the start address and size of each memory region
* that together comprise the total FreeRTOS heap space. */
typedef struct HeapRegion
{
uint8_t * pucStartAddress;
size_t xSizeInBytes;
} HeapRegion_t;
/* Used to pass information about the heap out of vPortGetHeapStats(). */
typedef struct xHeapStats
{
size_t xAvailableHeapSpaceInBytes; /* The total heap size currently available - this is the sum of all the free blocks, not the largest block that can be allocated. */
size_t xSizeOfLargestFreeBlockInBytes; /* The maximum size, in bytes, of all the free blocks within the heap at the time vPortGetHeapStats() is called. */
size_t xSizeOfSmallestFreeBlockInBytes; /* The minimum size, in bytes, of all the free blocks within the heap at the time vPortGetHeapStats() is called. */
size_t xNumberOfFreeBlocks; /* The number of free memory blocks within the heap at the time vPortGetHeapStats() is called. */
size_t xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining; /* The minimum amount of total free memory (sum of all free blocks) there has been in the heap since the system booted. */
size_t xNumberOfSuccessfulAllocations; /* The number of calls to pvPortMalloc() that have returned a valid memory block. */
size_t xNumberOfSuccessfulFrees; /* The number of calls to vPortFree() that has successfully freed a block of memory. */
} HeapStats_t;
/*
* Used to define multiple heap regions for use by heap_5.c. This function
* must be called before any calls to pvPortMalloc() - not creating a task,
* queue, semaphore, mutex, software timer, event group, etc. will result in
* pvPortMalloc being called.
*
* pxHeapRegions passes in an array of HeapRegion_t structures - each of which
* defines a region of memory that can be used as the heap. The array is
* terminated by a HeapRegions_t structure that has a size of 0. The region
* with the lowest start address must appear first in the array.
*/
void vPortDefineHeapRegions( const HeapRegion_t * const pxHeapRegions ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Returns a HeapStats_t structure filled with information about the current
* heap state.
*/
void vPortGetHeapStats( HeapStats_t * pxHeapStats );
/*
* Map to the memory management routines required for the port.
*/
void * pvPortMalloc( size_t xSize ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void * pvPortCalloc( size_t xNum,
size_t xSize ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void vPortFree( void * pv ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
size_t xPortGetMinimumEverFreeHeapSize( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#if ( configSTACK_ALLOCATION_FROM_SEPARATE_HEAP == 1 )
void * pvPortMallocStack( size_t xSize ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void vPortFreeStack( void * pv ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#else
#define pvPortMallocStack pvPortMalloc
#define vPortFreeStack vPortFree
#endif
#if ( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 )
/**
* task.h
* @code{c}
* void vApplicationMallocFailedHook( void )
* @endcode
*
* This hook function is called when allocation failed.
*/
void vApplicationMallocFailedHook( void ); /*lint !e526 Symbol not defined as it is an application callback. */
#endif
/*
* Setup the hardware ready for the scheduler to take control. This generally
* sets up a tick interrupt and sets timers for the correct tick frequency.
*/
BaseType_t xPortStartScheduler( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Undo any hardware/ISR setup that was performed by xPortStartScheduler() so
* the hardware is left in its original condition after the scheduler stops
* executing.
*/
void vPortEndScheduler( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* The structures and methods of manipulating the MPU are contained within the
* port layer.
*
* Fills the xMPUSettings structure with the memory region information
* contained in xRegions.
*/
#if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
struct xMEMORY_REGION;
void vPortStoreTaskMPUSettings( xMPU_SETTINGS * xMPUSettings,
const struct xMEMORY_REGION * const xRegions,
StackType_t * pxBottomOfStack,
uint32_t ulStackDepth ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
/* *INDENT-ON* */
#endif /* PORTABLE_H */

View File

@ -1,135 +0,0 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.5.1 (ESP-IDF SMP modified)
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2023 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
#ifndef PROJDEFS_H
#define PROJDEFS_H
/*
* Defines the prototype to which task functions must conform. Defined in this
* file to ensure the type is known before portable.h is included.
*/
typedef void (* TaskFunction_t)( void * );
/* Converts a time in milliseconds to a time in ticks. This macro can be
* overridden by a macro of the same name defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h in case the
* definition here is not suitable for your application. */
#ifndef pdMS_TO_TICKS
#define pdMS_TO_TICKS( xTimeInMs ) ( ( TickType_t ) ( ( ( TickType_t ) ( xTimeInMs ) * ( TickType_t ) configTICK_RATE_HZ ) / ( TickType_t ) 1000U ) )
#endif
/* Converts a time in ticks to milliseconds. This macro can be
* overridden by a macro of the same name defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h in case the
* definition here is not suitable for your application.
*
* Todo: Upstream this macro (IDF-8181) */
#ifndef pdTICKS_TO_MS
#define pdTICKS_TO_MS( xTicks ) ( ( TickType_t ) ( ( uint64_t ) ( xTicks ) * 1000 / configTICK_RATE_HZ ) )
#endif
#define pdFALSE ( ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
#define pdTRUE ( ( BaseType_t ) 1 )
#define pdPASS ( pdTRUE )
#define pdFAIL ( pdFALSE )
#define errQUEUE_EMPTY ( ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
#define errQUEUE_FULL ( ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
/* FreeRTOS error definitions. */
#define errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY ( -1 )
#define errQUEUE_BLOCKED ( -4 )
#define errQUEUE_YIELD ( -5 )
/* Macros used for basic data corruption checks. */
#ifndef configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES
#define configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES 0
#endif
#if ( configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS == 1 )
#define pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE 0x5a5a
#else
#define pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE 0x5a5a5a5aUL
#endif
/* The following errno values are used by FreeRTOS+ components, not FreeRTOS
* itself. */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_NONE 0 /* No errors */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOENT 2 /* No such file or directory */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EINTR 4 /* Interrupted system call */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EIO 5 /* I/O error */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENXIO 6 /* No such device or address */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EBADF 9 /* Bad file number */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EAGAIN 11 /* No more processes */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EWOULDBLOCK 11 /* Operation would block */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOMEM 12 /* Not enough memory */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EACCES 13 /* Permission denied */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EFAULT 14 /* Bad address */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EBUSY 16 /* Mount device busy */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EEXIST 17 /* File exists */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EXDEV 18 /* Cross-device link */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENODEV 19 /* No such device */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOTDIR 20 /* Not a directory */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EISDIR 21 /* Is a directory */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EINVAL 22 /* Invalid argument */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOSPC 28 /* No space left on device */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ESPIPE 29 /* Illegal seek */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EROFS 30 /* Read only file system */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EUNATCH 42 /* Protocol driver not attached */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EBADE 50 /* Invalid exchange */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EFTYPE 79 /* Inappropriate file type or format */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENMFILE 89 /* No more files */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOTEMPTY 90 /* Directory not empty */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENAMETOOLONG 91 /* File or path name too long */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EOPNOTSUPP 95 /* Operation not supported on transport endpoint */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOBUFS 105 /* No buffer space available */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOPROTOOPT 109 /* Protocol not available */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EADDRINUSE 112 /* Address already in use */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ETIMEDOUT 116 /* Connection timed out */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EINPROGRESS 119 /* Connection already in progress */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EALREADY 120 /* Socket already connected */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EADDRNOTAVAIL 125 /* Address not available */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EISCONN 127 /* Socket is already connected */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOTCONN 128 /* Socket is not connected */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOMEDIUM 135 /* No medium inserted */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EILSEQ 138 /* An invalid UTF-16 sequence was encountered. */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ECANCELED 140 /* Operation canceled. */
/* The following endian values are used by FreeRTOS+ components, not FreeRTOS
* itself. */
#define pdFREERTOS_LITTLE_ENDIAN 0
#define pdFREERTOS_BIG_ENDIAN 1
/* Re-defining endian values for generic naming. */
#define pdLITTLE_ENDIAN pdFREERTOS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
#define pdBIG_ENDIAN pdFREERTOS_BIG_ENDIAN
#endif /* PROJDEFS_H */

View File

@ -1,141 +0,0 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.5.1 (ESP-IDF SMP modified)
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2023 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
#ifndef STACK_MACROS_H
#define STACK_MACROS_H
/*
* Call the stack overflow hook function if the stack of the task being swapped
* out is currently overflowed, or looks like it might have overflowed in the
* past.
*
* Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to 1 will cause the macro to check
* the current stack state only - comparing the current top of stack value to
* the stack limit. Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to greater than 1
* will also cause the last few stack bytes to be checked to ensure the value
* to which the bytes were set when the task was created have not been
* overwritten. Note this second test does not guarantee that an overflowed
* stack will always be recognised.
*/
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* portSTACK_LIMIT_PADDING is a number of extra words to consider to be in
* use on the stack.
*/
#ifndef portSTACK_LIMIT_PADDING
#define portSTACK_LIMIT_PADDING 0
#endif
#if ( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) )
/* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW( xCurCoreID ) \
{ \
/* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */ \
if( pxCurrentTCBs[ xCurCoreID ]->pxTopOfStack <= pxCurrentTCBs[ xCurCoreID ]->pxStack + portSTACK_LIMIT_PADDING ) \
{ \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCBs[ xCurCoreID ], pxCurrentTCBs[ xCurCoreID ]->pcTaskName ); \
} \
}
#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if ( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) )
/* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW( xCurCoreID ) \
{ \
\
/* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */ \
if( pxCurrentTCBs[ xCurCoreID ]->pxTopOfStack >= pxCurrentTCBs[ xCurCoreID ]->pxEndOfStack - portSTACK_LIMIT_PADDING ) \
{ \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCBs[ xCurCoreID ], pxCurrentTCBs[ xCurCoreID ]->pcTaskName ); \
} \
}
#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if ( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) )
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW( xCurCoreID ) \
{ \
const uint32_t * const pulStack = ( uint32_t * ) pxCurrentTCBs[ xCurCoreID ]->pxStack; \
const uint32_t ulCheckValue = ( uint32_t ) 0xa5a5a5a5; \
\
if( ( pulStack[ 0 ] != ulCheckValue ) || \
( pulStack[ 1 ] != ulCheckValue ) || \
( pulStack[ 2 ] != ulCheckValue ) || \
( pulStack[ 3 ] != ulCheckValue ) ) \
{ \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCBs[ xCurCoreID ], pxCurrentTCBs[ xCurCoreID ]->pcTaskName ); \
} \
}
#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if ( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) )
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW( xCurCoreID ) \
{ \
int8_t * pcEndOfStack = ( int8_t * ) pxCurrentTCBs[ xCurCoreID ]->pxEndOfStack; \
static const uint8_t ucExpectedStackBytes[] = { tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE }; \
\
\
pcEndOfStack -= sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ); \
\
/* Has the extremity of the task stack ever been written over? */ \
if( memcmp( ( void * ) pcEndOfStack, ( void * ) ucExpectedStackBytes, sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ) ) != 0 ) \
{ \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCBs[ xCurCoreID ], pxCurrentTCBs[ xCurCoreID ]->pcTaskName ); \
} \
}
#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Remove stack overflow macro if not being used. */
#ifndef taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW( xCurCoreID )
#endif
#endif /* STACK_MACROS_H */

View File

@ -1,949 +0,0 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.5.1 (ESP-IDF SMP modified)
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2023 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
/*
* Stream buffers are used to send a continuous stream of data from one task or
* interrupt to another. Their implementation is light weight, making them
* particularly suited for interrupt to task and core to core communication
* scenarios.
*
* ***NOTE***: Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
* implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
* are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
* interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
* interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader). It is safe for the
* writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
* FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
* multiple different readers. If there are to be multiple different writers
* then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
* (such as xStreamBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
* block time to 0. Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
* then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
* (such as xStreamBufferReceive()) inside a critical section section and set the
* receive block time to 0.
*
*/
#ifndef STREAM_BUFFER_H
#define STREAM_BUFFER_H
#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
#error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include stream_buffer.h"
#endif
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#if defined( __cplusplus )
extern "C" {
#endif
/* *INDENT-ON* */
/**
* Type by which stream buffers are referenced. For example, a call to
* xStreamBufferCreate() returns an StreamBufferHandle_t variable that can
* then be used as a parameter to xStreamBufferSend(), xStreamBufferReceive(),
* etc.
*/
struct StreamBufferDef_t;
typedef struct StreamBufferDef_t * StreamBufferHandle_t;
/**
* Type used as a stream buffer's optional callback.
*/
typedef void (* StreamBufferCallbackFunction_t)( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
BaseType_t xIsInsideISR,
BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
/**
* stream_buffer.h
*
* @code{c}
* StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBufferCreate( size_t xBufferSizeBytes, size_t xTriggerLevelBytes );
* @endcode
*
* Creates a new stream buffer using dynamically allocated memory. See
* xStreamBufferCreateStatic() for a version that uses statically allocated
* memory (memory that is allocated at compile time).
*
* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION must be set to 1 or left undefined in
* FreeRTOSConfig.h for xStreamBufferCreate() to be available.
*
* @param xBufferSizeBytes The total number of bytes the stream buffer will be
* able to hold at any one time.
*
* @param xTriggerLevelBytes The number of bytes that must be in the stream
* buffer before a task that is blocked on the stream buffer to wait for data is
* moved out of the blocked state. For example, if a task is blocked on a read
* of an empty stream buffer that has a trigger level of 1 then the task will be
* unblocked when a single byte is written to the buffer or the task's block
* time expires. As another example, if a task is blocked on a read of an empty
* stream buffer that has a trigger level of 10 then the task will not be
* unblocked until the stream buffer contains at least 10 bytes or the task's
* block time expires. If a reading task's block time expires before the
* trigger level is reached then the task will still receive however many bytes
* are actually available. Setting a trigger level of 0 will result in a
* trigger level of 1 being used. It is not valid to specify a trigger level
* that is greater than the buffer size.
*
* @param pxSendCompletedCallback Callback invoked when number of bytes at least equal to
* trigger level is sent to the stream buffer. If the parameter is NULL, it will use the default
* implementation provided by sbSEND_COMPLETED macro. To enable the callback,
* configUSE_SB_COMPLETED_CALLBACK must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h.
*
* @param pxReceiveCompletedCallback Callback invoked when more than zero bytes are read from a
* stream buffer. If the parameter is NULL, it will use the default
* implementation provided by sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED macro. To enable the callback,
* configUSE_SB_COMPLETED_CALLBACK must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h.
*
* @return If NULL is returned, then the stream buffer cannot be created
* because there is insufficient heap memory available for FreeRTOS to allocate
* the stream buffer data structures and storage area. A non-NULL value being
* returned indicates that the stream buffer has been created successfully -
* the returned value should be stored as the handle to the created stream
* buffer.
*
* Example use:
* @code{c}
*
* void vAFunction( void )
* {
* StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer;
* const size_t xStreamBufferSizeBytes = 100, xTriggerLevel = 10;
*
* // Create a stream buffer that can hold 100 bytes. The memory used to hold
* // both the stream buffer structure and the data in the stream buffer is
* // allocated dynamically.
* xStreamBuffer = xStreamBufferCreate( xStreamBufferSizeBytes, xTriggerLevel );
*
* if( xStreamBuffer == NULL )
* {
* // There was not enough heap memory space available to create the
* // stream buffer.
* }
* else
* {
* // The stream buffer was created successfully and can now be used.
* }
* }
* @endcode
* \defgroup xStreamBufferCreate xStreamBufferCreate
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
#define xStreamBufferCreate( xBufferSizeBytes, xTriggerLevelBytes ) \
xStreamBufferGenericCreate( ( xBufferSizeBytes ), ( xTriggerLevelBytes ), pdFALSE, NULL, NULL )
#if ( configUSE_SB_COMPLETED_CALLBACK == 1 )
#define xStreamBufferCreateWithCallback( xBufferSizeBytes, xTriggerLevelBytes, pxSendCompletedCallback, pxReceiveCompletedCallback ) \
xStreamBufferGenericCreate( ( xBufferSizeBytes ), ( xTriggerLevelBytes ), pdFALSE, ( pxSendCompletedCallback ), ( pxReceiveCompletedCallback ) )
#endif
/**
* stream_buffer.h
*
* @code{c}
* StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBufferCreateStatic( size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
* size_t xTriggerLevelBytes,
* uint8_t *pucStreamBufferStorageArea,
* StaticStreamBuffer_t *pxStaticStreamBuffer );
* @endcode
* Creates a new stream buffer using statically allocated memory. See
* xStreamBufferCreate() for a version that uses dynamically allocated memory.
*
* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h for
* xStreamBufferCreateStatic() to be available.
*
* @param xBufferSizeBytes The size, in bytes, of the buffer pointed to by the
* pucStreamBufferStorageArea parameter.
*
* @param xTriggerLevelBytes The number of bytes that must be in the stream
* buffer before a task that is blocked on the stream buffer to wait for data is
* moved out of the blocked state. For example, if a task is blocked on a read
* of an empty stream buffer that has a trigger level of 1 then the task will be
* unblocked when a single byte is written to the buffer or the task's block
* time expires. As another example, if a task is blocked on a read of an empty
* stream buffer that has a trigger level of 10 then the task will not be
* unblocked until the stream buffer contains at least 10 bytes or the task's
* block time expires. If a reading task's block time expires before the
* trigger level is reached then the task will still receive however many bytes
* are actually available. Setting a trigger level of 0 will result in a
* trigger level of 1 being used. It is not valid to specify a trigger level
* that is greater than the buffer size.
*
* @param pucStreamBufferStorageArea Must point to a uint8_t array that is at
* least xBufferSizeBytes big. This is the array to which streams are
* copied when they are written to the stream buffer.
*
* @param pxStaticStreamBuffer Must point to a variable of type
* StaticStreamBuffer_t, which will be used to hold the stream buffer's data
* structure.
*
* @param pxSendCompletedCallback Callback invoked when number of bytes at least equal to
* trigger level is sent to the stream buffer. If the parameter is NULL, it will use the default
* implementation provided by sbSEND_COMPLETED macro. To enable the callback,
* configUSE_SB_COMPLETED_CALLBACK must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h.
*
* @param pxReceiveCompletedCallback Callback invoked when more than zero bytes are read from a
* stream buffer. If the parameter is NULL, it will use the default
* implementation provided by sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED macro. To enable the callback,
* configUSE_SB_COMPLETED_CALLBACK must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h.
*
* @return If the stream buffer is created successfully then a handle to the
* created stream buffer is returned. If either pucStreamBufferStorageArea or
* pxStaticstreamBuffer are NULL then NULL is returned.
*
* Example use:
* @code{c}
*
* // Used to dimension the array used to hold the streams. The available space
* // will actually be one less than this, so 999.
#define STORAGE_SIZE_BYTES 1000
*
* // Defines the memory that will actually hold the streams within the stream
* // buffer.
* static uint8_t ucStorageBuffer[ STORAGE_SIZE_BYTES ];
*
* // The variable used to hold the stream buffer structure.
* StaticStreamBuffer_t xStreamBufferStruct;
*
* void MyFunction( void )
* {
* StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer;
* const size_t xTriggerLevel = 1;
*
* xStreamBuffer = xStreamBufferCreateStatic( sizeof( ucStorageBuffer ),
* xTriggerLevel,
* ucStorageBuffer,
* &xStreamBufferStruct );
*
* // As neither the pucStreamBufferStorageArea or pxStaticStreamBuffer
* // parameters were NULL, xStreamBuffer will not be NULL, and can be used to
* // reference the created stream buffer in other stream buffer API calls.
*
* // Other code that uses the stream buffer can go here.
* }
*
* @endcode
* \defgroup xStreamBufferCreateStatic xStreamBufferCreateStatic
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
#define xStreamBufferCreateStatic( xBufferSizeBytes, xTriggerLevelBytes, pucStreamBufferStorageArea, pxStaticStreamBuffer ) \
xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic( ( xBufferSizeBytes ), ( xTriggerLevelBytes ), pdFALSE, ( pucStreamBufferStorageArea ), ( pxStaticStreamBuffer ), NULL, NULL )
#if ( configUSE_SB_COMPLETED_CALLBACK == 1 )
#define xStreamBufferCreateStaticWithCallback( xBufferSizeBytes, xTriggerLevelBytes, pucStreamBufferStorageArea, pxStaticStreamBuffer, pxSendCompletedCallback, pxReceiveCompletedCallback ) \
xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic( ( xBufferSizeBytes ), ( xTriggerLevelBytes ), pdFALSE, ( pucStreamBufferStorageArea ), ( pxStaticStreamBuffer ), ( pxSendCompletedCallback ), ( pxReceiveCompletedCallback ) )
#endif
/**
* stream_buffer.h
*
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xStreamBufferGetStaticBuffers( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
* uint8_t ** ppucStreamBufferStorageArea,
* StaticStreamBuffer_t ** ppxStaticStreamBuffer );
* @endcode
*
* Retrieve pointers to a statically created stream buffer's data structure
* buffer and storage area buffer. These are the same buffers that are supplied
* at the time of creation.
*
* @param xStreamBuffer The stream buffer for which to retrieve the buffers.
*
* @param ppucStreamBufferStorageArea Used to return a pointer to the stream
* buffer's storage area buffer.
*
* @param ppxStaticStreamBuffer Used to return a pointer to the stream
* buffer's data structure buffer.
*
* @return pdTRUE if buffers were retrieved, pdFALSE otherwise.
*
* \defgroup xStreamBufferGetStaticBuffers xStreamBufferGetStaticBuffers
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
BaseType_t xStreamBufferGetStaticBuffers( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
uint8_t ** ppucStreamBufferStorageArea,
StaticStreamBuffer_t ** ppxStaticStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
/**
* stream_buffer.h
*
* @code{c}
* size_t xStreamBufferSend( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
* const void *pvTxData,
* size_t xDataLengthBytes,
* TickType_t xTicksToWait );
* @endcode
*
* Sends bytes to a stream buffer. The bytes are copied into the stream buffer.
*
* ***NOTE***: Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
* implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
* are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
* interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
* interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader). It is safe for the
* writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
* FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
* multiple different readers. If there are to be multiple different writers
* then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
* (such as xStreamBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
* block time to 0. Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
* then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
* (such as xStreamBufferReceive()) inside a critical section and set the receive
* block time to 0.
*
* Use xStreamBufferSend() to write to a stream buffer from a task. Use
* xStreamBufferSendFromISR() to write to a stream buffer from an interrupt
* service routine (ISR).
*
* @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer to which a stream is
* being sent.
*
* @param pvTxData A pointer to the buffer that holds the bytes to be copied
* into the stream buffer.
*
* @param xDataLengthBytes The maximum number of bytes to copy from pvTxData
* into the stream buffer.
*
* @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should remain in the
* Blocked state to wait for enough space to become available in the stream
* buffer, should the stream buffer contain too little space to hold the
* another xDataLengthBytes bytes. The block time is specified in tick periods,
* so the absolute time it represents is dependent on the tick frequency. The
* macro pdMS_TO_TICKS() can be used to convert a time specified in milliseconds
* into a time specified in ticks. Setting xTicksToWait to portMAX_DELAY will
* cause the task to wait indefinitely (without timing out), provided
* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h. If a task times out
* before it can write all xDataLengthBytes into the buffer it will still write
* as many bytes as possible. A task does not use any CPU time when it is in
* the blocked state.
*
* @return The number of bytes written to the stream buffer. If a task times
* out before it can write all xDataLengthBytes into the buffer it will still
* write as many bytes as possible.
*
* Example use:
* @code{c}
* void vAFunction( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer )
* {
* size_t xBytesSent;
* uint8_t ucArrayToSend[] = { 0, 1, 2, 3 };
* char *pcStringToSend = "String to send";
* const TickType_t x100ms = pdMS_TO_TICKS( 100 );
*
* // Send an array to the stream buffer, blocking for a maximum of 100ms to
* // wait for enough space to be available in the stream buffer.
* xBytesSent = xStreamBufferSend( xStreamBuffer, ( void * ) ucArrayToSend, sizeof( ucArrayToSend ), x100ms );
*
* if( xBytesSent != sizeof( ucArrayToSend ) )
* {
* // The call to xStreamBufferSend() times out before there was enough
* // space in the buffer for the data to be written, but it did
* // successfully write xBytesSent bytes.
* }
*
* // Send the string to the stream buffer. Return immediately if there is not
* // enough space in the buffer.
* xBytesSent = xStreamBufferSend( xStreamBuffer, ( void * ) pcStringToSend, strlen( pcStringToSend ), 0 );
*
* if( xBytesSent != strlen( pcStringToSend ) )
* {
* // The entire string could not be added to the stream buffer because
* // there was not enough free space in the buffer, but xBytesSent bytes
* // were sent. Could try again to send the remaining bytes.
* }
* }
* @endcode
* \defgroup xStreamBufferSend xStreamBufferSend
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
size_t xStreamBufferSend( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
const void * pvTxData,
size_t xDataLengthBytes,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* stream_buffer.h
*
* @code{c}
* size_t xStreamBufferSendFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
* const void *pvTxData,
* size_t xDataLengthBytes,
* BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
* @endcode
*
* Interrupt safe version of the API function that sends a stream of bytes to
* the stream buffer.
*
* ***NOTE***: Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
* implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
* are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
* interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
* interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader). It is safe for the
* writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
* FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
* multiple different readers. If there are to be multiple different writers
* then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
* (such as xStreamBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
* block time to 0. Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
* then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
* (such as xStreamBufferReceive()) inside a critical section and set the receive
* block time to 0.
*
* Use xStreamBufferSend() to write to a stream buffer from a task. Use
* xStreamBufferSendFromISR() to write to a stream buffer from an interrupt
* service routine (ISR).
*
* @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer to which a stream is
* being sent.
*
* @param pvTxData A pointer to the data that is to be copied into the stream
* buffer.
*
* @param xDataLengthBytes The maximum number of bytes to copy from pvTxData
* into the stream buffer.
*
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken It is possible that a stream buffer will
* have a task blocked on it waiting for data. Calling
* xStreamBufferSendFromISR() can make data available, and so cause a task that
* was waiting for data to leave the Blocked state. If calling
* xStreamBufferSendFromISR() causes a task to leave the Blocked state, and the
* unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently executing task (the
* task that was interrupted), then, internally, xStreamBufferSendFromISR()
* will set *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE. If
* xStreamBufferSendFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE, then normally a
* context switch should be performed before the interrupt is exited. This will
* ensure that the interrupt returns directly to the highest priority Ready
* state task. *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be set to pdFALSE before it
* is passed into the function. See the example code below for an example.
*
* @return The number of bytes actually written to the stream buffer, which will
* be less than xDataLengthBytes if the stream buffer didn't have enough free
* space for all the bytes to be written.
*
* Example use:
* @code{c}
* // A stream buffer that has already been created.
* StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer;
*
* void vAnInterruptServiceRoutine( void )
* {
* size_t xBytesSent;
* char *pcStringToSend = "String to send";
* BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE; // Initialised to pdFALSE.
*
* // Attempt to send the string to the stream buffer.
* xBytesSent = xStreamBufferSendFromISR( xStreamBuffer,
* ( void * ) pcStringToSend,
* strlen( pcStringToSend ),
* &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
*
* if( xBytesSent != strlen( pcStringToSend ) )
* {
* // There was not enough free space in the stream buffer for the entire
* // string to be written, ut xBytesSent bytes were written.
* }
*
* // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was set to pdTRUE inside
* // xStreamBufferSendFromISR() then a task that has a priority above the
* // priority of the currently executing task was unblocked and a context
* // switch should be performed to ensure the ISR returns to the unblocked
* // task. In most FreeRTOS ports this is done by simply passing
* // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken into portYIELD_FROM_ISR(), which will test the
* // variables value, and perform the context switch if necessary. Check the
* // documentation for the port in use for port specific instructions.
* portYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
* }
* @endcode
* \defgroup xStreamBufferSendFromISR xStreamBufferSendFromISR
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
size_t xStreamBufferSendFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
const void * pvTxData,
size_t xDataLengthBytes,
BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* stream_buffer.h
*
* @code{c}
* size_t xStreamBufferReceive( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
* void *pvRxData,
* size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
* TickType_t xTicksToWait );
* @endcode
*
* Receives bytes from a stream buffer.
*
* ***NOTE***: Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
* implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
* are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
* interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
* interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader). It is safe for the
* writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
* FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
* multiple different readers. If there are to be multiple different writers
* then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
* (such as xStreamBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
* block time to 0. Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
* then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
* (such as xStreamBufferReceive()) inside a critical section and set the receive
* block time to 0.
*
* Use xStreamBufferReceive() to read from a stream buffer from a task. Use
* xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR() to read from a stream buffer from an
* interrupt service routine (ISR).
*
* @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer from which bytes are to
* be received.
*
* @param pvRxData A pointer to the buffer into which the received bytes will be
* copied.
*
* @param xBufferLengthBytes The length of the buffer pointed to by the
* pvRxData parameter. This sets the maximum number of bytes to receive in one
* call. xStreamBufferReceive will return as many bytes as possible up to a
* maximum set by xBufferLengthBytes.
*
* @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should remain in the
* Blocked state to wait for data to become available if the stream buffer is
* empty. xStreamBufferReceive() will return immediately if xTicksToWait is
* zero. The block time is specified in tick periods, so the absolute time it
* represents is dependent on the tick frequency. The macro pdMS_TO_TICKS() can
* be used to convert a time specified in milliseconds into a time specified in
* ticks. Setting xTicksToWait to portMAX_DELAY will cause the task to wait
* indefinitely (without timing out), provided INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1
* in FreeRTOSConfig.h. A task does not use any CPU time when it is in the
* Blocked state.
*
* @return The number of bytes actually read from the stream buffer, which will
* be less than xBufferLengthBytes if the call to xStreamBufferReceive() timed
* out before xBufferLengthBytes were available.
*
* Example use:
* @code{c}
* void vAFunction( StreamBuffer_t xStreamBuffer )
* {
* uint8_t ucRxData[ 20 ];
* size_t xReceivedBytes;
* const TickType_t xBlockTime = pdMS_TO_TICKS( 20 );
*
* // Receive up to another sizeof( ucRxData ) bytes from the stream buffer.
* // Wait in the Blocked state (so not using any CPU processing time) for a
* // maximum of 100ms for the full sizeof( ucRxData ) number of bytes to be
* // available.
* xReceivedBytes = xStreamBufferReceive( xStreamBuffer,
* ( void * ) ucRxData,
* sizeof( ucRxData ),
* xBlockTime );
*
* if( xReceivedBytes > 0 )
* {
* // A ucRxData contains another xReceivedBytes bytes of data, which can
* // be processed here....
* }
* }
* @endcode
* \defgroup xStreamBufferReceive xStreamBufferReceive
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
size_t xStreamBufferReceive( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
void * pvRxData,
size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* stream_buffer.h
*
* @code{c}
* size_t xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
* void *pvRxData,
* size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
* BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
* @endcode
*
* An interrupt safe version of the API function that receives bytes from a
* stream buffer.
*
* Use xStreamBufferReceive() to read bytes from a stream buffer from a task.
* Use xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR() to read bytes from a stream buffer from an
* interrupt service routine (ISR).
*
* @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer from which a stream
* is being received.
*
* @param pvRxData A pointer to the buffer into which the received bytes are
* copied.
*
* @param xBufferLengthBytes The length of the buffer pointed to by the
* pvRxData parameter. This sets the maximum number of bytes to receive in one
* call. xStreamBufferReceive will return as many bytes as possible up to a
* maximum set by xBufferLengthBytes.
*
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken It is possible that a stream buffer will
* have a task blocked on it waiting for space to become available. Calling
* xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR() can make space available, and so cause a task
* that is waiting for space to leave the Blocked state. If calling
* xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR() causes a task to leave the Blocked state, and
* the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently executing task
* (the task that was interrupted), then, internally,
* xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR() will set *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE.
* If xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE, then normally a
* context switch should be performed before the interrupt is exited. That will
* ensure the interrupt returns directly to the highest priority Ready state
* task. *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be set to pdFALSE before it is
* passed into the function. See the code example below for an example.
*
* @return The number of bytes read from the stream buffer, if any.
*
* Example use:
* @code{c}
* // A stream buffer that has already been created.
* StreamBuffer_t xStreamBuffer;
*
* void vAnInterruptServiceRoutine( void )
* {
* uint8_t ucRxData[ 20 ];
* size_t xReceivedBytes;
* BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE; // Initialised to pdFALSE.
*
* // Receive the next stream from the stream buffer.
* xReceivedBytes = xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR( xStreamBuffer,
* ( void * ) ucRxData,
* sizeof( ucRxData ),
* &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
*
* if( xReceivedBytes > 0 )
* {
* // ucRxData contains xReceivedBytes read from the stream buffer.
* // Process the stream here....
* }
*
* // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was set to pdTRUE inside
* // xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR() then a task that has a priority above the
* // priority of the currently executing task was unblocked and a context
* // switch should be performed to ensure the ISR returns to the unblocked
* // task. In most FreeRTOS ports this is done by simply passing
* // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken into portYIELD_FROM_ISR(), which will test the
* // variables value, and perform the context switch if necessary. Check the
* // documentation for the port in use for port specific instructions.
* portYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
* }
* @endcode
* \defgroup xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
size_t xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
void * pvRxData,
size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* stream_buffer.h
*
* @code{c}
* void vStreamBufferDelete( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
* @endcode
*
* Deletes a stream buffer that was previously created using a call to
* xStreamBufferCreate() or xStreamBufferCreateStatic(). If the stream
* buffer was created using dynamic memory (that is, by xStreamBufferCreate()),
* then the allocated memory is freed.
*
* A stream buffer handle must not be used after the stream buffer has been
* deleted.
*
* @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer to be deleted.
*
* \defgroup vStreamBufferDelete vStreamBufferDelete
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
void vStreamBufferDelete( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* stream_buffer.h
*
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xStreamBufferIsFull( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
* @endcode
*
* Queries a stream buffer to see if it is full. A stream buffer is full if it
* does not have any free space, and therefore cannot accept any more data.
*
* @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer being queried.
*
* @return If the stream buffer is full then pdTRUE is returned. Otherwise
* pdFALSE is returned.
*
* \defgroup xStreamBufferIsFull xStreamBufferIsFull
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
BaseType_t xStreamBufferIsFull( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* stream_buffer.h
*
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xStreamBufferIsEmpty( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
* @endcode
*
* Queries a stream buffer to see if it is empty. A stream buffer is empty if
* it does not contain any data.
*
* @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer being queried.
*
* @return If the stream buffer is empty then pdTRUE is returned. Otherwise
* pdFALSE is returned.
*
* \defgroup xStreamBufferIsEmpty xStreamBufferIsEmpty
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
BaseType_t xStreamBufferIsEmpty( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* stream_buffer.h
*
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xStreamBufferReset( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
* @endcode
*
* Resets a stream buffer to its initial, empty, state. Any data that was in
* the stream buffer is discarded. A stream buffer can only be reset if there
* are no tasks blocked waiting to either send to or receive from the stream
* buffer.
*
* @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer being reset.
*
* @return If the stream buffer is reset then pdPASS is returned. If there was
* a task blocked waiting to send to or read from the stream buffer then the
* stream buffer is not reset and pdFAIL is returned.
*
* \defgroup xStreamBufferReset xStreamBufferReset
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
BaseType_t xStreamBufferReset( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* stream_buffer.h
*
* @code{c}
* size_t xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
* @endcode
*
* Queries a stream buffer to see how much free space it contains, which is
* equal to the amount of data that can be sent to the stream buffer before it
* is full.
*
* @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer being queried.
*
* @return The number of bytes that can be written to the stream buffer before
* the stream buffer would be full.
*
* \defgroup xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
size_t xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* stream_buffer.h
*
* @code{c}
* size_t xStreamBufferBytesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
* @endcode
*
* Queries a stream buffer to see how much data it contains, which is equal to
* the number of bytes that can be read from the stream buffer before the stream
* buffer would be empty.
*
* @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer being queried.
*
* @return The number of bytes that can be read from the stream buffer before
* the stream buffer would be empty.
*
* \defgroup xStreamBufferBytesAvailable xStreamBufferBytesAvailable
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
size_t xStreamBufferBytesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* stream_buffer.h
*
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, size_t xTriggerLevel );
* @endcode
*
* A stream buffer's trigger level is the number of bytes that must be in the
* stream buffer before a task that is blocked on the stream buffer to
* wait for data is moved out of the blocked state. For example, if a task is
* blocked on a read of an empty stream buffer that has a trigger level of 1
* then the task will be unblocked when a single byte is written to the buffer
* or the task's block time expires. As another example, if a task is blocked
* on a read of an empty stream buffer that has a trigger level of 10 then the
* task will not be unblocked until the stream buffer contains at least 10 bytes
* or the task's block time expires. If a reading task's block time expires
* before the trigger level is reached then the task will still receive however
* many bytes are actually available. Setting a trigger level of 0 will result
* in a trigger level of 1 being used. It is not valid to specify a trigger
* level that is greater than the buffer size.
*
* A trigger level is set when the stream buffer is created, and can be modified
* using xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel().
*
* @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer being updated.
*
* @param xTriggerLevel The new trigger level for the stream buffer.
*
* @return If xTriggerLevel was less than or equal to the stream buffer's length
* then the trigger level will be updated and pdTRUE is returned. Otherwise
* pdFALSE is returned.
*
* \defgroup xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
BaseType_t xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
size_t xTriggerLevel ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* stream_buffer.h
*
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
* @endcode
*
* For advanced users only.
*
* The sbSEND_COMPLETED() macro is called from within the FreeRTOS APIs when
* data is sent to a message buffer or stream buffer. If there was a task that
* was blocked on the message or stream buffer waiting for data to arrive then
* the sbSEND_COMPLETED() macro sends a notification to the task to remove it
* from the Blocked state. xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR() does the same
* thing. It is provided to enable application writers to implement their own
* version of sbSEND_COMPLETED(), and MUST NOT BE USED AT ANY OTHER TIME.
*
* See the example implemented in FreeRTOS/Demo/Minimal/MessageBufferAMP.c for
* additional information.
*
* @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer to which data was
* written.
*
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be
* initialised to pdFALSE before it is passed into
* xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR(). If calling
* xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR() removes a task from the Blocked state,
* and the task has a priority above the priority of the currently running task,
* then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will get set to pdTRUE indicating that a
* context switch should be performed before exiting the ISR.
*
* @return If a task was removed from the Blocked state then pdTRUE is returned.
* Otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
*
* \defgroup xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
BaseType_t xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
BaseType_t * pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* stream_buffer.h
*
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
* @endcode
*
* For advanced users only.
*
* The sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED() macro is called from within the FreeRTOS APIs when
* data is read out of a message buffer or stream buffer. If there was a task
* that was blocked on the message or stream buffer waiting for data to arrive
* then the sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED() macro sends a notification to the task to
* remove it from the Blocked state. xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR()
* does the same thing. It is provided to enable application writers to
* implement their own version of sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED(), and MUST NOT BE USED AT
* ANY OTHER TIME.
*
* See the example implemented in FreeRTOS/Demo/Minimal/MessageBufferAMP.c for
* additional information.
*
* @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer from which data was
* read.
*
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be
* initialised to pdFALSE before it is passed into
* xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR(). If calling
* xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR() removes a task from the Blocked state,
* and the task has a priority above the priority of the currently running task,
* then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will get set to pdTRUE indicating that a
* context switch should be performed before exiting the ISR.
*
* @return If a task was removed from the Blocked state then pdTRUE is returned.
* Otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
*
* \defgroup xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
BaseType_t xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
BaseType_t * pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/* Functions below here are not part of the public API. */
StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBufferGenericCreate( size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
size_t xTriggerLevelBytes,
BaseType_t xIsMessageBuffer,
StreamBufferCallbackFunction_t pxSendCompletedCallback,
StreamBufferCallbackFunction_t pxReceiveCompletedCallback ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic( size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
size_t xTriggerLevelBytes,
BaseType_t xIsMessageBuffer,
uint8_t * const pucStreamBufferStorageArea,
StaticStreamBuffer_t * const pxStaticStreamBuffer,
StreamBufferCallbackFunction_t pxSendCompletedCallback,
StreamBufferCallbackFunction_t pxReceiveCompletedCallback ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
size_t xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
void vStreamBufferSetStreamBufferNumber( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
UBaseType_t uxStreamBufferNumber ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
UBaseType_t uxStreamBufferGetStreamBufferNumber( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
uint8_t ucStreamBufferGetStreamBufferType( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#if defined( __cplusplus )
}
#endif
/* *INDENT-ON* */
#endif /* !defined( STREAM_BUFFER_H ) */

View File

@ -1,230 +0,0 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.5.1 (ESP-IDF SMP modified)
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2023 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
#include <stdlib.h>
/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
* all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when
* task.h is included from an application file. */
#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "list.h"
/* Lint e9021, e961 and e750 are suppressed as a MISRA exception justified
* because the MPU ports require MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE to be
* defined for the header files above, but not in this file, in order to
* generate the correct privileged Vs unprivileged linkage and placement. */
#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE /*lint !e961 !e750 !e9021. */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------
* PUBLIC LIST API documented in list.h
*----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vListInitialise( List_t * const pxList )
{
/* The list structure contains a list item which is used to mark the
* end of the list. To initialise the list the list end is inserted
* as the only list entry. */
pxList->pxIndex = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); /*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM. This is checked and valid. */
listSET_FIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( &( pxList->xListEnd ) );
/* The list end value is the highest possible value in the list to
* ensure it remains at the end of the list. */
pxList->xListEnd.xItemValue = portMAX_DELAY;
/* The list end next and previous pointers point to itself so we know
* when the list is empty. */
pxList->xListEnd.pxNext = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); /*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM. This is checked and valid. */
pxList->xListEnd.pxPrevious = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); /*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM. This is checked and valid. */
/* Initialize the remaining fields of xListEnd when it is a proper ListItem_t */
#if ( configUSE_MINI_LIST_ITEM == 0 )
{
pxList->xListEnd.pvOwner = NULL;
pxList->xListEnd.pxContainer = NULL;
listSET_SECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( &( pxList->xListEnd ) );
}
#endif
pxList->uxNumberOfItems = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
/* Write known values into the list if
* configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_1_VALUE( pxList );
listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_2_VALUE( pxList );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vListInitialiseItem( ListItem_t * const pxItem )
{
/* Make sure the list item is not recorded as being on a list. */
pxItem->pxContainer = NULL;
/* Write known values into the list item if
* configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
listSET_FIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem );
listSET_SECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vListInsertEnd( List_t * const pxList,
ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem )
{
ListItem_t * const pxIndex = pxList->pxIndex;
/* Only effective when configASSERT() is also defined, these tests may catch
* the list data structures being overwritten in memory. They will not catch
* data errors caused by incorrect configuration or use of FreeRTOS. */
listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList );
listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxNewListItem );
/* Insert a new list item into pxList, but rather than sort the list,
* makes the new list item the last item to be removed by a call to
* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY(). */
pxNewListItem->pxNext = pxIndex;
pxNewListItem->pxPrevious = pxIndex->pxPrevious;
/* Only used during decision coverage testing. */
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_DELAY();
pxIndex->pxPrevious->pxNext = pxNewListItem;
pxIndex->pxPrevious = pxNewListItem;
/* Remember which list the item is in. */
pxNewListItem->pxContainer = pxList;
( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )++;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vListInsert( List_t * const pxList,
ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem )
{
ListItem_t * pxIterator;
const TickType_t xValueOfInsertion = pxNewListItem->xItemValue;
/* Only effective when configASSERT() is also defined, these tests may catch
* the list data structures being overwritten in memory. They will not catch
* data errors caused by incorrect configuration or use of FreeRTOS. */
listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList );
listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxNewListItem );
/* Insert the new list item into the list, sorted in xItemValue order.
*
* If the list already contains a list item with the same item value then the
* new list item should be placed after it. This ensures that TCBs which are
* stored in ready lists (all of which have the same xItemValue value) get a
* share of the CPU. However, if the xItemValue is the same as the back marker
* the iteration loop below will not end. Therefore the value is checked
* first, and the algorithm slightly modified if necessary. */
if( xValueOfInsertion == portMAX_DELAY )
{
pxIterator = pxList->xListEnd.pxPrevious;
}
else
{
/* *** NOTE ***********************************************************
* If you find your application is crashing here then likely causes are
* listed below. In addition see https://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html for
* more tips, and ensure configASSERT() is defined!
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00110.html#configASSERT
*
* 1) Stack overflow -
* see https://www.FreeRTOS.org/Stacks-and-stack-overflow-checking.html
* 2) Incorrect interrupt priority assignment, especially on Cortex-M
* parts where numerically high priority values denote low actual
* interrupt priorities, which can seem counter intuitive. See
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html and the definition
* of configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY on
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00110.html
* 3) Calling an API function from within a critical section or when
* the scheduler is suspended, or calling an API function that does
* not end in "FromISR" from an interrupt.
* 4) Using a queue or semaphore before it has been initialised or
* before the scheduler has been started (are interrupts firing
* before vTaskStartScheduler() has been called?).
* 5) If the FreeRTOS port supports interrupt nesting then ensure that
* the priority of the tick interrupt is at or below
* configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY.
**********************************************************************/
for( pxIterator = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); pxIterator->pxNext->xItemValue <= xValueOfInsertion; pxIterator = pxIterator->pxNext ) /*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM. This is checked and valid. *//*lint !e440 The iterator moves to a different value, not xValueOfInsertion. */
{
/* There is nothing to do here, just iterating to the wanted
* insertion position. */
}
}
pxNewListItem->pxNext = pxIterator->pxNext;
pxNewListItem->pxNext->pxPrevious = pxNewListItem;
pxNewListItem->pxPrevious = pxIterator;
pxIterator->pxNext = pxNewListItem;
/* Remember which list the item is in. This allows fast removal of the
* item later. */
pxNewListItem->pxContainer = pxList;
( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )++;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
UBaseType_t uxListRemove( ListItem_t * const pxItemToRemove )
{
/* The list item knows which list it is in. Obtain the list from the list
* item. */
List_t * const pxList = pxItemToRemove->pxContainer;
pxItemToRemove->pxNext->pxPrevious = pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious;
pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious->pxNext = pxItemToRemove->pxNext;
/* Only used during decision coverage testing. */
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_DELAY();
/* Make sure the index is left pointing to a valid item. */
if( pxList->pxIndex == pxItemToRemove )
{
pxList->pxIndex = pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
pxItemToRemove->pxContainer = NULL;
( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )--;
return pxList->uxNumberOfItems;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/

View File

@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.5.1 (ESP-IDF SMP modified)
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2023 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
/*
* The FreeRTOS kernel's RISC-V port is split between the the code that is
* common across all currently supported RISC-V chips (implementations of the
* RISC-V ISA), and code that tailors the port to a specific RISC-V chip:
*
* + FreeRTOS\Source\portable\GCC\RISC-V\portASM.S contains the code that
* is common to all currently supported RISC-V chips. There is only one
* portASM.S file because the same file is built for all RISC-V target chips.
*
* + Header files called freertos_risc_v_chip_specific_extensions.h contain the
* code that tailors the FreeRTOS kernel's RISC-V port to a specific RISC-V
* chip. There are multiple freertos_risc_v_chip_specific_extensions.h files
* as there are multiple RISC-V chip implementations.
*
* !!!NOTE!!!
* TAKE CARE TO INCLUDE THE CORRECT freertos_risc_v_chip_specific_extensions.h
* HEADER FILE FOR THE CHIP IN USE. This is done using the assembler's (not the
* compiler's!) include path. For example, if the chip in use includes a core
* local interrupter (CLINT) and does not include any chip specific register
* extensions then add the path below to the assembler's include path:
* FreeRTOS\Source\portable\GCC\RISC-V\chip_specific_extensions\RISCV_MTIME_CLINT_no_extensions
*
*/
#ifndef __FREERTOS_RISC_V_EXTENSIONS_H__
#define __FREERTOS_RISC_V_EXTENSIONS_H__
#define portasmHAS_SIFIVE_CLINT 0
#define portasmHAS_MTIME 0
#define portasmADDITIONAL_CONTEXT_SIZE 0
.macro portasmSAVE_ADDITIONAL_REGISTERS
/* No additional registers to save, so this macro does nothing. */
.endm
.macro portasmRESTORE_ADDITIONAL_REGISTERS
/* No additional registers to restore, so this macro does nothing. */
.endm
#endif /* __FREERTOS_RISC_V_EXTENSIONS_H__ */

View File

@ -1,196 +0,0 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.5.1 (ESP-IDF SMP modified)
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2023 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
#ifndef PORTCONTEXT_H
#define PORTCONTEXT_H
#if __riscv_xlen == 64
#define portWORD_SIZE 8
#define store_x sd
#define load_x ld
#elif __riscv_xlen == 32
#define store_x sw
#define load_x lw
#define portWORD_SIZE 4
#else
#error Assembler did not define __riscv_xlen
#endif
#include "freertos_risc_v_chip_specific_extensions.h"
/* Only the standard core registers are stored by default. Any additional
* registers must be saved by the portasmSAVE_ADDITIONAL_REGISTERS and
* portasmRESTORE_ADDITIONAL_REGISTERS macros - which can be defined in a chip
* specific version of freertos_risc_v_chip_specific_extensions.h. See the
* notes at the top of portASM.S file. */
#ifdef __riscv_32e
#define portCONTEXT_SIZE ( 15 * portWORD_SIZE )
#define portCRITICAL_NESTING_OFFSET 13
#define portMSTATUS_OFFSET 14
#else
#define portCONTEXT_SIZE ( 31 * portWORD_SIZE )
#define portCRITICAL_NESTING_OFFSET 29
#define portMSTATUS_OFFSET 30
#endif
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
.extern pxCurrentTCB
.extern xISRStackTop
.extern xCriticalNesting
.extern pxCriticalNesting
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
.macro portcontextSAVE_CONTEXT_INTERNAL
addi sp, sp, -portCONTEXT_SIZE
store_x x1, 1 * portWORD_SIZE( sp )
store_x x5, 2 * portWORD_SIZE( sp )
store_x x6, 3 * portWORD_SIZE( sp )
store_x x7, 4 * portWORD_SIZE( sp )
store_x x8, 5 * portWORD_SIZE( sp )
store_x x9, 6 * portWORD_SIZE( sp )
store_x x10, 7 * portWORD_SIZE( sp )
store_x x11, 8 * portWORD_SIZE( sp )
store_x x12, 9 * portWORD_SIZE( sp )
store_x x13, 10 * portWORD_SIZE( sp )
store_x x14, 11 * portWORD_SIZE( sp )
store_x x15, 12 * portWORD_SIZE( sp )
#ifndef __riscv_32e
store_x x16, 13 * portWORD_SIZE( sp )
store_x x17, 14 * portWORD_SIZE( sp )
store_x x18, 15 * portWORD_SIZE( sp )
store_x x19, 16 * portWORD_SIZE( sp )
store_x x20, 17 * portWORD_SIZE( sp )
store_x x21, 18 * portWORD_SIZE( sp )
store_x x22, 19 * portWORD_SIZE( sp )
store_x x23, 20 * portWORD_SIZE( sp )
store_x x24, 21 * portWORD_SIZE( sp )
store_x x25, 22 * portWORD_SIZE( sp )
store_x x26, 23 * portWORD_SIZE( sp )
store_x x27, 24 * portWORD_SIZE( sp )
store_x x28, 25 * portWORD_SIZE( sp )
store_x x29, 26 * portWORD_SIZE( sp )
store_x x30, 27 * portWORD_SIZE( sp )
store_x x31, 28 * portWORD_SIZE( sp )
#endif
load_x t0, xCriticalNesting /* Load the value of xCriticalNesting into t0. */
store_x t0, portCRITICAL_NESTING_OFFSET * portWORD_SIZE( sp ) /* Store the critical nesting value to the stack. */
csrr t0, mstatus /* Required for MPIE bit. */
store_x t0, portMSTATUS_OFFSET * portWORD_SIZE( sp )
portasmSAVE_ADDITIONAL_REGISTERS /* Defined in freertos_risc_v_chip_specific_extensions.h to save any registers unique to the RISC-V implementation. */
load_x t0, pxCurrentTCB /* Load pxCurrentTCB. */
store_x sp, 0( t0 ) /* Write sp to first TCB member. */
.endm
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
.macro portcontextSAVE_EXCEPTION_CONTEXT
portcontextSAVE_CONTEXT_INTERNAL
csrr a0, mcause
csrr a1, mepc
addi a1, a1, 4 /* Synchronous so update exception return address to the instruction after the instruction that generated the exception. */
store_x a1, 0( sp ) /* Save updated exception return address. */
load_x sp, xISRStackTop /* Switch to ISR stack. */
.endm
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
.macro portcontextSAVE_INTERRUPT_CONTEXT
portcontextSAVE_CONTEXT_INTERNAL
csrr a0, mcause
csrr a1, mepc
store_x a1, 0( sp ) /* Asynchronous interrupt so save unmodified exception return address. */
load_x sp, xISRStackTop /* Switch to ISR stack. */
.endm
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
.macro portcontextRESTORE_CONTEXT
load_x t1, pxCurrentTCB /* Load pxCurrentTCB. */
load_x sp, 0( t1 ) /* Read sp from first TCB member. */
/* Load mepc with the address of the instruction in the task to run next. */
load_x t0, 0( sp )
csrw mepc, t0
/* Defined in freertos_risc_v_chip_specific_extensions.h to restore any registers unique to the RISC-V implementation. */
portasmRESTORE_ADDITIONAL_REGISTERS
/* Load mstatus with the interrupt enable bits used by the task. */
load_x t0, portMSTATUS_OFFSET * portWORD_SIZE( sp )
csrw mstatus, t0 /* Required for MPIE bit. */
load_x t0, portCRITICAL_NESTING_OFFSET * portWORD_SIZE( sp ) /* Obtain xCriticalNesting value for this task from task's stack. */
load_x t1, pxCriticalNesting /* Load the address of xCriticalNesting into t1. */
store_x t0, 0( t1 ) /* Restore the critical nesting value for this task. */
load_x x1, 1 * portWORD_SIZE( sp )
load_x x5, 2 * portWORD_SIZE( sp )
load_x x6, 3 * portWORD_SIZE( sp )
load_x x7, 4 * portWORD_SIZE( sp )
load_x x8, 5 * portWORD_SIZE( sp )
load_x x9, 6 * portWORD_SIZE( sp )
load_x x10, 7 * portWORD_SIZE( sp )
load_x x11, 8 * portWORD_SIZE( sp )
load_x x12, 9 * portWORD_SIZE( sp )
load_x x13, 10 * portWORD_SIZE( sp )
load_x x14, 11 * portWORD_SIZE( sp )
load_x x15, 12 * portWORD_SIZE( sp )
#ifndef __riscv_32e
load_x x16, 13 * portWORD_SIZE( sp )
load_x x17, 14 * portWORD_SIZE( sp )
load_x x18, 15 * portWORD_SIZE( sp )
load_x x19, 16 * portWORD_SIZE( sp )
load_x x20, 17 * portWORD_SIZE( sp )
load_x x21, 18 * portWORD_SIZE( sp )
load_x x22, 19 * portWORD_SIZE( sp )
load_x x23, 20 * portWORD_SIZE( sp )
load_x x24, 21 * portWORD_SIZE( sp )
load_x x25, 22 * portWORD_SIZE( sp )
load_x x26, 23 * portWORD_SIZE( sp )
load_x x27, 24 * portWORD_SIZE( sp )
load_x x28, 25 * portWORD_SIZE( sp )
load_x x29, 26 * portWORD_SIZE( sp )
load_x x30, 27 * portWORD_SIZE( sp )
load_x x31, 28 * portWORD_SIZE( sp )
#endif
addi sp, sp, portCONTEXT_SIZE
mret
.endm
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#endif /* PORTCONTEXT_H */

View File

@ -1,195 +0,0 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.5.1 (ESP-IDF SMP modified)
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2023 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
#ifndef PORTMACRO_H
#define PORTMACRO_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*-----------------------------------------------------------
* Port specific definitions.
*
* The settings in this file configure FreeRTOS correctly for the
* given hardware and compiler.
*
* These settings should not be altered.
*-----------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* Type definitions. */
#if __riscv_xlen == 64
#define portSTACK_TYPE uint64_t
#define portBASE_TYPE int64_t
#define portUBASE_TYPE uint64_t
#define portMAX_DELAY ( TickType_t ) 0xffffffffffffffffUL
#define portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE uint64_t
#elif __riscv_xlen == 32
#define portSTACK_TYPE uint32_t
#define portBASE_TYPE int32_t
#define portUBASE_TYPE uint32_t
#define portMAX_DELAY ( TickType_t ) 0xffffffffUL
#else
#error Assembler did not define __riscv_xlen
#endif
typedef portSTACK_TYPE StackType_t;
typedef portBASE_TYPE BaseType_t;
typedef portUBASE_TYPE UBaseType_t;
typedef portUBASE_TYPE TickType_t;
/* Legacy type definitions. */
#define portCHAR char
#define portFLOAT float
#define portDOUBLE double
#define portLONG long
#define portSHORT short
/* 32-bit tick type on a 32-bit architecture, so reads of the tick count do
* not need to be guarded with a critical section. */
#define portTICK_TYPE_IS_ATOMIC 1
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Architecture specifics. */
#define portSTACK_GROWTH ( -1 )
#define portTICK_PERIOD_MS ( ( TickType_t ) 1000 / configTICK_RATE_HZ )
#ifdef __riscv_32e
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT 8 /* RV32E uses RISC-V EABI with reduced stack alignment requirements */
#else
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT 16
#endif
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Scheduler utilities. */
extern void vTaskSwitchContext( void );
#define portYIELD() __asm volatile( "ecall" );
#define portEND_SWITCHING_ISR( xSwitchRequired ) do { if( xSwitchRequired ) vTaskSwitchContext(); } while( 0 )
#define portYIELD_FROM_ISR( x ) portEND_SWITCHING_ISR( x )
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Critical section management. */
#define portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB 0
#define portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR() 0
#define portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedStatusValue ) ( void ) uxSavedStatusValue
#define portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS() __asm volatile( "csrc mstatus, 8" )
#define portENABLE_INTERRUPTS() __asm volatile( "csrs mstatus, 8" )
extern size_t xCriticalNesting;
#define portENTER_CRITICAL() \
{ \
portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS(); \
xCriticalNesting++; \
}
#define portEXIT_CRITICAL() \
{ \
xCriticalNesting--; \
if( xCriticalNesting == 0 ) \
{ \
portENABLE_INTERRUPTS(); \
} \
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Architecture specific optimisations. */
#ifndef configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION
#define configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION 1
#endif
#if( configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION == 1 )
/* Check the configuration. */
#if( configMAX_PRIORITIES > 32 )
#error configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION can only be set to 1 when configMAX_PRIORITIES is less than or equal to 32. It is very rare that a system requires more than 10 to 15 difference priorities as tasks that share a priority will time slice.
#endif
/* Store/clear the ready priorities in a bit map. */
#define portRECORD_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority, uxReadyPriorities ) ( uxReadyPriorities ) |= ( 1UL << ( uxPriority ) )
#define portRESET_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority, uxReadyPriorities ) ( uxReadyPriorities ) &= ~( 1UL << ( uxPriority ) )
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#define portGET_HIGHEST_PRIORITY( uxTopPriority, uxReadyPriorities ) uxTopPriority = ( 31UL - __builtin_clz( uxReadyPriorities ) )
#endif /* configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Task function macros as described on the FreeRTOS.org WEB site. These are
* not necessary for to use this port. They are defined so the common demo
* files (which build with all the ports) will build. */
#define portTASK_FUNCTION_PROTO( vFunction, pvParameters ) void vFunction( void *pvParameters )
#define portTASK_FUNCTION( vFunction, pvParameters ) void vFunction( void *pvParameters )
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#define portNOP() __asm volatile( " nop " )
#define portINLINE __inline
#ifndef portFORCE_INLINE
#define portFORCE_INLINE inline __attribute__(( always_inline))
#endif
#define portMEMORY_BARRIER() __asm volatile( "" ::: "memory" )
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* configCLINT_BASE_ADDRESS is a legacy definition that was replaced by the
* configMTIME_BASE_ADDRESS and configMTIMECMP_BASE_ADDRESS definitions. For
* backward compatibility derive the newer definitions from the old if the old
* definition is found. */
#if defined( configCLINT_BASE_ADDRESS ) && !defined( configMTIME_BASE_ADDRESS ) && ( configCLINT_BASE_ADDRESS == 0 )
/* Legacy case where configCLINT_BASE_ADDRESS was defined as 0 to indicate
* there was no CLINT. Equivalent now is to set the MTIME and MTIMECMP
* addresses to 0. */
#define configMTIME_BASE_ADDRESS ( 0 )
#define configMTIMECMP_BASE_ADDRESS ( 0 )
#elif defined( configCLINT_BASE_ADDRESS ) && !defined( configMTIME_BASE_ADDRESS )
/* Legacy case where configCLINT_BASE_ADDRESS was set to the base address of
* the CLINT. Equivalent now is to derive the MTIME and MTIMECMP addresses
* from the CLINT address. */
#define configMTIME_BASE_ADDRESS ( ( configCLINT_BASE_ADDRESS ) + 0xBFF8UL )
#define configMTIMECMP_BASE_ADDRESS ( ( configCLINT_BASE_ADDRESS ) + 0x4000UL )
#elif !defined( configMTIME_BASE_ADDRESS ) || !defined( configMTIMECMP_BASE_ADDRESS )
#error configMTIME_BASE_ADDRESS and configMTIMECMP_BASE_ADDRESS must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h. Set them to zero if there is no MTIME (machine time) clock. See https://www.FreeRTOS.org/Using-FreeRTOS-on-RISC-V.html
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* PORTMACRO_H */

View File

@ -1,207 +0,0 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.5.1 (ESP-IDF SMP modified)
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2023 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
/*-----------------------------------------------------------
* Implementation of functions defined in portable.h for the RISC-V port.
*----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Scheduler includes. */
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#include "portmacro.h"
/* Standard includes. */
#include "string.h"
#ifdef configCLINT_BASE_ADDRESS
#warning The configCLINT_BASE_ADDRESS constant has been deprecated. configMTIME_BASE_ADDRESS and configMTIMECMP_BASE_ADDRESS are currently being derived from the (possibly 0) configCLINT_BASE_ADDRESS setting. Please update to define configMTIME_BASE_ADDRESS and configMTIMECMP_BASE_ADDRESS dirctly in place of configCLINT_BASE_ADDRESS. See https://www.FreeRTOS.org/Using-FreeRTOS-on-RISC-V.html
#endif
#ifndef configMTIME_BASE_ADDRESS
#warning configMTIME_BASE_ADDRESS must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h. If the target chip includes a memory-mapped mtime register then set configMTIME_BASE_ADDRESS to the mapped address. Otherwise set configMTIME_BASE_ADDRESS to 0. See https://www.FreeRTOS.org/Using-FreeRTOS-on-RISC-V.html
#endif
#ifndef configMTIMECMP_BASE_ADDRESS
#warning configMTIMECMP_BASE_ADDRESS must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h. If the target chip includes a memory-mapped mtimecmp register then set configMTIMECMP_BASE_ADDRESS to the mapped address. Otherwise set configMTIMECMP_BASE_ADDRESS to 0. See https://www.FreeRTOS.org/Using-FreeRTOS-on-RISC-V.html
#endif
/* Let the user override the pre-loading of the initial RA. */
#ifdef configTASK_RETURN_ADDRESS
#define portTASK_RETURN_ADDRESS configTASK_RETURN_ADDRESS
#else
#define portTASK_RETURN_ADDRESS 0
#endif
/* The stack used by interrupt service routines. Set configISR_STACK_SIZE_WORDS
* to use a statically allocated array as the interrupt stack. Alternative leave
* configISR_STACK_SIZE_WORDS undefined and update the linker script so that a
* linker variable names __freertos_irq_stack_top has the same value as the top
* of the stack used by main. Using the linker script method will repurpose the
* stack that was used by main before the scheduler was started for use as the
* interrupt stack after the scheduler has started. */
#ifdef configISR_STACK_SIZE_WORDS
static __attribute__ ((aligned(16))) StackType_t xISRStack[ configISR_STACK_SIZE_WORDS ] = { 0 };
const StackType_t xISRStackTop = ( StackType_t ) &( xISRStack[ configISR_STACK_SIZE_WORDS & ~portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ] );
/* Don't use 0xa5 as the stack fill bytes as that is used by the kernerl for
the task stacks, and so will legitimately appear in many positions within
the ISR stack. */
#define portISR_STACK_FILL_BYTE 0xee
#else
extern const uint32_t __freertos_irq_stack_top[];
const StackType_t xISRStackTop = ( StackType_t ) __freertos_irq_stack_top;
#endif
/*
* Setup the timer to generate the tick interrupts. The implementation in this
* file is weak to allow application writers to change the timer used to
* generate the tick interrupt.
*/
void vPortSetupTimerInterrupt( void ) __attribute__(( weak ));
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Used to program the machine timer compare register. */
uint64_t ullNextTime = 0ULL;
const uint64_t *pullNextTime = &ullNextTime;
const size_t uxTimerIncrementsForOneTick = ( size_t ) ( ( configCPU_CLOCK_HZ ) / ( configTICK_RATE_HZ ) ); /* Assumes increment won't go over 32-bits. */
uint32_t const ullMachineTimerCompareRegisterBase = configMTIMECMP_BASE_ADDRESS;
volatile uint64_t * pullMachineTimerCompareRegister = NULL;
/* Holds the critical nesting value - deliberately non-zero at start up to
* ensure interrupts are not accidentally enabled before the scheduler starts. */
size_t xCriticalNesting = ( size_t ) 0xaaaaaaaa;
size_t *pxCriticalNesting = &xCriticalNesting;
/* Used to catch tasks that attempt to return from their implementing function. */
size_t xTaskReturnAddress = ( size_t ) portTASK_RETURN_ADDRESS;
/* Set configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to 3 to add ISR stack checking to task
* stack checking. A problem in the ISR stack will trigger an assert, not call
* the stack overflow hook function (because the stack overflow hook is specific
* to a task stack, not the ISR stack). */
#if defined( configISR_STACK_SIZE_WORDS ) && ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 2 )
#warning This path not tested, or even compiled yet.
static const uint8_t ucExpectedStackBytes[] = {
portISR_STACK_FILL_BYTE, portISR_STACK_FILL_BYTE, portISR_STACK_FILL_BYTE, portISR_STACK_FILL_BYTE, \
portISR_STACK_FILL_BYTE, portISR_STACK_FILL_BYTE, portISR_STACK_FILL_BYTE, portISR_STACK_FILL_BYTE, \
portISR_STACK_FILL_BYTE, portISR_STACK_FILL_BYTE, portISR_STACK_FILL_BYTE, portISR_STACK_FILL_BYTE, \
portISR_STACK_FILL_BYTE, portISR_STACK_FILL_BYTE, portISR_STACK_FILL_BYTE, portISR_STACK_FILL_BYTE, \
portISR_STACK_FILL_BYTE, portISR_STACK_FILL_BYTE, portISR_STACK_FILL_BYTE, portISR_STACK_FILL_BYTE }; \
#define portCHECK_ISR_STACK() configASSERT( ( memcmp( ( void * ) xISRStack, ( void * ) ucExpectedStackBytes, sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ) ) == 0 ) )
#else
/* Define the function away. */
#define portCHECK_ISR_STACK()
#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 2 */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( configMTIME_BASE_ADDRESS != 0 ) && ( configMTIMECMP_BASE_ADDRESS != 0 )
void vPortSetupTimerInterrupt( void )
{
uint32_t ulCurrentTimeHigh, ulCurrentTimeLow;
volatile uint32_t * const pulTimeHigh = ( volatile uint32_t * const ) ( ( configMTIME_BASE_ADDRESS ) + 4UL ); /* 8-byte type so high 32-bit word is 4 bytes up. */
volatile uint32_t * const pulTimeLow = ( volatile uint32_t * const ) ( configMTIME_BASE_ADDRESS );
volatile uint32_t ulHartId;
__asm volatile( "csrr %0, mhartid" : "=r"( ulHartId ) );
pullMachineTimerCompareRegister = ( volatile uint64_t * ) ( ullMachineTimerCompareRegisterBase + ( ulHartId * sizeof( uint64_t ) ) );
do
{
ulCurrentTimeHigh = *pulTimeHigh;
ulCurrentTimeLow = *pulTimeLow;
} while( ulCurrentTimeHigh != *pulTimeHigh );
ullNextTime = ( uint64_t ) ulCurrentTimeHigh;
ullNextTime <<= 32ULL; /* High 4-byte word is 32-bits up. */
ullNextTime |= ( uint64_t ) ulCurrentTimeLow;
ullNextTime += ( uint64_t ) uxTimerIncrementsForOneTick;
*pullMachineTimerCompareRegister = ullNextTime;
/* Prepare the time to use after the next tick interrupt. */
ullNextTime += ( uint64_t ) uxTimerIncrementsForOneTick;
}
#endif /* ( configMTIME_BASE_ADDRESS != 0 ) && ( configMTIME_BASE_ADDRESS != 0 ) */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
BaseType_t xPortStartScheduler( void )
{
extern void xPortStartFirstTask( void );
#if( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
{
/* Check alignment of the interrupt stack - which is the same as the
* stack that was being used by main() prior to the scheduler being
* started. */
configASSERT( ( xISRStackTop & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0 );
#ifdef configISR_STACK_SIZE_WORDS
{
memset( ( void * ) xISRStack, portISR_STACK_FILL_BYTE, sizeof( xISRStack ) );
}
#endif /* configISR_STACK_SIZE_WORDS */
}
#endif /* configASSERT_DEFINED */
/* If there is a CLINT then it is ok to use the default implementation
* in this file, otherwise vPortSetupTimerInterrupt() must be implemented to
* configure whichever clock is to be used to generate the tick interrupt. */
vPortSetupTimerInterrupt();
#if( ( configMTIME_BASE_ADDRESS != 0 ) && ( configMTIMECMP_BASE_ADDRESS != 0 ) )
{
/* Enable mtime and external interrupts. 1<<7 for timer interrupt,
* 1<<11 for external interrupt. _RB_ What happens here when mtime is
* not present as with pulpino? */
__asm volatile( "csrs mie, %0" :: "r"(0x880) );
}
#endif /* ( configMTIME_BASE_ADDRESS != 0 ) && ( configMTIMECMP_BASE_ADDRESS != 0 ) */
xPortStartFirstTask();
/* Should not get here as after calling xPortStartFirstTask() only tasks
* should be executing. */
return pdFAIL;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vPortEndScheduler( void )
{
/* Not implemented. */
for( ;; );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/

View File

@ -1,388 +0,0 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.5.1 (ESP-IDF SMP modified)
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2023 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
/*
* The FreeRTOS kernel's RISC-V port is split between the the code that is
* common across all currently supported RISC-V chips (implementations of the
* RISC-V ISA), and code which tailors the port to a specific RISC-V chip:
*
* + The code that is common to all RISC-V chips is implemented in
* FreeRTOS\Source\portable\GCC\RISC-V-RV32\portASM.S. There is only one
* portASM.S file because the same file is used no matter which RISC-V chip is
* in use.
*
* + The code that tailors the kernel's RISC-V port to a specific RISC-V
* chip is implemented in freertos_risc_v_chip_specific_extensions.h. There
* is one freertos_risc_v_chip_specific_extensions.h that can be used with any
* RISC-V chip that both includes a standard CLINT and does not add to the
* base set of RISC-V registers. There are additional
* freertos_risc_v_chip_specific_extensions.h files for RISC-V implementations
* that do not include a standard CLINT or do add to the base set of RISC-V
* registers.
*
* CARE MUST BE TAKEN TO INCLDUE THE CORRECT
* freertos_risc_v_chip_specific_extensions.h HEADER FILE FOR THE CHIP
* IN USE. To include the correct freertos_risc_v_chip_specific_extensions.h
* header file ensure the path to the correct header file is in the assembler's
* include path.
*
* This freertos_risc_v_chip_specific_extensions.h is for use on RISC-V chips
* that include a standard CLINT and do not add to the base set of RISC-V
* registers.
*
*/
#include "portContext.h"
/* Check the freertos_risc_v_chip_specific_extensions.h and/or command line
definitions. */
#if defined( portasmHAS_CLINT ) && defined( portasmHAS_MTIME )
#error The portasmHAS_CLINT constant has been deprecated. Please replace it with portasmHAS_MTIME. portasmHAS_CLINT and portasmHAS_MTIME cannot both be defined at once. See https://www.FreeRTOS.org/Using-FreeRTOS-on-RISC-V.html
#endif
#ifdef portasmHAS_CLINT
#warning The portasmHAS_CLINT constant has been deprecated. Please replace it with portasmHAS_MTIME and portasmHAS_SIFIVE_CLINT. For now portasmHAS_MTIME and portasmHAS_SIFIVE_CLINT are derived from portasmHAS_CLINT. See https://www.FreeRTOS.org/Using-FreeRTOS-on-RISC-V.html
#define portasmHAS_MTIME portasmHAS_CLINT
#define portasmHAS_SIFIVE_CLINT portasmHAS_CLINT
#endif
#ifndef portasmHAS_MTIME
#error freertos_risc_v_chip_specific_extensions.h must define portasmHAS_MTIME to either 1 (MTIME clock present) or 0 (MTIME clock not present). See https://www.FreeRTOS.org/Using-FreeRTOS-on-RISC-V.html
#endif
#ifndef portasmHAS_SIFIVE_CLINT
#define portasmHAS_SIFIVE_CLINT 0
#endif
.global xPortStartFirstTask
.global pxPortInitialiseStack
.global freertos_risc_v_trap_handler
.global freertos_risc_v_exception_handler
.global freertos_risc_v_interrupt_handler
.global freertos_risc_v_mtimer_interrupt_handler
.extern vTaskSwitchContext
.extern xTaskIncrementTick
.extern pullMachineTimerCompareRegister
.extern pullNextTime
.extern uxTimerIncrementsForOneTick /* size_t type so 32-bit on 32-bit core and 64-bits on 64-bit core. */
.extern xTaskReturnAddress
.weak freertos_risc_v_application_exception_handler
.weak freertos_risc_v_application_interrupt_handler
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
.macro portUPDATE_MTIMER_COMPARE_REGISTER
load_x a0, pullMachineTimerCompareRegister /* Load address of compare register into a0. */
load_x a1, pullNextTime /* Load the address of ullNextTime into a1. */
#if( __riscv_xlen == 32 )
/* Update the 64-bit mtimer compare match value in two 32-bit writes. */
li a4, -1
lw a2, 0(a1) /* Load the low word of ullNextTime into a2. */
lw a3, 4(a1) /* Load the high word of ullNextTime into a3. */
sw a4, 0(a0) /* Low word no smaller than old value to start with - will be overwritten below. */
sw a3, 4(a0) /* Store high word of ullNextTime into compare register. No smaller than new value. */
sw a2, 0(a0) /* Store low word of ullNextTime into compare register. */
lw t0, uxTimerIncrementsForOneTick /* Load the value of ullTimerIncrementForOneTick into t0 (could this be optimized by storing in an array next to pullNextTime?). */
add a4, t0, a2 /* Add the low word of ullNextTime to the timer increments for one tick (assumes timer increment for one tick fits in 32-bits). */
sltu t1, a4, a2 /* See if the sum of low words overflowed (what about the zero case?). */
add t2, a3, t1 /* Add overflow to high word of ullNextTime. */
sw a4, 0(a1) /* Store new low word of ullNextTime. */
sw t2, 4(a1) /* Store new high word of ullNextTime. */
#endif /* __riscv_xlen == 32 */
#if( __riscv_xlen == 64 )
/* Update the 64-bit mtimer compare match value. */
ld t2, 0(a1) /* Load ullNextTime into t2. */
sd t2, 0(a0) /* Store ullNextTime into compare register. */
ld t0, uxTimerIncrementsForOneTick /* Load the value of ullTimerIncrementForOneTick into t0 (could this be optimized by storing in an array next to pullNextTime?). */
add t4, t0, t2 /* Add ullNextTime to the timer increments for one tick. */
sd t4, 0(a1) /* Store ullNextTime. */
#endif /* __riscv_xlen == 64 */
.endm
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* Unlike other ports pxPortInitialiseStack() is written in assembly code as it
* needs access to the portasmADDITIONAL_CONTEXT_SIZE constant. The prototype
* for the function is as per the other ports:
* StackType_t *pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t *pxTopOfStack, TaskFunction_t pxCode, void *pvParameters );
*
* As per the standard RISC-V ABI pxTopcOfStack is passed in in a0, pxCode in
* a1, and pvParameters in a2. The new top of stack is passed out in a0.
*
* RISC-V maps registers to ABI names as follows (X1 to X31 integer registers
* for the 'I' profile, X1 to X15 for the 'E' profile, currently I assumed).
*
* Register ABI Name Description Saver
* x0 zero Hard-wired zero -
* x1 ra Return address Caller
* x2 sp Stack pointer Callee
* x3 gp Global pointer -
* x4 tp Thread pointer -
* x5-7 t0-2 Temporaries Caller
* x8 s0/fp Saved register/Frame pointer Callee
* x9 s1 Saved register Callee
* x10-11 a0-1 Function Arguments/return values Caller
* x12-17 a2-7 Function arguments Caller
* x18-27 s2-11 Saved registers Callee
* x28-31 t3-6 Temporaries Caller
*
* The RISC-V context is saved t FreeRTOS tasks in the following stack frame,
* where the global and thread pointers are currently assumed to be constant so
* are not saved:
*
* mstatus
* xCriticalNesting
* x31
* x30
* x29
* x28
* x27
* x26
* x25
* x24
* x23
* x22
* x21
* x20
* x19
* x18
* x17
* x16
* x15
* x14
* x13
* x12
* x11
* pvParameters
* x9
* x8
* x7
* x6
* x5
* portTASK_RETURN_ADDRESS
* [chip specific registers go here]
* pxCode
*/
pxPortInitialiseStack:
csrr t0, mstatus /* Obtain current mstatus value. */
andi t0, t0, ~0x8 /* Ensure interrupts are disabled when the stack is restored within an ISR. Required when a task is created after the schedulre has been started, otherwise interrupts would be disabled anyway. */
addi t1, x0, 0x188 /* Generate the value 0x1880, which are the MPIE and MPP bits to set in mstatus. */
slli t1, t1, 4
or t0, t0, t1 /* Set MPIE and MPP bits in mstatus value. */
addi a0, a0, -portWORD_SIZE
store_x t0, 0(a0) /* mstatus onto the stack. */
addi a0, a0, -portWORD_SIZE /* Space for critical nesting count. */
store_x x0, 0(a0) /* Critical nesting count starts at 0 for every task. */
#ifdef __riscv_32e
addi a0, a0, -(6 * portWORD_SIZE) /* Space for registers x11-x15. */
#else
addi a0, a0, -(22 * portWORD_SIZE) /* Space for registers x11-x31. */
#endif
store_x a2, 0(a0) /* Task parameters (pvParameters parameter) goes into register X10/a0 on the stack. */
addi a0, a0, -(6 * portWORD_SIZE) /* Space for registers x5-x9. */
load_x t0, xTaskReturnAddress
store_x t0, 0(a0) /* Return address onto the stack. */
addi t0, x0, portasmADDITIONAL_CONTEXT_SIZE /* The number of chip specific additional registers. */
chip_specific_stack_frame: /* First add any chip specific registers to the stack frame being created. */
beq t0, x0, 1f /* No more chip specific registers to save. */
addi a0, a0, -portWORD_SIZE /* Make space for chip specific register. */
store_x x0, 0(a0) /* Give the chip specific register an initial value of zero. */
addi t0, t0, -1 /* Decrement the count of chip specific registers remaining. */
j chip_specific_stack_frame /* Until no more chip specific registers. */
1:
addi a0, a0, -portWORD_SIZE
store_x a1, 0(a0) /* mret value (pxCode parameter) onto the stack. */
ret
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
xPortStartFirstTask:
load_x sp, pxCurrentTCB /* Load pxCurrentTCB. */
load_x sp, 0( sp ) /* Read sp from first TCB member. */
load_x x1, 0( sp ) /* Note for starting the scheduler the exception return address is used as the function return address. */
portasmRESTORE_ADDITIONAL_REGISTERS /* Defined in freertos_risc_v_chip_specific_extensions.h to restore any registers unique to the RISC-V implementation. */
load_x x7, 4 * portWORD_SIZE( sp ) /* t2 */
load_x x8, 5 * portWORD_SIZE( sp ) /* s0/fp */
load_x x9, 6 * portWORD_SIZE( sp ) /* s1 */
load_x x10, 7 * portWORD_SIZE( sp ) /* a0 */
load_x x11, 8 * portWORD_SIZE( sp ) /* a1 */
load_x x12, 9 * portWORD_SIZE( sp ) /* a2 */
load_x x13, 10 * portWORD_SIZE( sp ) /* a3 */
load_x x14, 11 * portWORD_SIZE( sp ) /* a4 */
load_x x15, 12 * portWORD_SIZE( sp ) /* a5 */
#ifndef __riscv_32e
load_x x16, 13 * portWORD_SIZE( sp ) /* a6 */
load_x x17, 14 * portWORD_SIZE( sp ) /* a7 */
load_x x18, 15 * portWORD_SIZE( sp ) /* s2 */
load_x x19, 16 * portWORD_SIZE( sp ) /* s3 */
load_x x20, 17 * portWORD_SIZE( sp ) /* s4 */
load_x x21, 18 * portWORD_SIZE( sp ) /* s5 */
load_x x22, 19 * portWORD_SIZE( sp ) /* s6 */
load_x x23, 20 * portWORD_SIZE( sp ) /* s7 */
load_x x24, 21 * portWORD_SIZE( sp ) /* s8 */
load_x x25, 22 * portWORD_SIZE( sp ) /* s9 */
load_x x26, 23 * portWORD_SIZE( sp ) /* s10 */
load_x x27, 24 * portWORD_SIZE( sp ) /* s11 */
load_x x28, 25 * portWORD_SIZE( sp ) /* t3 */
load_x x29, 26 * portWORD_SIZE( sp ) /* t4 */
load_x x30, 27 * portWORD_SIZE( sp ) /* t5 */
load_x x31, 28 * portWORD_SIZE( sp ) /* t6 */
#endif
load_x x5, portCRITICAL_NESTING_OFFSET * portWORD_SIZE( sp ) /* Obtain xCriticalNesting value for this task from task's stack. */
load_x x6, pxCriticalNesting /* Load the address of xCriticalNesting into x6. */
store_x x5, 0( x6 ) /* Restore the critical nesting value for this task. */
load_x x5, portMSTATUS_OFFSET * portWORD_SIZE( sp ) /* Initial mstatus into x5 (t0). */
addi x5, x5, 0x08 /* Set MIE bit so the first task starts with interrupts enabled - required as returns with ret not eret. */
csrrw x0, mstatus, x5 /* Interrupts enabled from here! */
load_x x5, 2 * portWORD_SIZE( sp ) /* Initial x5 (t0) value. */
load_x x6, 3 * portWORD_SIZE( sp ) /* Initial x6 (t1) value. */
addi sp, sp, portCONTEXT_SIZE
ret
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
freertos_risc_v_application_exception_handler:
csrr t0, mcause /* For viewing in the debugger only. */
csrr t1, mepc /* For viewing in the debugger only */
csrr t2, mstatus /* For viewing in the debugger only */
j .
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
freertos_risc_v_application_interrupt_handler:
csrr t0, mcause /* For viewing in the debugger only. */
csrr t1, mepc /* For viewing in the debugger only */
csrr t2, mstatus /* For viewing in the debugger only */
j .
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
.section .text.freertos_risc_v_exception_handler
freertos_risc_v_exception_handler:
portcontextSAVE_EXCEPTION_CONTEXT
/* a0 now contains mcause. */
li t0, 11 /* 11 == environment call. */
bne a0, t0, other_exception /* Not an M environment call, so some other exception. */
call vTaskSwitchContext
portcontextRESTORE_CONTEXT
other_exception:
call freertos_risc_v_application_exception_handler
portcontextRESTORE_CONTEXT
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
.section .text.freertos_risc_v_interrupt_handler
freertos_risc_v_interrupt_handler:
portcontextSAVE_INTERRUPT_CONTEXT
call freertos_risc_v_application_interrupt_handler
portcontextRESTORE_CONTEXT
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
.section .text.freertos_risc_v_mtimer_interrupt_handler
freertos_risc_v_mtimer_interrupt_handler:
portcontextSAVE_INTERRUPT_CONTEXT
portUPDATE_MTIMER_COMPARE_REGISTER
call xTaskIncrementTick
beqz a0, exit_without_context_switch /* Don't switch context if incrementing tick didn't unblock a task. */
call vTaskSwitchContext
exit_without_context_switch:
portcontextRESTORE_CONTEXT
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
.section .text.freertos_risc_v_trap_handler
.align 8
freertos_risc_v_trap_handler:
portcontextSAVE_CONTEXT_INTERNAL
csrr a0, mcause
csrr a1, mepc
bge a0, x0, synchronous_exception
asynchronous_interrupt:
store_x a1, 0( sp ) /* Asynchronous interrupt so save unmodified exception return address. */
load_x sp, xISRStackTop /* Switch to ISR stack. */
j handle_interrupt
synchronous_exception:
addi a1, a1, 4 /* Synchronous so update exception return address to the instruction after the instruction that generated the exeption. */
store_x a1, 0( sp ) /* Save updated exception return address. */
load_x sp, xISRStackTop /* Switch to ISR stack. */
j handle_exception
handle_interrupt:
#if( portasmHAS_MTIME != 0 )
test_if_mtimer: /* If there is a CLINT then the mtimer is used to generate the tick interrupt. */
addi t0, x0, 1
slli t0, t0, __riscv_xlen - 1 /* LSB is already set, shift into MSB. Shift 31 on 32-bit or 63 on 64-bit cores. */
addi t1, t0, 7 /* 0x8000[]0007 == machine timer interrupt. */
bne a0, t1, application_interrupt_handler
portUPDATE_MTIMER_COMPARE_REGISTER
call xTaskIncrementTick
beqz a0, processed_source /* Don't switch context if incrementing tick didn't unblock a task. */
call vTaskSwitchContext
j processed_source
#endif /* portasmHAS_MTIME */
application_interrupt_handler:
call freertos_risc_v_application_interrupt_handler
j processed_source
handle_exception:
/* a0 contains mcause. */
li t0, 11 /* 11 == environment call. */
bne a0, t0, application_exception_handler /* Not an M environment call, so some other exception. */
call vTaskSwitchContext
j processed_source
application_exception_handler:
call freertos_risc_v_application_exception_handler
j processed_source /* No other exceptions handled yet. */
processed_source:
portcontextRESTORE_CONTEXT
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -1,673 +0,0 @@
# Uncrustify-0.69.0
newlines = auto # lf/crlf/cr/auto
input_tab_size = 4 # unsigned number
output_tab_size = 4 # unsigned number
string_escape_char = 92 # unsigned number
string_escape_char2 = 0 # unsigned number
string_replace_tab_chars = false # true/false
tok_split_gte = false # true/false
disable_processing_cmt = " *INDENT-OFF*" # string
enable_processing_cmt = " *INDENT-ON*" # string
enable_digraphs = false # true/false
utf8_bom = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
utf8_byte = false # true/false
utf8_force = false # true/false
sp_arith = force # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_arith_additive = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_assign = force # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_cpp_lambda_assign = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_cpp_lambda_paren = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_assign_default = force # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_before_assign = force # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_after_assign = force # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_enum_paren = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_enum_assign = force # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_enum_before_assign = force # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_enum_after_assign = force # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_enum_colon = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_pp_concat = add # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_pp_stringify = add # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_before_pp_stringify = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_bool = force # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_compare = force # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_inside_paren = force # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_paren_paren = force # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_cparen_oparen = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_balance_nested_parens = false # true/false
sp_paren_brace = force # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_brace_brace = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_before_ptr_star = force # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_before_unnamed_ptr_star = force # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_between_ptr_star = remove # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_after_ptr_star = force # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_after_ptr_block_caret = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_after_ptr_star_qualifier = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_after_ptr_star_func = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_ptr_star_paren = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_before_ptr_star_func = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_before_byref = force # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_before_unnamed_byref = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_after_byref = remove # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_after_byref_func = remove # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_before_byref_func = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_after_type = force # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_after_decltype = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_before_template_paren = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_template_angle = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_before_angle = remove # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_inside_angle = remove # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_inside_angle_empty = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_angle_colon = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_after_angle = force # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_angle_paren = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_angle_paren_empty = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_angle_word = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_angle_shift = add # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_permit_cpp11_shift = false # true/false
sp_before_sparen = remove # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_inside_sparen = force # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_inside_sparen_open = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_inside_sparen_close = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_after_sparen = force # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_sparen_brace = force # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_invariant_paren = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_after_invariant_paren = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_special_semi = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_before_semi = remove # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_before_semi_for = remove # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_before_semi_for_empty = add # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_after_semi = add # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_after_semi_for = force # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_after_semi_for_empty = force # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_before_square = remove # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_before_squares = remove # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_cpp_before_struct_binding = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_inside_square = force # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_inside_square_oc_array = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_after_comma = force # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_before_comma = remove # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_after_mdatype_commas = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_before_mdatype_commas = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_between_mdatype_commas = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_paren_comma = force # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_before_ellipsis = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_type_ellipsis = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_type_question = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_paren_ellipsis = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_paren_qualifier = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_paren_noexcept = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_after_class_colon = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_before_class_colon = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_after_constr_colon = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_before_constr_colon = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_before_case_colon = remove # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_after_operator = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_after_operator_sym = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_after_operator_sym_empty = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_after_cast = force # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_inside_paren_cast = force # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_cpp_cast_paren = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_sizeof_paren = remove # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_sizeof_ellipsis = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_sizeof_ellipsis_paren = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_decltype_paren = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_after_tag = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_inside_braces_enum = force # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_inside_braces_struct = force # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_inside_braces_oc_dict = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_after_type_brace_init_lst_open = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_before_type_brace_init_lst_close = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_inside_type_brace_init_lst = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_inside_braces = force # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_inside_braces_empty = remove # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_type_func = force # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_type_brace_init_lst = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_func_proto_paren = remove # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_func_proto_paren_empty = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_func_def_paren = remove # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_func_def_paren_empty = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_inside_fparens = remove # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_inside_fparen = force # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_inside_tparen = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_after_tparen_close = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_square_fparen = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_fparen_brace = add # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_fparen_brace_initializer = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_fparen_dbrace = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_func_call_paren = remove # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_func_call_paren_empty = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_func_call_user_paren = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_func_call_user_inside_fparen = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_func_call_user_paren_paren = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_func_class_paren = remove # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_func_class_paren_empty = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_return_paren = remove # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_return_brace = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_attribute_paren = remove # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_defined_paren = remove # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_throw_paren = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_after_throw = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_catch_paren = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_oc_catch_paren = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_oc_classname_paren = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_version_paren = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_scope_paren = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_super_paren = remove # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_this_paren = remove # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_macro = force # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_macro_func = force # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_else_brace = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_brace_else = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_brace_typedef = force # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_catch_brace = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_oc_catch_brace = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_brace_catch = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_oc_brace_catch = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_finally_brace = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_brace_finally = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_try_brace = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_getset_brace = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_word_brace = add # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_word_brace_ns = add # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_before_dc = remove # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_after_dc = remove # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_d_array_colon = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_not = remove # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_inv = remove # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_addr = remove # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_member = remove # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_deref = remove # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_sign = remove # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_incdec = remove # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_before_nl_cont = add # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_after_oc_scope = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_after_oc_colon = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_before_oc_colon = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_after_oc_dict_colon = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_before_oc_dict_colon = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_after_send_oc_colon = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_before_send_oc_colon = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_after_oc_type = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_after_oc_return_type = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_after_oc_at_sel = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_after_oc_at_sel_parens = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_inside_oc_at_sel_parens = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_before_oc_block_caret = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_after_oc_block_caret = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_after_oc_msg_receiver = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_after_oc_property = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_after_oc_synchronized = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_cond_colon = force # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_cond_colon_before = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_cond_colon_after = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_cond_question = force # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_cond_question_before = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_cond_question_after = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_cond_ternary_short = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_case_label = force # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_range = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_after_for_colon = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_before_for_colon = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_extern_paren = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_cmt_cpp_start = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_cmt_cpp_doxygen = false # true/false
sp_cmt_cpp_qttr = false # true/false
sp_endif_cmt = force # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_after_new = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_between_new_paren = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_after_newop_paren = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_inside_newop_paren = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_inside_newop_paren_open = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_inside_newop_paren_close = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_before_tr_emb_cmt = force # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_num_before_tr_emb_cmt = 1 # unsigned number
sp_annotation_paren = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_skip_vbrace_tokens = false # true/false
sp_after_noexcept = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
sp_vala_after_translation = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
force_tab_after_define = false # true/false
indent_columns = 4 # unsigned number
indent_continue = 0 # number
indent_continue_class_head = 0 # unsigned number
indent_single_newlines = false # true/false
indent_param = 0 # unsigned number
indent_with_tabs = 0 # unsigned number
indent_cmt_with_tabs = false # true/false
indent_align_string = true # true/false
indent_xml_string = 0 # unsigned number
indent_brace = 0 # unsigned number
indent_braces = false # true/false
indent_braces_no_func = false # true/false
indent_braces_no_class = false # true/false
indent_braces_no_struct = false # true/false
indent_brace_parent = false # true/false
indent_paren_open_brace = false # true/false
indent_cs_delegate_brace = false # true/false
indent_cs_delegate_body = false # true/false
indent_namespace = false # true/false
indent_namespace_single_indent = false # true/false
indent_namespace_level = 0 # unsigned number
indent_namespace_limit = 0 # unsigned number
indent_extern = false # true/false
indent_class = true # true/false
indent_class_colon = true # true/false
indent_class_on_colon = false # true/false
indent_constr_colon = false # true/false
indent_ctor_init_leading = 2 # unsigned number
indent_ctor_init = 0 # number
indent_else_if = false # true/false
indent_var_def_blk = 0 # number
indent_var_def_cont = false # true/false
indent_shift = false # true/false
indent_func_def_force_col1 = false # true/false
indent_func_call_param = false # true/false
indent_func_def_param = false # true/false
indent_func_proto_param = false # true/false
indent_func_class_param = false # true/false
indent_func_ctor_var_param = false # true/false
indent_template_param = false # true/false
indent_func_param_double = false # true/false
indent_func_const = 0 # unsigned number
indent_func_throw = 0 # unsigned number
indent_member = 3 # unsigned number
indent_member_single = false # true/false
indent_sing_line_comments = 0 # unsigned number
indent_relative_single_line_comments = false # true/false
indent_switch_case = 4 # unsigned number
indent_switch_pp = true # true/false
indent_case_shift = 0 # unsigned number
indent_case_brace = 3 # number
indent_col1_comment = false # true/false
indent_col1_multi_string_literal = false # true/false
indent_label = 1 # number
indent_access_spec = 1 # number
indent_access_spec_body = false # true/false
indent_paren_nl = false # true/false
indent_paren_close = 0 # unsigned number
indent_paren_after_func_def = false # true/false
indent_paren_after_func_decl = false # true/false
indent_paren_after_func_call = false # true/false
indent_comma_paren = false # true/false
indent_bool_paren = false # true/false
indent_semicolon_for_paren = false # true/false
indent_first_bool_expr = false # true/false
indent_first_for_expr = false # true/false
indent_square_nl = false # true/false
indent_preserve_sql = false # true/false
indent_align_assign = true # true/false
indent_align_paren = true # true/false
indent_oc_block = false # true/false
indent_oc_block_msg = 0 # unsigned number
indent_oc_msg_colon = 0 # unsigned number
indent_oc_msg_prioritize_first_colon = true # true/false
indent_oc_block_msg_xcode_style = false # true/false
indent_oc_block_msg_from_keyword = false # true/false
indent_oc_block_msg_from_colon = false # true/false
indent_oc_block_msg_from_caret = false # true/false
indent_oc_block_msg_from_brace = false # true/false
indent_min_vbrace_open = 0 # unsigned number
indent_vbrace_open_on_tabstop = false # true/false
indent_token_after_brace = true # true/false
indent_cpp_lambda_body = false # true/false
indent_using_block = true # true/false
indent_ternary_operator = 0 # unsigned number
indent_off_after_return_new = false # true/false
indent_single_after_return = false # true/false
indent_ignore_asm_block = false # true/false
nl_collapse_empty_body = false # true/false
nl_assign_leave_one_liners = true # true/false
nl_class_leave_one_liners = true # true/false
nl_enum_leave_one_liners = false # true/false
nl_getset_leave_one_liners = false # true/false
nl_cs_property_leave_one_liners = false # true/false
nl_func_leave_one_liners = false # true/false
nl_cpp_lambda_leave_one_liners = false # true/false
nl_if_leave_one_liners = false # true/false
nl_while_leave_one_liners = false # true/false
nl_for_leave_one_liners = false # true/false
nl_oc_msg_leave_one_liner = false # true/false
nl_oc_mdef_brace = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_oc_block_brace = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_oc_interface_brace = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_oc_implementation_brace = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_start_of_file = remove # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_start_of_file_min = 0 # unsigned number
nl_end_of_file = force # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_end_of_file_min = 1 # unsigned number
nl_assign_brace = add # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_assign_square = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_tsquare_brace = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_after_square_assign = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_fcall_brace = add # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_enum_brace = force # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_enum_class = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_enum_class_identifier = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_enum_identifier_colon = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_enum_colon_type = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_struct_brace = force # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_union_brace = force # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_if_brace = add # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_brace_else = add # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_elseif_brace = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_else_brace = add # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_else_if = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_before_if_closing_paren = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_brace_finally = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_finally_brace = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_try_brace = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_getset_brace = force # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_for_brace = add # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_catch_brace = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_oc_catch_brace = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_brace_catch = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_oc_brace_catch = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_brace_square = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_brace_fparen = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_while_brace = add # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_scope_brace = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_unittest_brace = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_version_brace = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_using_brace = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_brace_brace = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_do_brace = add # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_brace_while = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_switch_brace = add # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_synchronized_brace = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_multi_line_cond = false # true/false
nl_multi_line_define = true # true/false
nl_before_case = true # true/false
nl_after_case = true # true/false
nl_case_colon_brace = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_before_throw = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_namespace_brace = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_template_class = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_class_brace = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_class_init_args = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_constr_init_args = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_enum_own_lines = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_func_type_name = remove # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_func_type_name_class = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_func_class_scope = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_func_scope_name = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_func_proto_type_name = remove # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_func_paren = remove # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_func_paren_empty = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_func_def_paren = remove # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_func_def_paren_empty = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_func_call_paren = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_func_call_paren_empty = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_func_decl_start = remove # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_func_def_start = remove # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_func_decl_start_single = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_func_def_start_single = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_func_decl_start_multi_line = false # true/false
nl_func_def_start_multi_line = false # true/false
nl_func_decl_args = add # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_func_def_args = add # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_func_decl_args_multi_line = false # true/false
nl_func_def_args_multi_line = false # true/false
nl_func_decl_end = remove # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_func_def_end = remove # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_func_decl_end_single = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_func_def_end_single = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_func_decl_end_multi_line = false # true/false
nl_func_def_end_multi_line = false # true/false
nl_func_decl_empty = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_func_def_empty = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_func_call_empty = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_func_call_start = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_func_call_start_multi_line = false # true/false
nl_func_call_args_multi_line = false # true/false
nl_func_call_end_multi_line = false # true/false
nl_oc_msg_args = false # true/false
nl_fdef_brace = add # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_fdef_brace_cond = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_cpp_ldef_brace = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_return_expr = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_after_semicolon = true # true/false
nl_paren_dbrace_open = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_type_brace_init_lst = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_type_brace_init_lst_open = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_type_brace_init_lst_close = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_after_brace_open = true # true/false
nl_after_brace_open_cmt = false # true/false
nl_after_vbrace_open = false # true/false
nl_after_vbrace_open_empty = false # true/false
nl_after_brace_close = true # true/false
nl_after_vbrace_close = false # true/false
nl_brace_struct_var = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_define_macro = false # true/false
nl_squeeze_paren_close = false # true/false
nl_squeeze_ifdef = true # true/false
nl_squeeze_ifdef_top_level = false # true/false
nl_before_if = force # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_after_if = force # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_before_for = force # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_after_for = force # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_before_while = force # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_after_while = force # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_before_switch = force # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_after_switch = force # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_before_synchronized = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_after_synchronized = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_before_do = force # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_after_do = force # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_before_return = false # true/false
nl_after_return = true # true/false
nl_ds_struct_enum_cmt = false # true/false
nl_ds_struct_enum_close_brace = false # true/false
nl_class_colon = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_constr_colon = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_namespace_two_to_one_liner = false # true/false
nl_create_if_one_liner = false # true/false
nl_create_for_one_liner = false # true/false
nl_create_while_one_liner = false # true/false
nl_create_func_def_one_liner = false # true/false
nl_split_if_one_liner = false # true/false
nl_split_for_one_liner = false # true/false
nl_split_while_one_liner = false # true/false
nl_max = 4 # unsigned number
nl_max_blank_in_func = 0 # unsigned number
nl_before_func_body_proto = 0 # unsigned number
nl_before_func_body_def = 0 # unsigned number
nl_before_func_class_proto = 0 # unsigned number
nl_before_func_class_def = 0 # unsigned number
nl_after_func_proto = 0 # unsigned number
nl_after_func_proto_group = 1 # unsigned number
nl_after_func_class_proto = 0 # unsigned number
nl_after_func_class_proto_group = 0 # unsigned number
nl_class_leave_one_liner_groups = false # true/false
nl_after_func_body = 0 # unsigned number
nl_after_func_body_class = 2 # unsigned number
nl_after_func_body_one_liner = 0 # unsigned number
nl_func_var_def_blk = 1 # unsigned number
nl_typedef_blk_start = 0 # unsigned number
nl_typedef_blk_end = 0 # unsigned number
nl_typedef_blk_in = 0 # unsigned number
nl_var_def_blk_start = 0 # unsigned number
nl_var_def_blk_end = 0 # unsigned number
nl_var_def_blk_in = 0 # unsigned number
nl_before_block_comment = 2 # unsigned number
nl_before_c_comment = 0 # unsigned number
nl_before_cpp_comment = 0 # unsigned number
nl_after_multiline_comment = false # true/false
nl_after_label_colon = false # true/false
nl_after_struct = 0 # unsigned number
nl_before_class = 0 # unsigned number
nl_after_class = 0 # unsigned number
nl_before_access_spec = 0 # unsigned number
nl_after_access_spec = 0 # unsigned number
nl_comment_func_def = 0 # unsigned number
nl_after_try_catch_finally = 0 # unsigned number
nl_around_cs_property = 0 # unsigned number
nl_between_get_set = 0 # unsigned number
nl_property_brace = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_inside_namespace = 0 # unsigned number
eat_blanks_after_open_brace = true # true/false
eat_blanks_before_close_brace = true # true/false
nl_remove_extra_newlines = 0 # unsigned number
nl_after_annotation = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
nl_between_annotation = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
pos_arith = ignore # ignore/break/force/lead/trail/join/lead_break/lead_force/trail_break/trail_force
pos_assign = ignore # ignore/break/force/lead/trail/join/lead_break/lead_force/trail_break/trail_force
pos_bool = trail # ignore/break/force/lead/trail/join/lead_break/lead_force/trail_break/trail_force
pos_compare = ignore # ignore/break/force/lead/trail/join/lead_break/lead_force/trail_break/trail_force
pos_conditional = ignore # ignore/break/force/lead/trail/join/lead_break/lead_force/trail_break/trail_force
pos_comma = ignore # ignore/break/force/lead/trail/join/lead_break/lead_force/trail_break/trail_force
pos_enum_comma = ignore # ignore/break/force/lead/trail/join/lead_break/lead_force/trail_break/trail_force
pos_class_comma = ignore # ignore/break/force/lead/trail/join/lead_break/lead_force/trail_break/trail_force
pos_constr_comma = ignore # ignore/break/force/lead/trail/join/lead_break/lead_force/trail_break/trail_force
pos_class_colon = ignore # ignore/break/force/lead/trail/join/lead_break/lead_force/trail_break/trail_force
pos_constr_colon = ignore # ignore/break/force/lead/trail/join/lead_break/lead_force/trail_break/trail_force
code_width = 0 # unsigned number
ls_for_split_full = false # true/false
ls_func_split_full = false # true/false
ls_code_width = false # true/false
align_keep_tabs = false # true/false
align_with_tabs = false # true/false
align_on_tabstop = false # true/false
align_number_right = false # true/false
align_keep_extra_space = false # true/false
align_func_params = false # true/false
align_func_params_span = 0 # unsigned number
align_func_params_thresh = 0 # number
align_func_params_gap = 0 # unsigned number
align_constr_value_span = 0 # unsigned number
align_constr_value_thresh = 0 # number
align_constr_value_gap = 0 # unsigned number
align_same_func_call_params = false # true/false
align_same_func_call_params_span = 0 # unsigned number
align_same_func_call_params_thresh = 0 # number
align_var_def_span = 0 # unsigned number
align_var_def_star_style = 0 # unsigned number
align_var_def_amp_style = 1 # unsigned number
align_var_def_thresh = 16 # number
align_var_def_gap = 0 # unsigned number
align_var_def_colon = false # true/false
align_var_def_colon_gap = 0 # unsigned number
align_var_def_attribute = false # true/false
align_var_def_inline = false # true/false
align_assign_span = 0 # unsigned number
align_assign_func_proto_span = 0 # unsigned number
align_assign_thresh = 12 # number
align_assign_decl_func = 0 # unsigned number
align_enum_equ_span = 0 # unsigned number
align_enum_equ_thresh = 0 # number
align_var_class_span = 0 # unsigned number
align_var_class_thresh = 0 # number
align_var_class_gap = 0 # unsigned number
align_var_struct_span = 0 # unsigned number
align_var_struct_thresh = 0 # number
align_var_struct_gap = 0 # unsigned number
align_struct_init_span = 3 # unsigned number
align_typedef_span = 5 # unsigned number
align_typedef_gap = 3 # unsigned number
align_typedef_func = 0 # unsigned number
align_typedef_star_style = 1 # unsigned number
align_typedef_amp_style = 1 # unsigned number
align_right_cmt_span = 3 # unsigned number
align_right_cmt_gap = 0 # unsigned number
align_right_cmt_mix = false # true/false
align_right_cmt_same_level = false # true/false
align_right_cmt_at_col = 0 # unsigned number
align_func_proto_span = 0 # unsigned number
align_func_proto_thresh = 0 # number
align_func_proto_gap = 0 # unsigned number
align_on_operator = false # true/false
align_mix_var_proto = false # true/false
align_single_line_func = false # true/false
align_single_line_brace = false # true/false
align_single_line_brace_gap = 0 # unsigned number
align_oc_msg_spec_span = 0 # unsigned number
align_nl_cont = true # true/false
align_pp_define_together = false # true/false
align_pp_define_span = 3 # unsigned number
align_pp_define_gap = 4 # unsigned number
align_left_shift = true # true/false
align_asm_colon = false # true/false
align_oc_msg_colon_span = 0 # unsigned number
align_oc_msg_colon_first = false # true/false
align_oc_decl_colon = false # true/false
cmt_width = 0 # unsigned number
cmt_reflow_mode = 0 # unsigned number
cmt_convert_tab_to_spaces = false # true/false
cmt_indent_multi = true # true/false
cmt_c_group = false # true/false
cmt_c_nl_start = false # true/false
cmt_c_nl_end = false # true/false
cmt_cpp_to_c = true # true/false
cmt_cpp_group = false # true/false
cmt_cpp_nl_start = false # true/false
cmt_cpp_nl_end = false # true/false
cmt_star_cont = true # true/false
cmt_sp_before_star_cont = 0 # unsigned number
cmt_sp_after_star_cont = 0 # unsigned number
cmt_multi_check_last = true # true/false
cmt_multi_first_len_minimum = 4 # unsigned number
cmt_insert_file_header = "" # string
cmt_insert_file_footer = "" # string
cmt_insert_func_header = "" # string
cmt_insert_class_header = "" # string
cmt_insert_oc_msg_header = "" # string
cmt_insert_before_preproc = false # true/false
cmt_insert_before_inlines = true # true/false
cmt_insert_before_ctor_dtor = false # true/false
mod_full_brace_do = add # ignore/add/remove/force
mod_full_brace_for = add # ignore/add/remove/force
mod_full_brace_function = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
mod_full_brace_if = add # ignore/add/remove/force
mod_full_brace_if_chain = false # true/false
mod_full_brace_if_chain_only = false # true/false
mod_full_brace_while = add # ignore/add/remove/force
mod_full_brace_using = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
mod_full_brace_nl = 0 # unsigned number
mod_full_brace_nl_block_rem_mlcond = false # true/false
mod_paren_on_return = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
mod_pawn_semicolon = false # true/false
mod_full_paren_if_bool = true # true/false
mod_remove_extra_semicolon = true # true/false
mod_add_long_function_closebrace_comment = 0 # unsigned number
mod_add_long_namespace_closebrace_comment = 0 # unsigned number
mod_add_long_class_closebrace_comment = 0 # unsigned number
mod_add_long_switch_closebrace_comment = 0 # unsigned number
mod_add_long_ifdef_endif_comment = 10 # unsigned number
mod_add_long_ifdef_else_comment = 10 # unsigned number
mod_sort_import = false # true/false
mod_sort_using = false # true/false
mod_sort_include = false # true/false
mod_move_case_break = false # true/false
mod_case_brace = remove # ignore/add/remove/force
mod_remove_empty_return = true # true/false
mod_enum_last_comma = ignore # ignore/add/remove/force
mod_sort_oc_properties = false # true/false
mod_sort_oc_property_class_weight = 0 # number
mod_sort_oc_property_thread_safe_weight = 0 # number
mod_sort_oc_property_readwrite_weight = 0 # number
mod_sort_oc_property_reference_weight = 0 # number
mod_sort_oc_property_getter_weight = 0 # number
mod_sort_oc_property_setter_weight = 0 # number
mod_sort_oc_property_nullability_weight = 0 # number
pp_indent = force # ignore/add/remove/force
pp_indent_at_level = true # true/false
pp_indent_count = 4 # unsigned number
pp_space = remove # ignore/add/remove/force
pp_space_count = 0 # unsigned number
pp_indent_region = 0 # number
pp_region_indent_code = false # true/false
pp_indent_if = 0 # number
pp_if_indent_code = true # true/false
pp_define_at_level = false # true/false
pp_ignore_define_body = false # true/false
pp_indent_case = true # true/false
pp_indent_func_def = true # true/false
pp_indent_extern = true # true/false
pp_indent_brace = false # true/false
include_category_0 = "" # string
include_category_1 = "" # string
include_category_2 = "" # string
use_indent_func_call_param = true # true/false
use_indent_continue_only_once = false # true/false
indent_cpp_lambda_only_once = false # true/false
use_options_overriding_for_qt_macros = true # true/false
warn_level_tabs_found_in_verbatim_string_literals = 2 # unsigned number

View File

@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
[{000214A0-0000-0000-C000-000000000046}]
Prop3=19,2
[InternetShortcut]
URL=https://github.com/FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS-Kernel
IconIndex=0
IDList=
HotKey=0

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
[InternetShortcut]
URL=https://www.FreeRTOS.org/FreeRTOS-quick-start-guide.html
IDList=
[{000214A0-0000-0000-C000-000000000046}]
Prop3=19,2

View File

@ -1,369 +0,0 @@
/*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2016-2022 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*/
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.3
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#include "croutine.h"
/* Remove the whole file is co-routines are not being used. */
#if ( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES != 0 )
/*
* Some kernel aware debuggers require data to be viewed to be global, rather
* than file scope.
*/
#ifdef portREMOVE_STATIC_QUALIFIER
#define static
#endif
/* Lists for ready and blocked co-routines. --------------------*/
static List_t pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES ]; /*< Prioritised ready co-routines. */
static List_t xDelayedCoRoutineList1; /*< Delayed co-routines. */
static List_t xDelayedCoRoutineList2; /*< Delayed co-routines (two lists are used - one for delays that have overflowed the current tick count. */
static List_t * pxDelayedCoRoutineList = NULL; /*< Points to the delayed co-routine list currently being used. */
static List_t * pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = NULL; /*< Points to the delayed co-routine list currently being used to hold co-routines that have overflowed the current tick count. */
static List_t xPendingReadyCoRoutineList; /*< Holds co-routines that have been readied by an external event. They cannot be added directly to the ready lists as the ready lists cannot be accessed by interrupts. */
/* Other file private variables. --------------------------------*/
CRCB_t * pxCurrentCoRoutine = NULL;
static UBaseType_t uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority = 0;
static TickType_t xCoRoutineTickCount = 0, xLastTickCount = 0, xPassedTicks = 0;
/* The initial state of the co-routine when it is created. */
#define corINITIAL_STATE ( 0 )
/*
* Place the co-routine represented by pxCRCB into the appropriate ready queue
* for the priority. It is inserted at the end of the list.
*
* This macro accesses the co-routine ready lists and therefore must not be
* used from within an ISR.
*/
#define prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCRCB ) \
{ \
if( pxCRCB->uxPriority > uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ) \
{ \
uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority = pxCRCB->uxPriority; \
} \
vListInsertEnd( ( List_t * ) &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ pxCRCB->uxPriority ] ), &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) ); \
}
/*
* Utility to ready all the lists used by the scheduler. This is called
* automatically upon the creation of the first co-routine.
*/
static void prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists( void );
/*
* Co-routines that are readied by an interrupt cannot be placed directly into
* the ready lists (there is no mutual exclusion). Instead they are placed in
* in the pending ready list in order that they can later be moved to the ready
* list by the co-routine scheduler.
*/
static void prvCheckPendingReadyList( void );
/*
* Macro that looks at the list of co-routines that are currently delayed to
* see if any require waking.
*
* Co-routines are stored in the queue in the order of their wake time -
* meaning once one co-routine has been found whose timer has not expired
* we need not look any further down the list.
*/
static void prvCheckDelayedList( void );
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
BaseType_t xCoRoutineCreate( crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode,
UBaseType_t uxPriority,
UBaseType_t uxIndex )
{
BaseType_t xReturn;
CRCB_t * pxCoRoutine;
/* Allocate the memory that will store the co-routine control block. */
pxCoRoutine = ( CRCB_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( CRCB_t ) );
if( pxCoRoutine )
{
/* If pxCurrentCoRoutine is NULL then this is the first co-routine to
* be created and the co-routine data structures need initialising. */
if( pxCurrentCoRoutine == NULL )
{
pxCurrentCoRoutine = pxCoRoutine;
prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists();
}
/* Check the priority is within limits. */
if( uxPriority >= configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES )
{
uxPriority = configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES - 1;
}
/* Fill out the co-routine control block from the function parameters. */
pxCoRoutine->uxState = corINITIAL_STATE;
pxCoRoutine->uxPriority = uxPriority;
pxCoRoutine->uxIndex = uxIndex;
pxCoRoutine->pxCoRoutineFunction = pxCoRoutineCode;
/* Initialise all the other co-routine control block parameters. */
vListInitialiseItem( &( pxCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
vListInitialiseItem( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ) );
/* Set the co-routine control block as a link back from the ListItem_t.
* This is so we can get back to the containing CRCB from a generic item
* in a list. */
listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ), pxCoRoutine );
listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ), pxCoRoutine );
/* Event lists are always in priority order. */
listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ), ( ( TickType_t ) configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES - ( TickType_t ) uxPriority ) );
/* Now the co-routine has been initialised it can be added to the ready
* list at the correct priority. */
prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCoRoutine );
xReturn = pdPASS;
}
else
{
xReturn = errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY;
}
return xReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( TickType_t xTicksToDelay,
List_t * pxEventList )
{
TickType_t xTimeToWake;
/* Calculate the time to wake - this may overflow but this is
* not a problem. */
xTimeToWake = xCoRoutineTickCount + xTicksToDelay;
/* We must remove ourselves from the ready list before adding
* ourselves to the blocked list as the same list item is used for
* both lists. */
( void ) uxListRemove( ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
/* The list item will be inserted in wake time order. */
listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ), xTimeToWake );
if( xTimeToWake < xCoRoutineTickCount )
{
/* Wake time has overflowed. Place this item in the
* overflow list. */
vListInsert( ( List_t * ) pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList, ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
}
else
{
/* The wake time has not overflowed, so we can use the
* current block list. */
vListInsert( ( List_t * ) pxDelayedCoRoutineList, ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
}
if( pxEventList )
{
/* Also add the co-routine to an event list. If this is done then the
* function must be called with interrupts disabled. */
vListInsert( pxEventList, &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xEventListItem ) );
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvCheckPendingReadyList( void )
{
/* Are there any co-routines waiting to get moved to the ready list? These
* are co-routines that have been readied by an ISR. The ISR cannot access
* the ready lists itself. */
while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ) == pdFALSE )
{
CRCB_t * pxUnblockedCRCB;
/* The pending ready list can be accessed by an ISR. */
portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
{
pxUnblockedCRCB = ( CRCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( ( &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ) );
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
}
portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xGenericListItem ) );
prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxUnblockedCRCB );
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvCheckDelayedList( void )
{
CRCB_t * pxCRCB;
xPassedTicks = xTaskGetTickCount() - xLastTickCount;
while( xPassedTicks )
{
xCoRoutineTickCount++;
xPassedTicks--;
/* If the tick count has overflowed we need to swap the ready lists. */
if( xCoRoutineTickCount == 0 )
{
List_t * pxTemp;
/* Tick count has overflowed so we need to swap the delay lists. If there are
* any items in pxDelayedCoRoutineList here then there is an error! */
pxTemp = pxDelayedCoRoutineList;
pxDelayedCoRoutineList = pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList;
pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = pxTemp;
}
/* See if this tick has made a timeout expire. */
while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedCoRoutineList ) == pdFALSE )
{
pxCRCB = ( CRCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxDelayedCoRoutineList );
if( xCoRoutineTickCount < listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) ) )
{
/* Timeout not yet expired. */
break;
}
portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
{
/* The event could have occurred just before this critical
* section. If this is the case then the generic list item will
* have been moved to the pending ready list and the following
* line is still valid. Also the pvContainer parameter will have
* been set to NULL so the following lines are also valid. */
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) );
/* Is the co-routine waiting on an event also? */
if( pxCRCB->xEventListItem.pxContainer )
{
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
}
}
portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCRCB );
}
}
xLastTickCount = xCoRoutineTickCount;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vCoRoutineSchedule( void )
{
/* Only run a co-routine after prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists() has been
* called. prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists() is called automatically when a
* co-routine is created. */
if( pxDelayedCoRoutineList != NULL )
{
/* See if any co-routines readied by events need moving to the ready lists. */
prvCheckPendingReadyList();
/* See if any delayed co-routines have timed out. */
prvCheckDelayedList();
/* Find the highest priority queue that contains ready co-routines. */
while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ] ) ) )
{
if( uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority == 0 )
{
/* No more co-routines to check. */
return;
}
--uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority;
}
/* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY walks through the list, so the co-routines
* of the same priority get an equal share of the processor time. */
listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxCurrentCoRoutine, &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ] ) );
/* Call the co-routine. */
( pxCurrentCoRoutine->pxCoRoutineFunction )( pxCurrentCoRoutine, pxCurrentCoRoutine->uxIndex );
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists( void )
{
UBaseType_t uxPriority;
for( uxPriority = 0; uxPriority < configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES; uxPriority++ )
{
vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxPriority ] ) );
}
vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &xDelayedCoRoutineList1 );
vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &xDelayedCoRoutineList2 );
vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList );
/* Start with pxDelayedCoRoutineList using list1 and the
* pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList using list2. */
pxDelayedCoRoutineList = &xDelayedCoRoutineList1;
pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = &xDelayedCoRoutineList2;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
BaseType_t xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( const List_t * pxEventList )
{
CRCB_t * pxUnblockedCRCB;
BaseType_t xReturn;
/* This function is called from within an interrupt. It can only access
* event lists and the pending ready list. This function assumes that a
* check has already been made to ensure pxEventList is not empty. */
pxUnblockedCRCB = ( CRCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxEventList );
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
vListInsertEnd( ( List_t * ) &( xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ), &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
if( pxUnblockedCRCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentCoRoutine->uxPriority )
{
xReturn = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
xReturn = pdFALSE;
}
return xReturn;
}
#endif /* configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 0 */

View File

@ -1,14 +1,12 @@
/*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.5.1 (ESP-IDF SMP modified)
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2016-2023 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*/
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.3
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2023 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
@ -111,13 +109,13 @@ static BaseType_t prvTestWaitCondition( const EventBits_t uxCurrentEventBits,
configASSERT( pxEventGroupBuffer );
#if ( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
{
/* Sanity check that the size of the structure used to declare a
* variable of type StaticEventGroup_t equals the size of the real
* event group structure. */
volatile size_t xSize = sizeof( StaticEventGroup_t );
configASSERT( xSize == sizeof( EventGroup_t ) );
} /*lint !e529 xSize is referenced if configASSERT() is defined. */
{
/* Sanity check that the size of the structure used to declare a
* variable of type StaticEventGroup_t equals the size of the real
* event group structure. */
volatile size_t xSize = sizeof( StaticEventGroup_t );
configASSERT( xSize == sizeof( EventGroup_t ) );
} /*lint !e529 xSize is referenced if configASSERT() is defined. */
#endif /* configASSERT_DEFINED */
/* The user has provided a statically allocated event group - use it. */
@ -129,12 +127,12 @@ static BaseType_t prvTestWaitCondition( const EventBits_t uxCurrentEventBits,
vListInitialise( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ) );
#if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
{
/* Both static and dynamic allocation can be used, so note that
* this event group was created statically in case the event group
* is later deleted. */
pxEventBits->ucStaticallyAllocated = pdTRUE;
}
{
/* Both static and dynamic allocation can be used, so note that
* this event group was created statically in case the event group
* is later deleted. */
pxEventBits->ucStaticallyAllocated = pdTRUE;
}
#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
/* Initialize the event group's spinlock. */
@ -183,12 +181,12 @@ static BaseType_t prvTestWaitCondition( const EventBits_t uxCurrentEventBits,
vListInitialise( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ) );
#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
{
/* Both static and dynamic allocation can be used, so note this
* event group was allocated statically in case the event group is
* later deleted. */
pxEventBits->ucStaticallyAllocated = pdFALSE;
}
{
/* Both static and dynamic allocation can be used, so note this
* event group was allocated statically in case the event group is
* later deleted. */
pxEventBits->ucStaticallyAllocated = pdFALSE;
}
#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
/* Initialize the event group's spinlock. */
@ -220,9 +218,9 @@ EventBits_t xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
configASSERT( ( uxBitsToWaitFor & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 );
configASSERT( uxBitsToWaitFor != 0 );
#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
{
configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) );
}
{
configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) );
}
#endif
prvENTER_CRITICAL_OR_SUSPEND_ALL( &( pxEventBits->xEventGroupLock ) );
@ -347,9 +345,9 @@ EventBits_t xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
configASSERT( ( uxBitsToWaitFor & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 );
configASSERT( uxBitsToWaitFor != 0 );
#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
{
configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) );
}
{
configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) );
}
#endif
prvENTER_CRITICAL_OR_SUSPEND_ALL( &( pxEventBits->xEventGroupLock ) );
@ -549,7 +547,8 @@ EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet )
{
ListItem_t * pxListItem, * pxNext;
ListItem_t * pxListItem;
ListItem_t * pxNext;
ListItem_t const * pxListEnd;
List_t const * pxList;
EventBits_t uxBitsToClear = 0, uxBitsWaitedFor, uxControlBits;
@ -565,12 +564,12 @@ EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
pxListEnd = listGET_END_MARKER( pxList ); /*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM. This is checked and valid. */
prvENTER_CRITICAL_OR_SUSPEND_ALL( &( pxEventBits->xEventGroupLock ) );
#if ( configNUM_CORES > 1 )
#if ( configNUMBER_OF_CORES > 1 )
/* We are about to traverse a task list which is a kernel data structure.
* Thus we need to call prvTakeKernelLock() to take the kernel lock. */
prvTakeKernelLock();
#endif /* configNUM_CORES > 1 */
#endif /* configNUMBER_OF_CORES > 1 */
{
traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet );
@ -642,12 +641,13 @@ EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
* bit was set in the control word. */
pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToClear;
}
#if ( configNUM_CORES > 1 )
#if ( configNUMBER_OF_CORES > 1 )
/* Release the previously taken kernel lock. */
prvReleaseKernelLock();
#endif /* configNUM_CORES > 1 */
#endif /* configNUMBER_OF_CORES > 1 */
( void ) prvEXIT_CRITICAL_OR_RESUME_ALL( &( pxEventBits->xEventGroupLock ) );
return pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
@ -655,15 +655,19 @@ EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
void vEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
{
EventGroup_t * pxEventBits = xEventGroup;
const List_t * pxTasksWaitingForBits = &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits );
const List_t * pxTasksWaitingForBits;
configASSERT( pxEventBits );
pxTasksWaitingForBits = &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits );
prvENTER_CRITICAL_OR_SUSPEND_ALL( &( pxEventBits->xEventGroupLock ) );
#if ( configNUM_CORES > 1 )
#if ( configNUMBER_OF_CORES > 1 )
/* We are about to traverse a task list which is a kernel data structure.
* Thus we need to call prvTakeKernelLock() to take the kernel lock. */
prvTakeKernelLock();
#endif /* configNUM_CORES > 1 */
#endif /* configNUMBER_OF_CORES > 1 */
{
traceEVENT_GROUP_DELETE( xEventGroup );
@ -675,31 +679,31 @@ void vEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
vTaskRemoveFromUnorderedEventList( pxTasksWaitingForBits->xListEnd.pxNext, eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET );
}
}
#if ( configNUM_CORES > 1 )
#if ( configNUMBER_OF_CORES > 1 )
/* Release the previously taken kernel lock. */
prvReleaseKernelLock();
#endif /* configNUM_CORES > 1 */
#endif /* configNUMBER_OF_CORES > 1 */
prvEXIT_CRITICAL_OR_RESUME_ALL( &( pxEventBits->xEventGroupLock ) );
#if ( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 0 ) )
{
/* The event group can only have been allocated dynamically - free
* it again. */
vPortFree( pxEventBits );
}
#elif ( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
{
/* The event group could have been allocated statically or
* dynamically, so check before attempting to free the memory. */
if( pxEventBits->ucStaticallyAllocated == ( uint8_t ) pdFALSE )
{
/* The event group can only have been allocated dynamically - free
* it again. */
vPortFree( pxEventBits );
}
#elif ( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
else
{
/* The event group could have been allocated statically or
* dynamically, so check before attempting to free the memory. */
if( pxEventBits->ucStaticallyAllocated == ( uint8_t ) pdFALSE )
{
vPortFree( pxEventBits );
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/

View File

@ -117,6 +117,10 @@ The following functions were modified to accommodate SMP behavior:
- Updated logic to determine whether sleep is possible in SMP by checking the status of both cores.
- `prvCheckTasksWaitingTermination()`
- Updated logic so that we don't delete tasks on `xTasksWaitingTermination` which are still currently running on the other core.
- `xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle()`
- In SMP, the function will now disables interrupts to ensure that the calling task does not switch cores while fetching the current core's TCB.
- `xTaskGetSchedulerState()`
- In SMP, the function now disables interrupts to ensure that the calling task does not switch cores while checking its own copy of `uxSchedulerSuspended`.
- `prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList()`
- Added extra check to see if current blocking task has already been deleted by the other core.
@ -143,3 +147,49 @@ List of differences between Vanilla FreeRTOS V10.5.1 and building the dual-core
- Extended critical section so that SMP can check for yields while still inside critical section
- `vTaskStepTick()`
- Extended critical section so that SMP can access `xTickCount` while still inside critical section
## Header File & Doxygen Changes
List of changes made to Vanilla FreeRTOS V10.5.1 header files to allow for building in ESP-IDF documentation build system.
- Removed leading header name line (e.g., `xxx.h`) in doxygen comment blocks. For example:
```c
/**
* xxx.h
*
* Documentation from some func
*/
void some_func(void);
```
- Removed leading `@code{c}` blocks in containing redundant function prototypes. For example:
```c
/**
* @code{c}
* void some_func(int var_a, int var_b);
* @endcode
*
* Documentation from some func
*/
void some_func(int var_a, int var_b);
```
- Added `/** @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION */` and `/** @endcond */` labels to exclude various doxygen sections from being included into documentation builds. These excluded sections include:
- In doxygen blocks that describe multiple related set of functions/macros, only the function/macro that matches the doxygen blocks parameters is included. For example:
```c
/**
* Description that covers both some_func() and some_func_extra()
*
* @param var_a var_a description
* @param var_b var_b description
*/
/** @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION */
#define some_func(var_a) #define some_func_generic(var_a, NULL)
/** @endcond */
#define some_func_extra(var_a, var_b) #define some_func_generic(var_a, var_b)
```
- In functions/macros that are not meant to be directly called by users (i.e., internal), such as the various `Generic` variants of functions
- Some types/functions/macros are manually documented, thus are documented with regular comment blocks (i.e., `/* */`) instead of doxygen comment blocks (i.e., `/** */`). Some of these blocks are changed into doxygen blocks.

View File

@ -1,14 +1,12 @@
/*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.5.1 (ESP-IDF SMP modified)
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2016-2023 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*/
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.3
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2023 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
@ -53,7 +51,7 @@
* contains the typedefs required to build FreeRTOS. Read the instructions
* in FreeRTOS/source/stdint.readme for more information.
*/
#include <stdint.h> /* READ COMMENT ABOVE. */
#include <stdint.h> /* READ COMMENT ABOVE. */
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
@ -77,15 +75,84 @@
/* Required if struct _reent is used. */
#if ( configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT == 1 )
/* Note Newlib support has been included by popular demand, but is not
* used by the FreeRTOS maintainers themselves. FreeRTOS is not
* responsible for resulting newlib operation. User must be familiar with
* newlib and must provide system-wide implementations of the necessary
* stubs. Be warned that (at the time of writing) the current newlib design
* implements a system-wide malloc() that must be provided with locks.
*
* See the third party link http://www.nadler.com/embedded/newlibAndFreeRTOS.html
* for additional information. */
#include <reent.h>
#define configUSE_C_RUNTIME_TLS_SUPPORT 1
#ifndef configTLS_BLOCK_TYPE
#define configTLS_BLOCK_TYPE struct _reent
#endif
#ifndef configINIT_TLS_BLOCK
#define configINIT_TLS_BLOCK( xTLSBlock ) _REENT_INIT_PTR( &( xTLSBlock ) )
#endif
#ifndef configSET_TLS_BLOCK
#define configSET_TLS_BLOCK( xTLSBlock ) _impure_ptr = &( xTLSBlock )
#endif
#ifndef configDEINIT_TLS_BLOCK
#define configDEINIT_TLS_BLOCK( xTLSBlock ) _reclaim_reent( &( xTLSBlock ) )
#endif
#endif /* if ( configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT == 1 ) */
#ifndef configUSE_C_RUNTIME_TLS_SUPPORT
#define configUSE_C_RUNTIME_TLS_SUPPORT 0
#endif
#if ( ( configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT == 0 ) && ( configUSE_C_RUNTIME_TLS_SUPPORT == 1 ) )
#ifndef configTLS_BLOCK_TYPE
#error Missing definition: configTLS_BLOCK_TYPE must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h when configUSE_C_RUNTIME_TLS_SUPPORT is set to 1.
#endif
#ifndef configINIT_TLS_BLOCK
#error Missing definition: configINIT_TLS_BLOCK must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h when configUSE_C_RUNTIME_TLS_SUPPORT is set to 1.
#endif
#ifndef configSET_TLS_BLOCK
#error Missing definition: configSET_TLS_BLOCK must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h when configUSE_C_RUNTIME_TLS_SUPPORT is set to 1.
#endif
#ifndef configDEINIT_TLS_BLOCK
#error Missing definition: configDEINIT_TLS_BLOCK must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h when configUSE_C_RUNTIME_TLS_SUPPORT is set to 1.
#endif
#endif /* if ( ( configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT == 0 ) && ( configUSE_C_RUNTIME_TLS_SUPPORT == 1 ) ) */
/*
* Check all the required application specific macros have been defined.
* These macros are application specific and (as downloaded) are defined
* within FreeRTOSConfig.h.
*/
#ifndef configNUMBER_OF_CORES
#error Missing definition: configNUMBER_OF_CORES must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h
#endif
#if ( configNUMBER_OF_CORES > 1 )
#ifndef portGET_CORE_ID
#error "Missing definition: portGET_CORE_ID() must be defined if in portmacro.h if configNUMBER_OF_CORES > 1"
#endif
#ifndef portYIELD_CORE
#error "Missing definition: portYIELD_CORE() must be defined if in portmacro.h if configNUMBER_OF_CORES > 1"
#endif
#elif ( configNUMBER_OF_CORES == 1 )
#undef portGET_CORE_ID
#define portGET_CORE_ID() 0
#else
#error configNUMBER_OF_CORES must be defined to either 1 or > 1.
#endif /* if ( configNUMBER_OF_CORES > 1 ) */
#ifndef configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE
#error Missing definition: configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h. configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE defines the size (in words) of the stack allocated to the idle task. Refer to the demo project provided for your port for a suitable value.
#endif
@ -98,14 +165,6 @@
#error configMAX_PRIORITIES must be defined to be greater than or equal to 1.
#endif
#ifndef configNUM_CORES
#error Missing definition: configNUM_CORES must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h
#endif
#if ( ( configNUM_CORES != 1 ) && ( configNUM_CORES != 2 ) )
#error configNUM_CORES must be defined to either 1 or 2.
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_PREEMPTION
#error Missing definition: configUSE_PREEMPTION must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
#endif
@ -144,21 +203,23 @@
#ifdef INCLUDE_xTaskDelayUntil
#ifdef INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil
/* INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil was replaced by INCLUDE_xTaskDelayUntil. Backward
* compatibility is maintained if only one or the other is defined, but
* there is a conflict if both are defined. */
/* INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil was replaced by INCLUDE_xTaskDelayUntil. Backward
* compatibility is maintained if only one or the other is defined, but
* there is a conflict if both are defined. */
#error INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil and INCLUDE_xTaskDelayUntil are both defined. INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil is no longer required and should be removed
#endif
#endif
#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskDelayUntil
#ifdef INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil
/* If INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil is set but INCLUDE_xTaskDelayUntil is not then
* the project's FreeRTOSConfig.h probably pre-dates the introduction of
* xTaskDelayUntil and setting INCLUDE_xTaskDelayUntil to whatever
* INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil is set to will ensure backward compatibility.
*/
#define INCLUDE_xTaskDelayUntil INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil
/* If INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil is set but INCLUDE_xTaskDelayUntil is not then
* the project's FreeRTOSConfig.h probably pre-dates the introduction of
* xTaskDelayUntil and setting INCLUDE_xTaskDelayUntil to whatever
* INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil is set to will ensure backward compatibility.
*/
#define INCLUDE_xTaskDelayUntil INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil
#endif
#endif
@ -215,7 +276,7 @@
#endif
#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle
#define INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle 0
#define INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle 1
#endif
#if configUSE_CO_ROUTINES != 0
@ -236,10 +297,6 @@
#define configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS 0
#endif
#ifndef configTHREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_DELETE_CALLBACKS
#define configTHREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_DELETE_CALLBACKS 0
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES
#define configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES 0
#endif
@ -325,11 +382,11 @@
#endif
#ifndef portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR
#define portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedStatusValue ) ( void ) uxSavedStatusValue
#define portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedStatusValue ) ( void ) ( uxSavedStatusValue )
#endif
#ifndef portCLEAN_UP_TCB
#define portCLEAN_UP_TCB( pxTCB ) ( void ) pxTCB
#define portCLEAN_UP_TCB( pxTCB ) ( void ) ( pxTCB )
#endif
#ifndef portPRE_TASK_DELETE_HOOK
@ -337,7 +394,7 @@
#endif
#ifndef portSETUP_TCB
#define portSETUP_TCB( pxTCB ) ( void ) pxTCB
#define portSETUP_TCB( pxTCB ) ( void ) ( pxTCB )
#endif
#ifndef configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE
@ -350,6 +407,10 @@
#define pcQueueGetName( xQueue )
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_MINI_LIST_ITEM
#define configUSE_MINI_LIST_ITEM 1
#endif
#ifndef portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE
#define portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE uint32_t
#endif
@ -645,7 +706,7 @@
#endif
#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_END
#define traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_END( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, uxBitsToWaitFor, xTimeoutOccurred ) ( void ) xTimeoutOccurred
#define traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_END( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, uxBitsToWaitFor, xTimeoutOccurred ) ( void ) ( xTimeoutOccurred )
#endif
#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_BLOCK
@ -653,7 +714,7 @@
#endif
#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_END
#define traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_END( xEventGroup, uxBitsToWaitFor, xTimeoutOccurred ) ( void ) xTimeoutOccurred
#define traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_END( xEventGroup, uxBitsToWaitFor, xTimeoutOccurred ) ( void ) ( xTimeoutOccurred )
#endif
#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS
@ -768,35 +829,6 @@
#define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( xStreamBuffer, xReceivedLength )
#endif
/*
* Default values for trace macros added by ESP-IDF and are not part of Vanilla FreeRTOS
*/
#ifdef ESP_PLATFORM
#ifndef traceISR_EXIT_TO_SCHEDULER
#define traceISR_EXIT_TO_SCHEDULER()
#endif
#ifndef traceISR_EXIT
#define traceISR_EXIT()
#endif
#ifndef traceISR_ENTER
#define traceISR_ENTER( _n_ )
#endif
#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEMAPHORE_RECEIVE
#define traceQUEUE_SEMAPHORE_RECEIVE( pxQueue )
#endif
#ifndef traceQUEUE_GIVE_FROM_ISR
#define traceQUEUE_GIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue )
#endif
#ifndef traceQUEUE_GIVE_FROM_ISR_FAILED
#define traceQUEUE_GIVE_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue )
#endif
#endif // ESP_PLATFORM
#ifndef configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS
#define configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS 0
#endif
@ -931,6 +963,12 @@
#define configUSE_POSIX_ERRNO 0
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_SB_COMPLETED_CALLBACK
/* By default per-instance callbacks are not enabled for stream buffer or message buffer. */
#define configUSE_SB_COMPLETED_CALLBACK 0
#endif
#ifndef portTICK_TYPE_IS_ATOMIC
#define portTICK_TYPE_IS_ATOMIC 0
#endif
@ -945,9 +983,14 @@
#define configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION 1
#endif
#ifndef configSTACK_ALLOCATION_FROM_SEPARATE_HEAP
/* Defaults to 0 for backward compatibility. */
#define configSTACK_ALLOCATION_FROM_SEPARATE_HEAP 0
#if ( ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS > 0 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION != 1 ) )
#error configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS cannot be used without dynamic allocation, but configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION is not set to 1.
#endif
#if ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS > 0 )
#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY != 1 ) && ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS != 1 ) )
#error configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS is 1 but the functions it enables are not used because neither configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY or configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS are 1. Set configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS to 0 in FreeRTOSConfig.h.
#endif
#endif
#ifndef configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE
@ -957,6 +1000,14 @@
#define configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE uint16_t
#endif
#ifndef configRUN_TIME_COUNTER_TYPE
/* Defaults to uint32_t for backward compatibility, but can be overridden in
* FreeRTOSConfig.h if uint32_t is too restrictive. */
#define configRUN_TIME_COUNTER_TYPE uint32_t
#endif
#ifndef configMESSAGE_BUFFER_LENGTH_TYPE
/* Defaults to size_t for backward compatibility, but can be overridden
@ -966,12 +1017,6 @@
#endif
/* Sanity check the configuration. */
#if ( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 )
#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend != 1 )
#error INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend must be set to 1 if configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE is not set to 0
#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */
#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
#if ( ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 0 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 0 ) )
#error configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION and configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION cannot both be 0, but can both be 1.
#endif
@ -980,8 +1025,8 @@
#error configUSE_MUTEXES must be set to 1 to use recursive mutexes
#endif
#if ( ( configNUM_CORES > 1 ) && ( configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION == 1 ) )
#error configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION is not supported if configNUM_CORES > 1
#if ( ( configNUMBER_OF_CORES > 1 ) && ( configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION != 0 ) )
#error configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION is not supported in SMP
#endif
#ifndef configINITIAL_TICK_COUNT
@ -1004,7 +1049,7 @@
#define portTICK_TYPE_ENTER_CRITICAL()
#define portTICK_TYPE_EXIT_CRITICAL()
#define portTICK_TYPE_SET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR() 0
#define portTICK_TYPE_CLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( x ) ( void ) x
#define portTICK_TYPE_CLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( x ) ( void ) ( x )
#endif /* if ( portTICK_TYPE_IS_ATOMIC == 0 ) */
/* Definitions to allow backward compatibility with FreeRTOS versions prior to
@ -1100,6 +1145,12 @@
#define configENABLE_FPU 1
#endif
/* Set configENABLE_MVE to 1 to enable MVE support and 0 to disable it. This is
* currently used in ARMv8M ports. */
#ifndef configENABLE_MVE
#define configENABLE_MVE 0
#endif
/* Set configENABLE_TRUSTZONE to 1 enable TrustZone support and 0 to disable it.
* This is currently used in ARMv8M ports. */
#ifndef configENABLE_TRUSTZONE
@ -1112,6 +1163,11 @@
#define configRUN_FREERTOS_SECURE_ONLY 0
#endif
#ifndef configRUN_ADDITIONAL_TESTS
#define configRUN_ADDITIONAL_TESTS 0
#endif
/* Sometimes the FreeRTOSConfig.h settings only allow a task to be created using
* dynamically allocated RAM, in which case when any task is deleted it is known
* that both the task's stack and TCB need to be freed. Sometimes the
@ -1181,16 +1237,20 @@ struct xSTATIC_LIST_ITEM
};
typedef struct xSTATIC_LIST_ITEM StaticListItem_t;
/* See the comments above the struct xSTATIC_LIST_ITEM definition. */
struct xSTATIC_MINI_LIST_ITEM
{
#if ( configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES == 1 )
TickType_t xDummy1;
#endif
TickType_t xDummy2;
void * pvDummy3[ 2 ];
};
typedef struct xSTATIC_MINI_LIST_ITEM StaticMiniListItem_t;
#if ( configUSE_MINI_LIST_ITEM == 1 )
/* See the comments above the struct xSTATIC_LIST_ITEM definition. */
struct xSTATIC_MINI_LIST_ITEM
{
#if ( configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES == 1 )
TickType_t xDummy1;
#endif
TickType_t xDummy2;
void * pvDummy3[ 2 ];
};
typedef struct xSTATIC_MINI_LIST_ITEM StaticMiniListItem_t;
#else /* if ( configUSE_MINI_LIST_ITEM == 1 ) */
typedef struct xSTATIC_LIST_ITEM StaticMiniListItem_t;
#endif /* if ( configUSE_MINI_LIST_ITEM == 1 ) */
/* See the comments above the struct xSTATIC_LIST_ITEM definition. */
typedef struct xSTATIC_LIST
@ -1229,6 +1289,7 @@ typedef struct xSTATIC_TCB
UBaseType_t uxDummy5;
void * pxDummy6;
uint8_t ucDummy7[ configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN ];
/* Todo: Remove xCoreID for single core builds (IDF-7894) */
BaseType_t xDummyCoreID;
#if ( ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) || ( configRECORD_STACK_HIGH_ADDRESS == 1 ) )
void * pxDummy8;
@ -1249,10 +1310,10 @@ typedef struct xSTATIC_TCB
void * pvDummy15[ configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS ];
#endif
#if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
uint32_t ulDummy16;
configRUN_TIME_COUNTER_TYPE ulDummy16;
#endif
#if ( configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT == 1 )
struct _reent xDummy17;
#if ( ( configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT == 1 ) || ( configUSE_C_RUNTIME_TLS_SUPPORT == 1 ) )
configTLS_BLOCK_TYPE xDummy17;
#endif
#if ( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
uint32_t ulDummy18[ configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES ];
@ -1377,12 +1438,12 @@ typedef struct xSTATIC_TIMER
* internally by FreeRTOS is not accessible to application code. However, if
* the application writer wants to statically allocate the memory required to
* create a stream buffer then the size of the stream buffer object needs to be
* known. The StaticStreamBuffer_t structure below is provided for this purpose.
* Its size and alignment requirements are guaranteed to match those of the
* genuine structure, no matter which architecture is being used, and no matter
* how the values in FreeRTOSConfig.h are set. Its contents are somewhat
* obfuscated in the hope users will recognise that it would be unwise to make
* direct use of the structure members.
* known. The StaticStreamBuffer_t structure below is provided for this
* purpose. Its size and alignment requirements are guaranteed to match those
* of the genuine structure, no matter which architecture is being used, and
* no matter how the values in FreeRTOSConfig.h are set. Its contents are
* somewhat obfuscated in the hope users will recognise that it would be unwise
* to make direct use of the structure members.
*/
typedef struct xSTATIC_STREAM_BUFFER
{
@ -1392,7 +1453,10 @@ typedef struct xSTATIC_STREAM_BUFFER
#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
UBaseType_t uxDummy4;
#endif
portMUX_TYPE xStreamBufferLock;
#if ( configUSE_SB_COMPLETED_CALLBACK == 1 )
void * pvDummy5[ 2 ];
#endif
portMUX_TYPE xDummyStreamBufferLock;
} StaticStreamBuffer_t;
/* Message buffers are built on stream buffers. */
@ -1410,21 +1474,61 @@ typedef StaticStreamBuffer_t StaticMessageBuffer_t;
#ifdef ESP_PLATFORM
/*
* Include ESP-IDF API additions implicitly for compatibility reasons.
*
* ESP-IDF API additions were previously added directly to FreeRTOS headers
* (e.g., task.h, queue.h). These APIs have now been moved to
* idf_additions.h.
*
* To ensure there are no breaking changes, we include idf_additions.h
* implicitly here so that those API additions are still accessible. Given
* that FreeRTOS.h must be included first before calling any FreeRTOS API,
* any existing source code can continue using these relocated APIs without
* any additional header inclusions via this implicit inclusion.
*
* Todo: Deprecate this implicit inclusion by ESP-IDF v6.0 (IDF-8126)
*/
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* *INDENT-ON* */
/*
* Default values for trace macros added by ESP-IDF and are not part of Vanilla FreeRTOS
*/
#ifndef traceISR_EXIT_TO_SCHEDULER
#define traceISR_EXIT_TO_SCHEDULER()
#endif
#ifndef traceISR_EXIT
#define traceISR_EXIT()
#endif
#ifndef traceISR_ENTER
#define traceISR_ENTER( _n_ )
#endif
#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEMAPHORE_RECEIVE
#define traceQUEUE_SEMAPHORE_RECEIVE( pxQueue )
#endif
#ifndef traceQUEUE_GIVE_FROM_ISR
#define traceQUEUE_GIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue )
#endif
#ifndef traceQUEUE_GIVE_FROM_ISR_FAILED
#define traceQUEUE_GIVE_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue )
#endif
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
/* *INDENT-ON* */
/*
* Include ESP-IDF API additions implicitly for compatibility reasons.
*
* ESP-IDF API additions were previously added directly to FreeRTOS headers
* (e.g., task.h, queue.h). These APIs have now been moved to
* idf_additions.h.
*
* To ensure there are no breaking changes, we include idf_additions.h
* implicitly here so that those API additions are still accessible. Given
* that FreeRTOS.h must be included first before calling any FreeRTOS API,
* any existing source code can continue using these relocated APIs without
* any additional header inclusions via this implicit inclusion.
*
* Todo: Deprecate this implicit inclusion by ESP-IDF v6.0 (IDF-8126)
*/
#include "freertos/idf_additions.h"
#endif /* ESP_PLATFORM */

View File

@ -1,14 +1,12 @@
/*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.5.1 (ESP-IDF SMP modified)
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2016-2022 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*/
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.3
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2023 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
@ -34,7 +32,7 @@
#ifndef _MSC_VER /* Visual Studio doesn't support #warning. */
#warning The name of this file has changed to stack_macros.h. Please update your code accordingly. This source file (which has the original name) will be removed in future released.
#warning The name of this file has changed to stack_macros.h. Please update your code accordingly. This source file (which has the original name) will be removed in a future release.
#endif
#include "stack_macros.h"

View File

@ -1,14 +1,12 @@
/*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.5.1 (ESP-IDF SMP modified)
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2016-2022 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*/
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.3
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2023 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in

View File

@ -1,795 +0,0 @@
/*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2016-2022 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*/
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.3
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
#ifndef CO_ROUTINE_H
#define CO_ROUTINE_H
#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
#error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include croutine.h"
#endif
#include "list.h"
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* *INDENT-ON* */
/* Used to hide the implementation of the co-routine control block. The
* control block structure however has to be included in the header due to
* the macro implementation of the co-routine functionality. */
typedef void * CoRoutineHandle_t;
/* Defines the prototype to which co-routine functions must conform. */
typedef void (* crCOROUTINE_CODE)( CoRoutineHandle_t,
UBaseType_t );
typedef struct corCoRoutineControlBlock
{
crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineFunction;
ListItem_t xGenericListItem; /*< List item used to place the CRCB in ready and blocked queues. */
ListItem_t xEventListItem; /*< List item used to place the CRCB in event lists. */
UBaseType_t uxPriority; /*< The priority of the co-routine in relation to other co-routines. */
UBaseType_t uxIndex; /*< Used to distinguish between co-routines when multiple co-routines use the same co-routine function. */
uint16_t uxState; /*< Used internally by the co-routine implementation. */
} CRCB_t; /* Co-routine control block. Note must be identical in size down to uxPriority with TCB_t. */
/**
* @cond
* croutine. h
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xCoRoutineCreate(
* crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode,
* UBaseType_t uxPriority,
* UBaseType_t uxIndex
* );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* Create a new co-routine and add it to the list of co-routines that are
* ready to run.
*
* @param pxCoRoutineCode Pointer to the co-routine function. Co-routine
* functions require special syntax - see the co-routine section of the WEB
* documentation for more information.
*
* @param uxPriority The priority with respect to other co-routines at which
* the co-routine will run.
*
* @param uxIndex Used to distinguish between different co-routines that
* execute the same function. See the example below and the co-routine section
* of the WEB documentation for further information.
*
* @return pdPASS if the co-routine was successfully created and added to a ready
* list, otherwise an error code defined with ProjDefs.h.
*
* Example usage:
* @code{c}
* // Co-routine to be created.
* void vFlashCoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
* {
* // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
* // This may not be necessary for const variables.
* static const char cLedToFlash[ 2 ] = { 5, 6 };
* static const TickType_t uxFlashRates[ 2 ] = { 200, 400 };
*
* // Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
* crSTART( xHandle );
*
* for( ;; )
* {
* // This co-routine just delays for a fixed period, then toggles
* // an LED. Two co-routines are created using this function, so
* // the uxIndex parameter is used to tell the co-routine which
* // LED to flash and how int32_t to delay. This assumes xQueue has
* // already been created.
* vParTestToggleLED( cLedToFlash[ uxIndex ] );
* crDELAY( xHandle, uxFlashRates[ uxIndex ] );
* }
*
* // Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
* crEND();
* }
*
* // Function that creates two co-routines.
* void vOtherFunction( void )
* {
* uint8_t ucParameterToPass;
* TaskHandle_t xHandle;
*
* // Create two co-routines at priority 0. The first is given index 0
* // so (from the code above) toggles LED 5 every 200 ticks. The second
* // is given index 1 so toggles LED 6 every 400 ticks.
* for( uxIndex = 0; uxIndex < 2; uxIndex++ )
* {
* xCoRoutineCreate( vFlashCoRoutine, 0, uxIndex );
* }
* }
* @endcode
* @cond
* \defgroup xCoRoutineCreate xCoRoutineCreate
* @endcond
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
BaseType_t xCoRoutineCreate( crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode,
UBaseType_t uxPriority,
UBaseType_t uxIndex );
/**
* @cond
* croutine. h
* @code{c}
* void vCoRoutineSchedule( void );
* @endcode
* @endcond
* Run a co-routine.
*
* vCoRoutineSchedule() executes the highest priority co-routine that is able
* to run. The co-routine will execute until it either blocks, yields or is
* preempted by a task. Co-routines execute cooperatively so one
* co-routine cannot be preempted by another, but can be preempted by a task.
*
* If an application comprises of both tasks and co-routines then
* vCoRoutineSchedule should be called from the idle task (in an idle task
* hook).
*
* Example usage:
* @code{c}
* // This idle task hook will schedule a co-routine each time it is called.
* // The rest of the idle task will execute between co-routine calls.
* void vApplicationIdleHook( void )
* {
* vCoRoutineSchedule();
* }
*
* // Alternatively, if you do not require any other part of the idle task to
* // execute, the idle task hook can call vCoRoutineScheduler() within an
* // infinite loop.
* void vApplicationIdleHook( void )
* {
* for( ;; )
* {
* vCoRoutineSchedule();
* }
* }
* @endcode
* @endcode
* @cond
* \defgroup vCoRoutineSchedule vCoRoutineSchedule
* @endcond
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
void vCoRoutineSchedule( void );
/**
* @cond
* croutine. h
* @code{c}
* crSTART( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* This macro MUST always be called at the start of a co-routine function.
*
* Example usage:
* @code{c}
* // Co-routine to be created.
* void vACoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
* {
* // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
* static int32_t ulAVariable;
*
* // Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
* crSTART( xHandle );
*
* for( ;; )
* {
* // Co-routine functionality goes here.
* }
*
* // Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
* crEND();
* }
* @endcode
* @cond
* \defgroup crSTART crSTART
* @endcond
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
#define crSTART( pxCRCB ) \
switch( ( ( CRCB_t * ) ( pxCRCB ) )->uxState ) { \
case 0:
/**
* @cond
* croutine. h
* @code{c}
* crEND();
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* This macro MUST always be called at the end of a co-routine function.
*
* Example usage:
* @code{c}
* // Co-routine to be created.
* void vACoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
* {
* // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
* static int32_t ulAVariable;
*
* // Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
* crSTART( xHandle );
*
* for( ;; )
* {
* // Co-routine functionality goes here.
* }
*
* // Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
* crEND();
* }
* @endcode
* @cond
* \defgroup crSTART crSTART
* @endcond
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
#define crEND() }
/*
* These macros are intended for internal use by the co-routine implementation
* only. The macros should not be used directly by application writers.
*/
#define crSET_STATE0( xHandle ) \
( ( CRCB_t * ) ( xHandle ) )->uxState = ( __LINE__ * 2 ); return; \
case ( __LINE__ * 2 ):
#define crSET_STATE1( xHandle ) \
( ( CRCB_t * ) ( xHandle ) )->uxState = ( ( __LINE__ * 2 ) + 1 ); return; \
case ( ( __LINE__ * 2 ) + 1 ):
/**
* @cond
* croutine. h
* @code{c}
* crDELAY( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, TickType_t xTicksToDelay );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* Delay a co-routine for a fixed period of time.
*
* crDELAY can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not
* from within a function called by the co-routine function. This is because
* co-routines do not maintain their own stack.
*
* @param xHandle The handle of the co-routine to delay. This is the xHandle
* parameter of the co-routine function.
*
* @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should delay
* for. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined by
* configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h). The constant portTICK_PERIOD_MS
* can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds.
*
* Example usage:
* @code{c}
* // Co-routine to be created.
* void vACoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
* {
* // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
* // This may not be necessary for const variables.
* // We are to delay for 200ms.
* static const xTickType xDelayTime = 200 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS;
*
* // Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
* crSTART( xHandle );
*
* for( ;; )
* {
* // Delay for 200ms.
* crDELAY( xHandle, xDelayTime );
*
* // Do something here.
* }
*
* // Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
* crEND();
* }
* @endcode
* @cond
* \defgroup crDELAY crDELAY
* @endcond
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
#define crDELAY( xHandle, xTicksToDelay ) \
if( ( xTicksToDelay ) > 0 ) \
{ \
vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( ( xTicksToDelay ), NULL ); \
} \
crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) );
/**
* @cond
* @code{c}
* crQUEUE_SEND(
* CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle,
* QueueHandle_t pxQueue,
* void *pvItemToQueue,
* TickType_t xTicksToWait,
* BaseType_t *pxResult
* )
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* The macro's crQUEUE_SEND() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE() are the co-routine
* equivalent to the xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() functions used by tasks.
*
* crQUEUE_SEND and crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be used from a co-routine whereas
* xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() can only be used from tasks.
*
* crQUEUE_SEND can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not
* from within a function called by the co-routine function. This is because
* co-routines do not maintain their own stack.
*
* See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
* passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
* co-routines.
*
* @param xHandle The handle of the calling co-routine. This is the xHandle
* parameter of the co-routine function.
*
* @param pxQueue The handle of the queue on which the data will be posted.
* The handle is obtained as the return value when the queue is created using
* the xQueueCreate() API function.
*
* @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the data being posted onto the queue.
* The number of bytes of each queued item is specified when the queue is
* created. This number of bytes is copied from pvItemToQueue into the queue
* itself.
*
* @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should block
* to wait for space to become available on the queue, should space not be
* available immediately. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined
* by configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h). The constant
* portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds (see example
* below).
*
* @param pxResult The variable pointed to by pxResult will be set to pdPASS if
* data was successfully posted onto the queue, otherwise it will be set to an
* error defined within ProjDefs.h.
*
* Example usage:
* @code{c}
* // Co-routine function that blocks for a fixed period then posts a number onto
* // a queue.
* static void prvCoRoutineFlashTask( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
* {
* // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
* static BaseType_t xNumberToPost = 0;
* static BaseType_t xResult;
*
* // Co-routines must begin with a call to crSTART().
* crSTART( xHandle );
*
* for( ;; )
* {
* // This assumes the queue has already been created.
* crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &xNumberToPost, NO_DELAY, &xResult );
*
* if( xResult != pdPASS )
* {
* // The message was not posted!
* }
*
* // Increment the number to be posted onto the queue.
* xNumberToPost++;
*
* // Delay for 100 ticks.
* crDELAY( xHandle, 100 );
* }
*
* // Co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
* crEND();
* }
* @endcode
* @cond
* \defgroup crQUEUE_SEND crQUEUE_SEND
* @endcond
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
#define crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xTicksToWait, pxResult ) \
{ \
*( pxResult ) = xQueueCRSend( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xTicksToWait ) ); \
if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_BLOCKED ) \
{ \
crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) ); \
*pxResult = xQueueCRSend( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), 0 ); \
} \
if( *pxResult == errQUEUE_YIELD ) \
{ \
crSET_STATE1( ( xHandle ) ); \
*pxResult = pdPASS; \
} \
}
/**
* @cond
* croutine. h
* @code{c}
* crQUEUE_RECEIVE(
* CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle,
* QueueHandle_t pxQueue,
* void *pvBuffer,
* TickType_t xTicksToWait,
* BaseType_t *pxResult
* )
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* The macro's crQUEUE_SEND() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE() are the co-routine
* equivalent to the xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() functions used by tasks.
*
* crQUEUE_SEND and crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be used from a co-routine whereas
* xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() can only be used from tasks.
*
* crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not
* from within a function called by the co-routine function. This is because
* co-routines do not maintain their own stack.
*
* See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
* passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
* co-routines.
*
* @param xHandle The handle of the calling co-routine. This is the xHandle
* parameter of the co-routine function.
*
* @param pxQueue The handle of the queue from which the data will be received.
* The handle is obtained as the return value when the queue is created using
* the xQueueCreate() API function.
*
* @param pvBuffer The buffer into which the received item is to be copied.
* The number of bytes of each queued item is specified when the queue is
* created. This number of bytes is copied into pvBuffer.
*
* @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should block
* to wait for data to become available from the queue, should data not be
* available immediately. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined
* by configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h). The constant
* portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds (see the
* crQUEUE_SEND example).
*
* @param pxResult The variable pointed to by pxResult will be set to pdPASS if
* data was successfully retrieved from the queue, otherwise it will be set to
* an error code as defined within ProjDefs.h.
*
* Example usage:
* @code{c}
* // A co-routine receives the number of an LED to flash from a queue. It
* // blocks on the queue until the number is received.
* static void prvCoRoutineFlashWorkTask( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
* {
* // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
* static BaseType_t xResult;
* static UBaseType_t uxLEDToFlash;
*
* // All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
* crSTART( xHandle );
*
* for( ;; )
* {
* // Wait for data to become available on the queue.
* crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &uxLEDToFlash, portMAX_DELAY, &xResult );
*
* if( xResult == pdPASS )
* {
* // We received the LED to flash - flash it!
* vParTestToggleLED( uxLEDToFlash );
* }
* }
*
* crEND();
* }
* @endcode
* @cond
* \defgroup crQUEUE_RECEIVE crQUEUE_RECEIVE
* @endcond
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
#define crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, pxQueue, pvBuffer, xTicksToWait, pxResult ) \
{ \
*( pxResult ) = xQueueCRReceive( ( pxQueue ), ( pvBuffer ), ( xTicksToWait ) ); \
if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_BLOCKED ) \
{ \
crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) ); \
*( pxResult ) = xQueueCRReceive( ( pxQueue ), ( pvBuffer ), 0 ); \
} \
if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_YIELD ) \
{ \
crSET_STATE1( ( xHandle ) ); \
*( pxResult ) = pdPASS; \
} \
}
/**
* @cond
* croutine. h
* @code{c}
* crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR(
* QueueHandle_t pxQueue,
* void *pvItemToQueue,
* BaseType_t xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken
* )
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* The macro's crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() are the
* co-routine equivalent to the xQueueSendFromISR() and xQueueReceiveFromISR()
* functions used by tasks.
*
* crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() can only be used to
* pass data between a co-routine and and ISR, whereas xQueueSendFromISR() and
* xQueueReceiveFromISR() can only be used to pass data between a task and and
* ISR.
*
* crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR can only be called from an ISR to send data to a queue
* that is being used from within a co-routine.
*
* See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
* passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
* co-routines.
*
* @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
*
* @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the
* queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
* queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
* into the queue storage area.
*
* @param xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken This is included so an ISR can post onto
* the same queue multiple times from a single interrupt. The first call
* should always pass in pdFALSE. Subsequent calls should pass in
* the value returned from the previous call.
*
* @return pdTRUE if a co-routine was woken by posting onto the queue. This is
* used by the ISR to determine if a context switch may be required following
* the ISR.
*
* Example usage:
* @code{c}
* // A co-routine that blocks on a queue waiting for characters to be received.
* static void vReceivingCoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
* {
* char cRxedChar;
* BaseType_t xResult;
*
* // All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
* crSTART( xHandle );
*
* for( ;; )
* {
* // Wait for data to become available on the queue. This assumes the
* // queue xCommsRxQueue has already been created!
* crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, xCommsRxQueue, &uxLEDToFlash, portMAX_DELAY, &xResult );
*
* // Was a character received?
* if( xResult == pdPASS )
* {
* // Process the character here.
* }
* }
*
* // All co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
* crEND();
* }
*
* // An ISR that uses a queue to send characters received on a serial port to
* // a co-routine.
* void vUART_ISR( void )
* {
* char cRxedChar;
* BaseType_t xCRWokenByPost = pdFALSE;
*
* // We loop around reading characters until there are none left in the UART.
* while( UART_RX_REG_NOT_EMPTY() )
* {
* // Obtain the character from the UART.
* cRxedChar = UART_RX_REG;
*
* // Post the character onto a queue. xCRWokenByPost will be pdFALSE
* // the first time around the loop. If the post causes a co-routine
* // to be woken (unblocked) then xCRWokenByPost will be set to pdTRUE.
* // In this manner we can ensure that if more than one co-routine is
* // blocked on the queue only one is woken by this ISR no matter how
* // many characters are posted to the queue.
* xCRWokenByPost = crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( xCommsRxQueue, &cRxedChar, xCRWokenByPost );
* }
* }
* @endcode
* @cond
* \defgroup crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR
* @endcond
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
#define crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken ) \
xQueueCRSendFromISR( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken ) )
/**
* @cond
* croutine. h
* @code{c}
* crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR(
* QueueHandle_t pxQueue,
* void *pvBuffer,
* BaseType_t * pxCoRoutineWoken
* )
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* The macro's crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() are the
* co-routine equivalent to the xQueueSendFromISR() and xQueueReceiveFromISR()
* functions used by tasks.
*
* crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() can only be used to
* pass data between a co-routine and and ISR, whereas xQueueSendFromISR() and
* xQueueReceiveFromISR() can only be used to pass data between a task and and
* ISR.
*
* crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR can only be called from an ISR to receive data
* from a queue that is being used from within a co-routine (a co-routine
* posted to the queue).
*
* See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
* passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
* co-routines.
*
* @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
*
* @param pvBuffer A pointer to a buffer into which the received item will be
* placed. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
* queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from the queue into
* pvBuffer.
*
* @param pxCoRoutineWoken A co-routine may be blocked waiting for space to become
* available on the queue. If crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR causes such a
* co-routine to unblock *pxCoRoutineWoken will get set to pdTRUE, otherwise
* *pxCoRoutineWoken will remain unchanged.
*
* @return pdTRUE an item was successfully received from the queue, otherwise
* pdFALSE.
*
* Example usage:
* @code{c}
* // A co-routine that posts a character to a queue then blocks for a fixed
* // period. The character is incremented each time.
* static void vSendingCoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
* {
* // cChar holds its value while this co-routine is blocked and must therefore
* // be declared static.
* static char cCharToTx = 'a';
* BaseType_t xResult;
*
* // All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
* crSTART( xHandle );
*
* for( ;; )
* {
* // Send the next character to the queue.
* crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &cCharToTx, NO_DELAY, &xResult );
*
* if( xResult == pdPASS )
* {
* // The character was successfully posted to the queue.
* }
* else
* {
* // Could not post the character to the queue.
* }
*
* // Enable the UART Tx interrupt to cause an interrupt in this
* // hypothetical UART. The interrupt will obtain the character
* // from the queue and send it.
* ENABLE_RX_INTERRUPT();
*
* // Increment to the next character then block for a fixed period.
* // cCharToTx will maintain its value across the delay as it is
* // declared static.
* cCharToTx++;
* if( cCharToTx > 'x' )
* {
* cCharToTx = 'a';
* }
* crDELAY( 100 );
* }
*
* // All co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
* crEND();
* }
*
* // An ISR that uses a queue to receive characters to send on a UART.
* void vUART_ISR( void )
* {
* char cCharToTx;
* BaseType_t xCRWokenByPost = pdFALSE;
*
* while( UART_TX_REG_EMPTY() )
* {
* // Are there any characters in the queue waiting to be sent?
* // xCRWokenByPost will automatically be set to pdTRUE if a co-routine
* // is woken by the post - ensuring that only a single co-routine is
* // woken no matter how many times we go around this loop.
* if( crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, &cCharToTx, &xCRWokenByPost ) )
* {
* SEND_CHARACTER( cCharToTx );
* }
* }
* }
* @endcode
* @cond
* \defgroup crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR
* @endcond
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
#define crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, pvBuffer, pxCoRoutineWoken ) \
xQueueCRReceiveFromISR( ( pxQueue ), ( pvBuffer ), ( pxCoRoutineWoken ) )
/*
* This function is intended for internal use by the co-routine macros only.
* The macro nature of the co-routine implementation requires that the
* prototype appears here. The function should not be used by application
* writers.
*
* Removes the current co-routine from its ready list and places it in the
* appropriate delayed list.
*/
void vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( TickType_t xTicksToDelay,
List_t * pxEventList );
/*
* This function is intended for internal use by the queue implementation only.
* The function should not be used by application writers.
*
* Removes the highest priority co-routine from the event list and places it in
* the pending ready list.
*/
BaseType_t xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( const List_t * pxEventList );
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
/* *INDENT-ON* */
#endif /* CO_ROUTINE_H */

View File

@ -1,14 +1,12 @@
/*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.5.1 (ESP-IDF SMP modified)
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2016-2022 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*/
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.3
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2023 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in

View File

@ -1,14 +1,12 @@
/*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.5.1 (ESP-IDF SMP modified)
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2016-2022 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*/
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.3
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2023 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
@ -71,24 +69,16 @@
* be set and then tested atomically - as is the case where event groups are
* used to create a synchronisation point between multiple tasks (a
* 'rendezvous').
*
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup EventGroup EventGroup
* @endcond
*/
/**
* event_groups.h
*
* Type by which event groups are referenced. For example, a call to
* xEventGroupCreate() returns an EventGroupHandle_t variable that can then
* be used as a parameter to other event group functions.
*
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup EventGroupHandle_t EventGroupHandle_t
* @endcond
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
struct EventGroupDef_t;
@ -99,20 +89,11 @@ typedef struct EventGroupDef_t * EventGroupHandle_t;
* number of bits it holds is set by configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS (16 bits if set to 1,
* 32 bits if set to 0.
*
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup EventBits_t EventBits_t
* @endcond
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
typedef TickType_t EventBits_t;
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* event_groups.h
* @code{c}
* EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreate( void );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* Create a new event group.
*
@ -157,9 +138,6 @@ typedef TickType_t EventBits_t;
* // The event group was created.
* }
* @endcode
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup xEventGroupCreate xEventGroupCreate
* @endcond
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
#if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
@ -167,12 +145,6 @@ typedef TickType_t EventBits_t;
#endif
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* event_groups.h
* @code{c}
* EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreateStatic( EventGroupHandle_t * pxEventGroupBuffer );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* Create a new event group.
*
@ -222,16 +194,6 @@ typedef TickType_t EventBits_t;
#endif
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* event_groups.h
* @code{c}
* EventBits_t xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
* const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
* const BaseType_t xClearOnExit,
* const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits,
* const TickType_t xTicksToWait );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* [Potentially] block to wait for one or more bits to be set within a
* previously created event group.
@ -263,7 +225,8 @@ typedef TickType_t EventBits_t;
*
* @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time (specified in 'ticks') to wait
* for one/all (depending on the xWaitForAllBits value) of the bits specified by
* uxBitsToWaitFor to become set.
* uxBitsToWaitFor to become set. A value of portMAX_DELAY can be used to block
* indefinitely (provided INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h).
*
* @return The value of the event group at the time either the bits being waited
* for became set, or the block time expired. Test the return value to know
@ -312,9 +275,6 @@ typedef TickType_t EventBits_t;
* }
* }
* @endcode
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup xEventGroupWaitBits xEventGroupWaitBits
* @endcond
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
@ -324,12 +284,6 @@ EventBits_t xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* event_groups.h
* @code{c}
* EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* Clear bits within an event group. This function cannot be called from an
* interrupt.
@ -377,21 +331,12 @@ EventBits_t xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
* }
* }
* @endcode
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup xEventGroupClearBits xEventGroupClearBits
* @endcond
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* event_groups.h
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* A version of xEventGroupClearBits() that can be called from an interrupt.
*
@ -405,6 +350,12 @@ EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
* timer task to have the clear operation performed in the context of the timer
* task.
*
* @note If this function returns pdPASS then the timer task is ready to run
* and a portYIELD_FROM_ISR(pdTRUE) should be executed to perform the needed
* clear on the event group. This behavior is different from
* xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR because the parameter xHigherPriorityTaskWoken is
* not present.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are to be cleared.
*
* @param uxBitsToClear A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to clear.
@ -434,12 +385,10 @@ EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
* if( xResult == pdPASS )
* {
* // The message was posted successfully.
* portYIELD_FROM_ISR(pdTRUE);
* }
* }
* @endcode
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR
* @endcond
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
@ -447,16 +396,10 @@ EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#else
#define xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear ) \
xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupClearBitsCallback, ( void * ) xEventGroup, ( uint32_t ) uxBitsToClear, NULL )
xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupClearBitsCallback, ( void * ) ( xEventGroup ), ( uint32_t ) ( uxBitsToClear ), NULL )
#endif
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* event_groups.h
* @code{c}
* EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* Set bits within an event group.
* This function cannot be called from an interrupt. xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR()
@ -521,21 +464,12 @@ EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
* }
* }
* @endcode
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup xEventGroupSetBits xEventGroupSetBits
* @endcond
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* event_groups.h
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* A version of xEventGroupSetBits() that can be called from an interrupt.
*
@ -600,9 +534,6 @@ EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
* }
* }
* @endcode
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR
* @endcond
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
@ -611,19 +542,10 @@ EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
BaseType_t * pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#else
#define xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) \
xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupSetBitsCallback, ( void * ) xEventGroup, ( uint32_t ) uxBitsToSet, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupSetBitsCallback, ( void * ) ( xEventGroup ), ( uint32_t ) ( uxBitsToSet ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) )
#endif
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* event_groups.h
* @code{c}
* EventBits_t xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
* const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet,
* const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
* TickType_t xTicksToWait );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* Atomically set bits within an event group, then wait for a combination of
* bits to be set within the same event group. This functionality is typically
@ -664,9 +586,9 @@ EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
* Example usage:
* @code{c}
* // Bits used by the three tasks.
* #define TASK_0_BIT ( 1 << 0 )
* #define TASK_1_BIT ( 1 << 1 )
* #define TASK_2_BIT ( 1 << 2 )
* #define TASK_0_BIT ( 1 << 0 )
* #define TASK_1_BIT ( 1 << 1 )
* #define TASK_2_BIT ( 1 << 2 )
*
* #define ALL_SYNC_BITS ( TASK_0_BIT | TASK_1_BIT | TASK_2_BIT )
*
@ -737,9 +659,6 @@ EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
* }
*
* @endcode
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup xEventGroupSync xEventGroupSync
* @endcond
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
@ -749,12 +668,6 @@ EventBits_t xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* event_groups.h
* @code{c}
* EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* Returns the current value of the bits in an event group. This function
* cannot be used from an interrupt.
@ -763,20 +676,11 @@ EventBits_t xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
*
* @return The event group bits at the time xEventGroupGetBits() was called.
*
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup xEventGroupGetBits xEventGroupGetBits
* @endcond
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
#define xEventGroupGetBits( xEventGroup ) xEventGroupClearBits( xEventGroup, 0 )
#define xEventGroupGetBits( xEventGroup ) xEventGroupClearBits( ( xEventGroup ), 0 )
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* event_groups.h
* @code{c}
* EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* A version of xEventGroupGetBits() that can be called from an ISR.
*
@ -784,20 +688,11 @@ EventBits_t xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
*
* @return The event group bits at the time xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR() was called.
*
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR
* @endcond
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* event_groups.h
* @code{c}
* void xEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* Delete an event group that was previously created by a call to
* xEventGroupCreate(). Tasks that are blocked on the event group will be
@ -808,13 +703,6 @@ EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup ) PRIVILEG
void vEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* event_groups.h
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xEventGroupGetStaticBuffer( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
* StaticEventGroup_t ** ppxEventGroupBuffer );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* Retrieve a pointer to a statically created event groups's data structure
* buffer. It is the same buffer that is supplied at the time of creation.

View File

@ -1,13 +1,12 @@
/*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.5.1 (ESP-IDF SMP modified)
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2016-2022 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*/
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.3
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2023 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
@ -38,7 +37,7 @@
*
* list_ts can only store pointers to list_item_ts. Each ListItem_t contains a
* numeric value (xItemValue). Most of the time the lists are sorted in
* descending item value order.
* ascending item value order.
*
* Lists are created already containing one list item. The value of this
* item is the maximum possible that can be stored, it is therefore always at
@ -148,35 +147,39 @@
struct xLIST;
struct xLIST_ITEM
{
listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
configLIST_VOLATILE TickType_t xItemValue; /*< The value being listed. In most cases this is used to sort the list in descending order. */
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxNext; /*< Pointer to the next ListItem_t in the list. */
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxPrevious; /*< Pointer to the previous ListItem_t in the list. */
void * pvOwner; /*< Pointer to the object (normally a TCB) that contains the list item. There is therefore a two way link between the object containing the list item and the list item itself. */
struct xLIST * configLIST_VOLATILE pxContainer; /*< Pointer to the list in which this list item is placed (if any). */
listSECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
configLIST_VOLATILE TickType_t xItemValue; /*< The value being listed. In most cases this is used to sort the list in ascending order. */
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxNext; /*< Pointer to the next ListItem_t in the list. */
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxPrevious; /*< Pointer to the previous ListItem_t in the list. */
void * pvOwner; /*< Pointer to the object (normally a TCB) that contains the list item. There is therefore a two way link between the object containing the list item and the list item itself. */
struct xLIST * configLIST_VOLATILE pxContainer; /*< Pointer to the list in which this list item is placed (if any). */
listSECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
};
typedef struct xLIST_ITEM ListItem_t; /* For some reason lint wants this as two separate definitions. */
typedef struct xLIST_ITEM ListItem_t; /* For some reason lint wants this as two separate definitions. */
struct xMINI_LIST_ITEM
{
listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
configLIST_VOLATILE TickType_t xItemValue;
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxNext;
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxPrevious;
};
typedef struct xMINI_LIST_ITEM MiniListItem_t;
#if ( configUSE_MINI_LIST_ITEM == 1 )
struct xMINI_LIST_ITEM
{
listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
configLIST_VOLATILE TickType_t xItemValue;
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxNext;
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxPrevious;
};
typedef struct xMINI_LIST_ITEM MiniListItem_t;
#else
typedef struct xLIST_ITEM MiniListItem_t;
#endif
/*
* Definition of the type of queue used by the scheduler.
*/
typedef struct xLIST
{
listFIRST_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
listFIRST_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
volatile UBaseType_t uxNumberOfItems;
ListItem_t * configLIST_VOLATILE pxIndex; /*< Used to walk through the list. Points to the last item returned by a call to listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY (). */
MiniListItem_t xListEnd; /*< List item that contains the maximum possible item value meaning it is always at the end of the list and is therefore used as a marker. */
listSECOND_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
ListItem_t * configLIST_VOLATILE pxIndex; /*< Used to walk through the list. Points to the last item returned by a call to listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY (). */
MiniListItem_t xListEnd; /*< List item that contains the maximum possible item value meaning it is always at the end of the list and is therefore used as a marker. */
listSECOND_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
} List_t;
/*
@ -199,7 +202,7 @@ typedef struct xLIST
/*
* Access macro to set the value of the list item. In most cases the value is
* used to sort the list in descending order.
* used to sort the list in ascending order.
*
* \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
* \ingroup LinkedList
@ -296,6 +299,86 @@ typedef struct xLIST
( pxTCB ) = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pvOwner; \
}
/*
* Version of uxListRemove() that does not return a value. Provided as a slight
* optimisation for xTaskIncrementTick() by being inline.
*
* Remove an item from a list. The list item has a pointer to the list that
* it is in, so only the list item need be passed into the function.
*
* @param uxListRemove The item to be removed. The item will remove itself from
* the list pointed to by it's pxContainer parameter.
*
* @return The number of items that remain in the list after the list item has
* been removed.
*
* \page listREMOVE_ITEM listREMOVE_ITEM
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listREMOVE_ITEM( pxItemToRemove ) \
{ \
/* The list item knows which list it is in. Obtain the list from the list \
* item. */ \
List_t * const pxList = ( pxItemToRemove )->pxContainer; \
\
( pxItemToRemove )->pxNext->pxPrevious = ( pxItemToRemove )->pxPrevious; \
( pxItemToRemove )->pxPrevious->pxNext = ( pxItemToRemove )->pxNext; \
/* Make sure the index is left pointing to a valid item. */ \
if( pxList->pxIndex == ( pxItemToRemove ) ) \
{ \
pxList->pxIndex = ( pxItemToRemove )->pxPrevious; \
} \
\
( pxItemToRemove )->pxContainer = NULL; \
( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )--; \
}
/*
* Inline version of vListInsertEnd() to provide slight optimisation for
* xTaskIncrementTick().
*
* Insert a list item into a list. The item will be inserted in a position
* such that it will be the last item within the list returned by multiple
* calls to listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY.
*
* The list member pxIndex is used to walk through a list. Calling
* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY increments pxIndex to the next item in the list.
* Placing an item in a list using vListInsertEnd effectively places the item
* in the list position pointed to by pxIndex. This means that every other
* item within the list will be returned by listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY before
* the pxIndex parameter again points to the item being inserted.
*
* @param pxList The list into which the item is to be inserted.
*
* @param pxNewListItem The list item to be inserted into the list.
*
* \page listINSERT_END listINSERT_END
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listINSERT_END( pxList, pxNewListItem ) \
{ \
ListItem_t * const pxIndex = ( pxList )->pxIndex; \
\
/* Only effective when configASSERT() is also defined, these tests may catch \
* the list data structures being overwritten in memory. They will not catch \
* data errors caused by incorrect configuration or use of FreeRTOS. */ \
listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( ( pxList ) ); \
listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( ( pxNewListItem ) ); \
\
/* Insert a new list item into ( pxList ), but rather than sort the list, \
* makes the new list item the last item to be removed by a call to \
* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY(). */ \
( pxNewListItem )->pxNext = pxIndex; \
( pxNewListItem )->pxPrevious = pxIndex->pxPrevious; \
\
pxIndex->pxPrevious->pxNext = ( pxNewListItem ); \
pxIndex->pxPrevious = ( pxNewListItem ); \
\
/* Remember which list the item is in. */ \
( pxNewListItem )->pxContainer = ( pxList ); \
\
( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems )++; \
}
/*
* Access function to obtain the owner of the first entry in a list. Lists
@ -366,7 +449,7 @@ void vListInitialiseItem( ListItem_t * const pxItem ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Insert a list item into a list. The item will be inserted into the list in
* a position determined by its item value (descending item value order).
* a position determined by its item value (ascending item value order).
*
* @param pxList The list into which the item is to be inserted.
*

View File

@ -1,14 +1,12 @@
/*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.5.1 (ESP-IDF SMP modified)
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2016-2022 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*/
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.3
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2023 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
@ -86,20 +84,14 @@
* Type by which message buffers are referenced. For example, a call to
* xMessageBufferCreate() returns an MessageBufferHandle_t variable that can
* then be used as a parameter to xMessageBufferSend(), xMessageBufferReceive(),
* etc.
* etc. Message buffer is essentially built as a stream buffer hence its handle
* is also set to same type as a stream buffer handle.
*/
typedef void * MessageBufferHandle_t;
typedef StreamBufferHandle_t MessageBufferHandle_t;
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* message_buffer.h
*
* @code{c}
* MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBufferCreate( size_t xBufferSizeBytes );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* Creates a new message buffer using dynamically allocated memory. See
* xMessageBufferCreateStatic() for a version that uses statically allocated
@ -115,6 +107,18 @@ typedef void * MessageBufferHandle_t;
* 32-bit architecture, so on most 32-bit architectures a 10 byte message will
* take up 14 bytes of message buffer space.
*
* @param pxSendCompletedCallback Callback invoked when a send operation to the
* message buffer is complete. If the parameter is NULL or xMessageBufferCreate()
* is called without the parameter, then it will use the default implementation
* provided by sbSEND_COMPLETED macro. To enable the callback,
* configUSE_SB_COMPLETED_CALLBACK must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h.
*
* @param pxReceiveCompletedCallback Callback invoked when a receive operation from
* the message buffer is complete. If the parameter is NULL or xMessageBufferCreate()
* is called without the parameter, it will use the default implementation provided
* by sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED macro. To enable the callback,
* configUSE_SB_COMPLETED_CALLBACK must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h.
*
* @return If NULL is returned, then the message buffer cannot be created
* because there is insufficient heap memory available for FreeRTOS to allocate
* the message buffer data structures and storage area. A non-NULL value being
@ -133,7 +137,7 @@ typedef void * MessageBufferHandle_t;
* // Create a message buffer that can hold 100 bytes. The memory used to hold
* // both the message buffer structure and the messages themselves is allocated
* // dynamically. Each message added to the buffer consumes an additional 4
* // bytes which are used to hold the lengh of the message.
* // bytes which are used to hold the length of the message.
* xMessageBuffer = xMessageBufferCreate( xMessageBufferSizeBytes );
*
* if( xMessageBuffer == NULL )
@ -147,24 +151,18 @@ typedef void * MessageBufferHandle_t;
* }
*
* @endcode
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup xMessageBufferCreate xMessageBufferCreate
* @endcond
* \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
*/
/** @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION */
#define xMessageBufferCreate( xBufferSizeBytes ) \
( MessageBufferHandle_t ) xStreamBufferGenericCreate( xBufferSizeBytes, ( size_t ) 0, pdTRUE )
xStreamBufferGenericCreate( ( xBufferSizeBytes ), ( size_t ) 0, pdTRUE, NULL, NULL )
/** @endcond */
#if ( configUSE_SB_COMPLETED_CALLBACK == 1 )
#define xMessageBufferCreateWithCallback( xBufferSizeBytes, pxSendCompletedCallback, pxReceiveCompletedCallback ) \
xStreamBufferGenericCreate( ( xBufferSizeBytes ), ( size_t ) 0, pdTRUE, ( pxSendCompletedCallback ), ( pxReceiveCompletedCallback ) )
#endif
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* message_buffer.h
*
* @code{c}
* MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBufferCreateStatic( size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
* uint8_t *pucMessageBufferStorageArea,
* StaticMessageBuffer_t *pxStaticMessageBuffer );
* @endcode
* @endcond
* Creates a new message buffer using statically allocated memory. See
* xMessageBufferCreate() for a version that uses dynamically allocated memory.
*
@ -177,13 +175,23 @@ typedef void * MessageBufferHandle_t;
* stored in the message buffer is actually (xBufferSizeBytes - 1).
*
* @param pucMessageBufferStorageArea Must point to a uint8_t array that is at
* least xBufferSizeBytes + 1 big. This is the array to which messages are
* least xBufferSizeBytes big. This is the array to which messages are
* copied when they are written to the message buffer.
*
* @param pxStaticMessageBuffer Must point to a variable of type
* StaticMessageBuffer_t, which will be used to hold the message buffer's data
* structure.
*
* @param pxSendCompletedCallback Callback invoked when a new message is sent to the message buffer.
* If the parameter is NULL or xMessageBufferCreate() is called without the parameter, then it will use the default
* implementation provided by sbSEND_COMPLETED macro. To enable the callback,
* configUSE_SB_COMPLETED_CALLBACK must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h.
*
* @param pxReceiveCompletedCallback Callback invoked when a message is read from a
* message buffer. If the parameter is NULL or xMessageBufferCreate() is called without the parameter, it will
* use the default implementation provided by sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED macro. To enable the callback,
* configUSE_SB_COMPLETED_CALLBACK must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h.
*
* @return If the message buffer is created successfully then a handle to the
* created message buffer is returned. If either pucMessageBufferStorageArea or
* pxStaticmessageBuffer are NULL then NULL is returned.
@ -206,8 +214,8 @@ typedef void * MessageBufferHandle_t;
* {
* MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer;
*
* xMessageBuffer = xMessageBufferCreateStatic( sizeof( ucBufferStorage ),
* ucBufferStorage,
* xMessageBuffer = xMessageBufferCreateStatic( sizeof( ucStorageBuffer ),
* ucStorageBuffer,
* &xMessageBufferStruct );
*
* // As neither the pucMessageBufferStorageArea or pxStaticMessageBuffer
@ -218,24 +226,18 @@ typedef void * MessageBufferHandle_t;
* }
*
* @endcode
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup xMessageBufferCreateStatic xMessageBufferCreateStatic
* @endcond
* \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
*/
/** @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION */
#define xMessageBufferCreateStatic( xBufferSizeBytes, pucMessageBufferStorageArea, pxStaticMessageBuffer ) \
( MessageBufferHandle_t ) xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic( xBufferSizeBytes, 0, pdTRUE, pucMessageBufferStorageArea, pxStaticMessageBuffer )
xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic( ( xBufferSizeBytes ), 0, pdTRUE, ( pucMessageBufferStorageArea ), ( pxStaticMessageBuffer ), NULL, NULL )
/** @endcond */
#if ( configUSE_SB_COMPLETED_CALLBACK == 1 )
#define xMessageBufferCreateStaticWithCallback( xBufferSizeBytes, pucMessageBufferStorageArea, pxStaticMessageBuffer, pxSendCompletedCallback, pxReceiveCompletedCallback ) \
xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic( ( xBufferSizeBytes ), 0, pdTRUE, ( pucMessageBufferStorageArea ), ( pxStaticMessageBuffer ), ( pxSendCompletedCallback ), ( pxReceiveCompletedCallback ) )
#endif
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* message_buffer.h
*
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xMessageBufferGetStaticBuffers( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer,
* uint8_t ** ppucMessageBufferStorageArea,
* StaticMessageBuffer_t ** ppxStaticMessageBuffer );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* Retrieve pointers to a statically created message buffer's data structure
* buffer and storage area buffer. These are the same buffers that are supplied
@ -249,9 +251,8 @@ typedef void * MessageBufferHandle_t;
* @param ppxStaticMessageBuffer Used to return a pointer to the message
* buffer's data structure buffer.
*
* @return pdTRUE if buffers were retrieved, pdFALSE otherwise..
* @return pdTRUE if buffers were retrieved, pdFALSE otherwise.
*
* \defgroup xMessageBufferGetStaticBuffers xMessageBufferGetStaticBuffers
* \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
*/
#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
@ -260,16 +261,6 @@ typedef void * MessageBufferHandle_t;
#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* message_buffer.h
*
* @code{c}
* size_t xMessageBufferSend( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer,
* const void *pvTxData,
* size_t xDataLengthBytes,
* TickType_t xTicksToWait );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* Sends a discrete message to the message buffer. The message can be any
* length that fits within the buffer's free space, and is copied into the
@ -355,25 +346,12 @@ typedef void * MessageBufferHandle_t;
* }
* }
* @endcode
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup xMessageBufferSend xMessageBufferSend
* @endcond
* \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferSend( xMessageBuffer, pvTxData, xDataLengthBytes, xTicksToWait ) \
xStreamBufferSend( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer, pvTxData, xDataLengthBytes, xTicksToWait )
xStreamBufferSend( ( xMessageBuffer ), ( pvTxData ), ( xDataLengthBytes ), ( xTicksToWait ) )
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* message_buffer.h
*
* @code{c}
* size_t xMessageBufferSendFromISR( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer,
* const void *pvTxData,
* size_t xDataLengthBytes,
* BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* Interrupt safe version of the API function that sends a discrete message to
* the message buffer. The message can be any length that fits within the
@ -464,25 +442,12 @@ typedef void * MessageBufferHandle_t;
* portYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
* }
* @endcode
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup xMessageBufferSendFromISR xMessageBufferSendFromISR
* @endcond
* \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferSendFromISR( xMessageBuffer, pvTxData, xDataLengthBytes, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) \
xStreamBufferSendFromISR( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer, pvTxData, xDataLengthBytes, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
xStreamBufferSendFromISR( ( xMessageBuffer ), ( pvTxData ), ( xDataLengthBytes ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) )
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* message_buffer.h
*
* @code{c}
* size_t xMessageBufferReceive( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer,
* void *pvRxData,
* size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
* TickType_t xTicksToWait );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* Receives a discrete message from a message buffer. Messages can be of
* variable length and are copied out of the buffer.
@ -557,26 +522,13 @@ typedef void * MessageBufferHandle_t;
* }
* }
* @endcode
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup xMessageBufferReceive xMessageBufferReceive
* @endcond
* \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferReceive( xMessageBuffer, pvRxData, xBufferLengthBytes, xTicksToWait ) \
xStreamBufferReceive( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer, pvRxData, xBufferLengthBytes, xTicksToWait )
xStreamBufferReceive( ( xMessageBuffer ), ( pvRxData ), ( xBufferLengthBytes ), ( xTicksToWait ) )
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* message_buffer.h
*
* @code{c}
* size_t xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer,
* void *pvRxData,
* size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
* BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* An interrupt safe version of the API function that receives a discrete
* message from a message buffer. Messages can be of variable length and are
@ -663,22 +615,12 @@ typedef void * MessageBufferHandle_t;
* portYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
* }
* @endcode
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR
* @endcond
* \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR( xMessageBuffer, pvRxData, xBufferLengthBytes, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) \
xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer, pvRxData, xBufferLengthBytes, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR( ( xMessageBuffer ), ( pvRxData ), ( xBufferLengthBytes ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) )
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* message_buffer.h
*
* @code{c}
* void vMessageBufferDelete( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* Deletes a message buffer that was previously created using a call to
* xMessageBufferCreate() or xMessageBufferCreateStatic(). If the message
@ -692,15 +634,9 @@ typedef void * MessageBufferHandle_t;
*
*/
#define vMessageBufferDelete( xMessageBuffer ) \
vStreamBufferDelete( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer )
vStreamBufferDelete( xMessageBuffer )
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* message_buffer.h
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xMessageBufferIsFull( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer ) );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* Tests to see if a message buffer is full. A message buffer is full if it
* cannot accept any more messages, of any size, until space is made available
@ -712,15 +648,9 @@ typedef void * MessageBufferHandle_t;
* pdTRUE is returned. Otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
*/
#define xMessageBufferIsFull( xMessageBuffer ) \
xStreamBufferIsFull( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer )
xStreamBufferIsFull( xMessageBuffer )
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* message_buffer.h
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xMessageBufferIsEmpty( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer ) );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* Tests to see if a message buffer is empty (does not contain any messages).
*
@ -731,15 +661,9 @@ typedef void * MessageBufferHandle_t;
*
*/
#define xMessageBufferIsEmpty( xMessageBuffer ) \
xStreamBufferIsEmpty( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer )
xStreamBufferIsEmpty( xMessageBuffer )
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* message_buffer.h
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xMessageBufferReset( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* Resets a message buffer to its initial empty state, discarding any message it
* contained.
@ -753,23 +677,17 @@ typedef void * MessageBufferHandle_t;
* the message queue to wait for space to become available, or to wait for a
* a message to be available, then pdFAIL is returned.
*
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup xMessageBufferReset xMessageBufferReset
* @endcond
* \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferReset( xMessageBuffer ) \
xStreamBufferReset( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer )
xStreamBufferReset( xMessageBuffer )
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* message_buffer.h
* @code{c}
* size_t xMessageBufferSpaceAvailable( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer ) );
* size_t xMessageBufferSpaceAvailable( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* Returns the number of bytes of free space in the message buffer.
*
* @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer being queried.
@ -781,24 +699,14 @@ typedef void * MessageBufferHandle_t;
* architecture, so if xMessageBufferSpacesAvailable() returns 10, then the size
* of the largest message that can be written to the message buffer is 6 bytes.
*
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup xMessageBufferSpaceAvailable xMessageBufferSpaceAvailable
* @endcond
* \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferSpaceAvailable( xMessageBuffer ) \
xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer )
xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( xMessageBuffer )
#define xMessageBufferSpacesAvailable( xMessageBuffer ) \
xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer ) /* Corrects typo in original macro name. */
xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( xMessageBuffer ) /* Corrects typo in original macro name. */
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* message_buffer.h
* @code{c}
* size_t xMessageBufferNextLengthBytes( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer ) );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* Returns the length (in bytes) of the next message in a message buffer.
* Useful if xMessageBufferReceive() returned 0 because the size of the buffer
* passed into xMessageBufferReceive() was too small to hold the next message.
@ -808,22 +716,12 @@ typedef void * MessageBufferHandle_t;
* @return The length (in bytes) of the next message in the message buffer, or 0
* if the message buffer is empty.
*
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup xMessageBufferNextLengthBytes xMessageBufferNextLengthBytes
* @endcond
* \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferNextLengthBytes( xMessageBuffer ) \
xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes( xMessageBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* message_buffer.h
*
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR( MessageBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* For advanced users only.
*
@ -852,22 +750,12 @@ typedef void * MessageBufferHandle_t;
* @return If a task was removed from the Blocked state then pdTRUE is returned.
* Otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
*
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR
* @endcond
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR( xMessageBuffer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) \
xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR( ( xMessageBuffer ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) )
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* message_buffer.h
*
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR( MessageBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* For advanced users only.
*
@ -897,13 +785,10 @@ typedef void * MessageBufferHandle_t;
* @return If a task was removed from the Blocked state then pdTRUE is returned.
* Otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
*
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR
* @endcond
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR( xMessageBuffer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) \
xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR( ( xMessageBuffer ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) )
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#if defined( __cplusplus )

View File

@ -1,14 +1,12 @@
/*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.5.1 (ESP-IDF SMP modified)
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2016-2022 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*/
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.3
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2023 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
@ -44,7 +42,7 @@
#ifndef MPU_PROTOTYPES_H
#define MPU_PROTOTYPES_H
/* MPU versions of tasks.h API functions. */
/* MPU versions of task.h API functions. */
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCreate( TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode,
const char * const pcName,
const uint16_t usStackDepth,
@ -61,7 +59,7 @@ TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskCreateStatic( TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode,
void MPU_vTaskDelete( TaskHandle_t xTaskToDelete ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskDelay( const TickType_t xTicksToDelay ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskDelayUntil( TickType_t * const pxPreviousWakeTime,
const TickType_t xTimeIncrement ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
const TickType_t xTimeIncrement ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskAbortDelay( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskPriorityGet( const TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
eTaskState MPU_eTaskGetState( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
@ -95,8 +93,9 @@ BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook( TaskHandle_t xTask,
TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskGetSystemState( TaskStatus_t * const pxTaskStatusArray,
const UBaseType_t uxArraySize,
uint32_t * const pulTotalRunTime ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
uint32_t MPU_ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
configRUN_TIME_COUNTER_TYPE * const pulTotalRunTime ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
configRUN_TIME_COUNTER_TYPE MPU_ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
configRUN_TIME_COUNTER_TYPE MPU_ulTaskGetIdleRunTimePercent( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskList( char * pcWriteBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskGetRunTimeStats( char * pcWriteBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGenericNotify( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify,
@ -253,12 +252,16 @@ BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
size_t xTriggerLevel ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
StreamBufferHandle_t MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreate( size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
size_t xTriggerLevelBytes,
BaseType_t xIsMessageBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t xIsMessageBuffer,
StreamBufferCallbackFunction_t pxSendCompletedCallback,
StreamBufferCallbackFunction_t pxReceiveCompletedCallback ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
StreamBufferHandle_t MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic( size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
size_t xTriggerLevelBytes,
BaseType_t xIsMessageBuffer,
uint8_t * const pucStreamBufferStorageArea,
StaticStreamBuffer_t * const pxStaticStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
StaticStreamBuffer_t * const pxStaticStreamBuffer,
StreamBufferCallbackFunction_t pxSendCompletedCallback,
StreamBufferCallbackFunction_t pxReceiveCompletedCallback ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;

View File

@ -1,14 +1,12 @@
/*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.5.1 (ESP-IDF SMP modified)
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2016-2022 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*/
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.3
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2023 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
@ -37,7 +35,7 @@
/* This file redefines API functions to be called through a wrapper macro, but
* only for ports that are using the MPU. */
#ifdef portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS
#if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
/* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE will be defined when this file is
* included from queue.c or task.c to prevent it from having an effect within
@ -52,7 +50,7 @@
* privileges.
*/
/* Map standard tasks.h API functions to the MPU equivalents. */
/* Map standard task.h API functions to the MPU equivalents. */
#define xTaskCreate MPU_xTaskCreate
#define xTaskCreateStatic MPU_xTaskCreateStatic
#define vTaskDelete MPU_vTaskDelete
@ -83,6 +81,7 @@
#define vTaskList MPU_vTaskList
#define vTaskGetRunTimeStats MPU_vTaskGetRunTimeStats
#define ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter MPU_ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter
#define ulTaskGetIdleRunTimePercent MPU_ulTaskGetIdleRunTimePercent
#define xTaskGenericNotify MPU_xTaskGenericNotify
#define xTaskGenericNotifyWait MPU_xTaskGenericNotifyWait
#define ulTaskGenericNotifyTake MPU_ulTaskGenericNotifyTake
@ -125,13 +124,10 @@
#endif
/* Map standard timer.h API functions to the MPU equivalents. */
#define xTimerCreate MPU_xTimerCreate
#define xTimerCreateStatic MPU_xTimerCreateStatic
#define pvTimerGetTimerID MPU_pvTimerGetTimerID
#define vTimerSetTimerID MPU_vTimerSetTimerID
#define xTimerIsTimerActive MPU_xTimerIsTimerActive
#define xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle MPU_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle
#define xTimerPendFunctionCall MPU_xTimerPendFunctionCall
#define pcTimerGetName MPU_pcTimerGetName
#define vTimerSetReloadMode MPU_vTimerSetReloadMode
#define uxTimerGetReloadMode MPU_uxTimerGetReloadMode
@ -185,7 +181,6 @@
#define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION
#define PRIVILEGED_DATA
#define FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL
#define portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS 0
#endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */

View File

@ -1,14 +1,12 @@
/*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.5.1 (ESP-IDF SMP modified)
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2016-2022 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*/
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.3
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2023 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
@ -33,8 +31,8 @@
*/
/*-----------------------------------------------------------
* Portable layer API. Each function must be defined for each port.
*----------------------------------------------------------*/
* Portable layer API. Each function must be defined for each port.
*----------------------------------------------------------*/
#ifndef PORTABLE_H
#define PORTABLE_H
@ -56,35 +54,27 @@
* included here. In this case the path to the correct portmacro.h header file
* must be set in the compiler's include path. */
#ifndef portENTER_CRITICAL
#include "freertos/portmacro.h"
#include "portmacro.h"
#endif
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 32
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x001f )
#endif
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 16
#elif portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 16
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x000f )
#endif
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 8
#elif portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 8
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0007 )
#endif
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 4
#elif portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 4
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0003 )
#endif
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 2
#elif portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 2
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0001 )
#endif
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 1
#elif portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 1
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0000 )
#endif
#ifndef portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK
#else /* if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 32 */
#error "Invalid portBYTE_ALIGNMENT definition"
#endif /* if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 32 */
#ifndef portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS
#define portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS 0
#endif
#ifndef portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS
@ -99,6 +89,11 @@
#define portARCH_NAME NULL
#endif
#ifndef configSTACK_ALLOCATION_FROM_SEPARATE_HEAP
/* Defaults to 0 for backward compatibility. */
#define configSTACK_ALLOCATION_FROM_SEPARATE_HEAP 0
#endif
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
@ -150,13 +145,13 @@ typedef struct HeapRegion
/* Used to pass information about the heap out of vPortGetHeapStats(). */
typedef struct xHeapStats
{
size_t xAvailableHeapSpaceInBytes; /* The total heap size currently available - this is the sum of all the free blocks, not the largest block that can be allocated. */
size_t xSizeOfLargestFreeBlockInBytes; /* The maximum size, in bytes, of all the free blocks within the heap at the time vPortGetHeapStats() is called. */
size_t xSizeOfSmallestFreeBlockInBytes; /* The minimum size, in bytes, of all the free blocks within the heap at the time vPortGetHeapStats() is called. */
size_t xNumberOfFreeBlocks; /* The number of free memory blocks within the heap at the time vPortGetHeapStats() is called. */
size_t xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining; /* The minimum amount of total free memory (sum of all free blocks) there has been in the heap since the system booted. */
size_t xNumberOfSuccessfulAllocations; /* The number of calls to pvPortMalloc() that have returned a valid memory block. */
size_t xNumberOfSuccessfulFrees; /* The number of calls to vPortFree() that has successfully freed a block of memory. */
size_t xAvailableHeapSpaceInBytes; /* The total heap size currently available - this is the sum of all the free blocks, not the largest block that can be allocated. */
size_t xSizeOfLargestFreeBlockInBytes; /* The maximum size, in bytes, of all the free blocks within the heap at the time vPortGetHeapStats() is called. */
size_t xSizeOfSmallestFreeBlockInBytes; /* The minimum size, in bytes, of all the free blocks within the heap at the time vPortGetHeapStats() is called. */
size_t xNumberOfFreeBlocks; /* The number of free memory blocks within the heap at the time vPortGetHeapStats() is called. */
size_t xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining; /* The minimum amount of total free memory (sum of all free blocks) there has been in the heap since the system booted. */
size_t xNumberOfSuccessfulAllocations; /* The number of calls to pvPortMalloc() that have returned a valid memory block. */
size_t xNumberOfSuccessfulFrees; /* The number of calls to vPortFree() that has successfully freed a block of memory. */
} HeapStats_t;
/*
@ -182,11 +177,34 @@ void vPortGetHeapStats( HeapStats_t * pxHeapStats );
* Map to the memory management routines required for the port.
*/
void * pvPortMalloc( size_t xSize ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void * pvPortCalloc( size_t xNum,
size_t xSize ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void vPortFree( void * pv ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
size_t xPortGetMinimumEverFreeHeapSize( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#if ( configSTACK_ALLOCATION_FROM_SEPARATE_HEAP == 1 )
void * pvPortMallocStack( size_t xSize ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void vPortFreeStack( void * pv ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#else
#define pvPortMallocStack pvPortMalloc
#define vPortFreeStack vPortFree
#endif
#if ( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 )
/**
* task.h
* @code{c}
* void vApplicationMallocFailedHook( void )
* @endcode
*
* This hook function is called when allocation failed.
*/
void vApplicationMallocFailedHook( void ); /*lint !e526 Symbol not defined as it is an application callback. */
#endif
/*
* Setup the hardware ready for the scheduler to take control. This generally
* sets up a tick interrupt and sets timers for the correct tick frequency.

View File

@ -1,14 +1,12 @@
/*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.5.1 (ESP-IDF SMP modified)
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2016-2022 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*/
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.3
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2023 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
@ -47,8 +45,14 @@ typedef void (* TaskFunction_t)( void * );
#ifndef pdMS_TO_TICKS
#define pdMS_TO_TICKS( xTimeInMs ) ( ( TickType_t ) ( ( ( TickType_t ) ( xTimeInMs ) * ( TickType_t ) configTICK_RATE_HZ ) / ( TickType_t ) 1000U ) )
#endif
/* Converts a time in ticks to milliseconds. This macro can be
* overridden by a macro of the same name defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h in case the
* definition here is not suitable for your application.
*
* Todo: Upstream this macro (IDF-8181) */
#ifndef pdTICKS_TO_MS
#define pdTICKS_TO_MS( xTicks ) ( ( TickType_t ) ( ( uint64_t ) ( xTicks ) * 1000 / configTICK_RATE_HZ ) )
#define pdTICKS_TO_MS( xTicks ) ( ( TickType_t ) ( ( uint64_t ) ( xTicks ) * 1000 / configTICK_RATE_HZ ) )
#endif
#define pdFALSE ( ( BaseType_t ) 0 )

View File

@ -1,14 +1,12 @@
/*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.5.1 (ESP-IDF SMP modified)
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2016-2022 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*/
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.3
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2023 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
@ -88,15 +86,6 @@ typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueSetMemberHandle_t;
/** @endcond */
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* queue. h
* @code{c}
* QueueHandle_t xQueueCreate(
* UBaseType_t uxQueueLength,
* UBaseType_t uxItemSize
* );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* Creates a new queue instance, and returns a handle by which the new queue
* can be referenced.
@ -154,9 +143,6 @@ typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueSetMemberHandle_t;
* // ... Rest of task code.
* }
* @endcode
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup xQueueCreate xQueueCreate
* @endcond
* \ingroup QueueManagement
*/
#if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
@ -164,17 +150,7 @@ typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueSetMemberHandle_t;
#endif
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* queue. h
* @code{c}
* QueueHandle_t xQueueCreateStatic(
* UBaseType_t uxQueueLength,
* UBaseType_t uxItemSize,
* uint8_t *pucQueueStorageBuffer,
* StaticQueue_t *pxQueueBuffer
* );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* Creates a new queue instance, and returns a handle by which the new queue
* can be referenced.
*
@ -198,10 +174,10 @@ typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueSetMemberHandle_t;
* the same size.
*
* @param pucQueueStorage If uxItemSize is not zero then
* pucQueueStorageBuffer must point to a uint8_t array that is at least large
* pucQueueStorage must point to a uint8_t array that is at least large
* enough to hold the maximum number of items that can be in the queue at any
* one time - which is ( uxQueueLength * uxItemsSize ) bytes. If uxItemSize is
* zero then pucQueueStorageBuffer can be NULL.
* zero then pucQueueStorage can be NULL.
*
* @param pxQueueBuffer Must point to a variable of type StaticQueue_t, which
* will be used to hold the queue's data structure.
@ -229,7 +205,7 @@ typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueSetMemberHandle_t;
*
* void vATask( void *pvParameters )
* {
* QueueHandle_t xQueue1;
* QueueHandle_t xQueue1;
*
* // Create a queue capable of containing 10 uint32_t values.
* xQueue1 = xQueueCreate( QUEUE_LENGTH, // The number of items the queue can hold.
@ -243,9 +219,6 @@ typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueSetMemberHandle_t;
* // ... Rest of task code.
* }
* @endcode
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup xQueueCreateStatic xQueueCreateStatic
* @endcond
* \ingroup QueueManagement
*/
#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
@ -253,14 +226,6 @@ typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueSetMemberHandle_t;
#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* queue. h
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xQueueGetStaticBuffers( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
* uint8_t ** ppucQueueStorage,
* StaticQueue_t ** ppxStaticQueue );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* Retrieve pointers to a statically created queue's data structure buffer
* and storage area buffer. These are the same buffers that are supplied
@ -276,7 +241,6 @@ typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueSetMemberHandle_t;
*
* @return pdTRUE if buffers were retrieved, pdFALSE otherwise.
*
* \defgroup xQueueGetStaticBuffers xQueueGetStaticBuffers
* \ingroup QueueManagement
*/
#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
@ -284,16 +248,6 @@ typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueSetMemberHandle_t;
#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* queue. h
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xQueueSendToToFront(
* QueueHandle_t xQueue,
* const void *pvItemToQueue,
* TickType_t xTicksToWait
* );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* Post an item to the front of a queue. The item is queued by copy, not by
* reference. This function must not be called from an interrupt service
@ -360,25 +314,12 @@ typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueSetMemberHandle_t;
* // ... Rest of task code.
* }
* @endcode
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup xQueueSend xQueueSend
* @endcond
* \ingroup QueueManagement
*/
#define xQueueSendToFront( xQueue, pvItemToQueue, xTicksToWait ) \
xQueueGenericSend( ( xQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xTicksToWait ), queueSEND_TO_FRONT )
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* queue. h
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xQueueSendToBack(
* QueueHandle_t xQueue,
* const void *pvItemToQueue,
* TickType_t xTicksToWait
* );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* This is a macro that calls xQueueGenericSend().
*
@ -447,25 +388,12 @@ typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueSetMemberHandle_t;
* // ... Rest of task code.
* }
* @endcode
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup xQueueSend xQueueSend
* @endcond
* \ingroup QueueManagement
*/
#define xQueueSendToBack( xQueue, pvItemToQueue, xTicksToWait ) \
xQueueGenericSend( ( xQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xTicksToWait ), queueSEND_TO_BACK )
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* queue. h
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xQueueSend(
* QueueHandle_t xQueue,
* const void * pvItemToQueue,
* TickType_t xTicksToWait
* );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* This is a macro that calls xQueueGenericSend(). It is included for
* backward compatibility with versions of FreeRTOS.org that did not
@ -536,24 +464,12 @@ typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueSetMemberHandle_t;
* // ... Rest of task code.
* }
* @endcode
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup xQueueSend xQueueSend
* @endcond
* \ingroup QueueManagement
*/
#define xQueueSend( xQueue, pvItemToQueue, xTicksToWait ) \
xQueueGenericSend( ( xQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xTicksToWait ), queueSEND_TO_BACK )
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* queue. h
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xQueueOverwrite(
* QueueHandle_t xQueue,
* const void * pvItemToQueue
* );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* Only for use with queues that have a length of one - so the queue is either
* empty or full.
@ -624,9 +540,6 @@ typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueSetMemberHandle_t;
* // ...
* }
* @endcode
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup xQueueOverwrite xQueueOverwrite
* @endcond
* \ingroup QueueManagement
*/
#define xQueueOverwrite( xQueue, pvItemToQueue ) \
@ -634,17 +547,6 @@ typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueSetMemberHandle_t;
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* queue. h
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xQueueGenericSend(
* QueueHandle_t xQueue,
* const void * pvItemToQueue,
* TickType_t xTicksToWait
* BaseType_t xCopyPosition
* );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* It is preferred that the macros xQueueSend(), xQueueSendToFront() and
* xQueueSendToBack() are used in place of calling this function directly.
@ -717,9 +619,6 @@ typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueSetMemberHandle_t;
* // ... Rest of task code.
* }
* @endcode
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup xQueueSend xQueueSend
* @endcond
* \ingroup QueueManagement
*/
BaseType_t xQueueGenericSend( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
@ -728,16 +627,6 @@ BaseType_t xQueueGenericSend( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
const BaseType_t xCopyPosition ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* queue. h
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xQueuePeek(
* QueueHandle_t xQueue,
* void * const pvBuffer,
* TickType_t xTicksToWait
* );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* Receive an item from a queue without removing the item from the queue.
* The item is received by copy so a buffer of adequate size must be
@ -819,9 +708,6 @@ BaseType_t xQueueGenericSend( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
* // ... Rest of task code.
* }
* @endcode
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup xQueuePeek xQueuePeek
* @endcond
* \ingroup QueueManagement
*/
BaseType_t xQueuePeek( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
@ -829,15 +715,6 @@ BaseType_t xQueuePeek( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* queue. h
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xQueuePeekFromISR(
* QueueHandle_t xQueue,
* void *pvBuffer,
* );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* A version of xQueuePeek() that can be called from an interrupt service
* routine (ISR).
@ -859,25 +736,12 @@ BaseType_t xQueuePeek( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
* @return pdTRUE if an item was successfully received from the queue,
* otherwise pdFALSE.
*
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup xQueuePeekFromISR xQueuePeekFromISR
* @endcond
* \ingroup QueueManagement
*/
BaseType_t xQueuePeekFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
void * const pvBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* queue. h
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xQueueReceive(
* QueueHandle_t xQueue,
* void *pvBuffer,
* TickType_t xTicksToWait
* );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* Receive an item from a queue. The item is received by copy so a buffer of
* adequate size must be provided. The number of bytes copied into the buffer
@ -956,9 +820,6 @@ BaseType_t xQueuePeekFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
* // ... Rest of task code.
* }
* @endcode
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup xQueueReceive xQueueReceive
* @endcond
* \ingroup QueueManagement
*/
BaseType_t xQueueReceive( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
@ -966,12 +827,6 @@ BaseType_t xQueueReceive( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* queue. h
* @code{c}
* UBaseType_t uxQueueMessagesWaiting( const QueueHandle_t xQueue );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* Return the number of messages stored in a queue.
*
@ -979,20 +834,11 @@ BaseType_t xQueueReceive( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
*
* @return The number of messages available in the queue.
*
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup uxQueueMessagesWaiting uxQueueMessagesWaiting
* @endcond
* \ingroup QueueManagement
*/
UBaseType_t uxQueueMessagesWaiting( const QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* queue. h
* @code{c}
* UBaseType_t uxQueueSpacesAvailable( const QueueHandle_t xQueue );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* Return the number of free spaces available in a queue. This is equal to the
* number of items that can be sent to the queue before the queue becomes full
@ -1002,44 +848,22 @@ UBaseType_t uxQueueMessagesWaiting( const QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNC
*
* @return The number of spaces available in the queue.
*
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup uxQueueMessagesWaiting uxQueueMessagesWaiting
* @endcond
* \ingroup QueueManagement
*/
UBaseType_t uxQueueSpacesAvailable( const QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* queue. h
* @code{c}
* void vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* Delete a queue - freeing all the memory allocated for storing of items
* placed on the queue.
*
* @param xQueue A handle to the queue to be deleted.
*
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup vQueueDelete vQueueDelete
* @endcond
* \ingroup QueueManagement
*/
void vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* queue. h
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xQueueSendToFrontFromISR(
* QueueHandle_t xQueue,
* const void *pvItemToQueue,
* BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
* );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* This is a macro that calls xQueueGenericSendFromISR().
*
@ -1057,7 +881,7 @@ void vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
* queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
* into the queue storage area.
*
* @param[out] pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xQueueSendToFrontFromISR() will set
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xQueueSendToFrontFromISR() will set
* *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if sending to the queue caused a task
* to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently
* running task. If xQueueSendToFromFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then
@ -1072,7 +896,7 @@ void vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
* void vBufferISR( void )
* {
* char cIn;
* BaseType_t xHigherPrioritTaskWoken;
* BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken;
*
* // We have not woken a task at the start of the ISR.
* xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
@ -1091,14 +915,11 @@ void vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
* // Now the buffer is empty we can switch context if necessary.
* if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
* {
* portYIELD_FROM_ISR ();
* taskYIELD ();
* }
* }
* @endcode
*
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup xQueueSendFromISR xQueueSendFromISR
* @endcond
* \ingroup QueueManagement
*/
#define xQueueSendToFrontFromISR( xQueue, pvItemToQueue, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) \
@ -1106,16 +927,6 @@ void vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* queue. h
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xQueueSendToBackFromISR(
* QueueHandle_t xQueue,
* const void *pvItemToQueue,
* BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
* );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* This is a macro that calls xQueueGenericSendFromISR().
*
@ -1133,7 +944,7 @@ void vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
* queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
* into the queue storage area.
*
* @param[out] pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xQueueSendToBackFromISR() will set
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xQueueSendToBackFromISR() will set
* *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if sending to the queue caused a task
* to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently
* running task. If xQueueSendToBackFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then
@ -1167,30 +978,17 @@ void vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
* // Now the buffer is empty we can switch context if necessary.
* if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
* {
* portYIELD_FROM_ISR ();
* taskYIELD ();
* }
* }
* @endcode
*
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup xQueueSendFromISR xQueueSendFromISR
* @endcond
* \ingroup QueueManagement
*/
#define xQueueSendToBackFromISR( xQueue, pvItemToQueue, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) \
xQueueGenericSendFromISR( ( xQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), queueSEND_TO_BACK )
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* queue. h
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xQueueOverwriteFromISR(
* QueueHandle_t xQueue,
* const void * pvItemToQueue,
* BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
* );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* A version of xQueueOverwrite() that can be used in an interrupt service
* routine (ISR).
@ -1208,7 +1006,7 @@ void vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
* queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
* into the queue storage area.
*
* @param[out] pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xQueueOverwriteFromISR() will set
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xQueueOverwriteFromISR() will set
* *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if sending to the queue caused a task
* to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently
* running task. If xQueueOverwriteFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then
@ -1264,25 +1062,12 @@ void vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
* }
* }
* @endcode
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup xQueueOverwriteFromISR xQueueOverwriteFromISR
* @endcond
* \ingroup QueueManagement
*/
#define xQueueOverwriteFromISR( xQueue, pvItemToQueue, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) \
xQueueGenericSendFromISR( ( xQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), queueOVERWRITE )
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* queue. h
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xQueueSendFromISR(
* QueueHandle_t xQueue,
* const void *pvItemToQueue,
* BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
* );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* This is a macro that calls xQueueGenericSendFromISR(). It is included
* for backward compatibility with versions of FreeRTOS.org that did not
@ -1303,7 +1088,7 @@ void vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
* queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
* into the queue storage area.
*
* @param[out] pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xQueueSendFromISR() will set
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xQueueSendFromISR() will set
* *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if sending to the queue caused a task
* to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently
* running task. If xQueueSendFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then
@ -1343,26 +1128,12 @@ void vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
* }
* @endcode
*
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup xQueueSendFromISR xQueueSendFromISR
* @endcond
* \ingroup QueueManagement
*/
#define xQueueSendFromISR( xQueue, pvItemToQueue, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) \
xQueueGenericSendFromISR( ( xQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), queueSEND_TO_BACK )
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* queue. h
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xQueueGenericSendFromISR(
* QueueHandle_t xQueue,
* const void *pvItemToQueue,
* BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken,
* BaseType_t xCopyPosition
* );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* It is preferred that the macros xQueueSendFromISR(),
* xQueueSendToFrontFromISR() and xQueueSendToBackFromISR() be used in place
@ -1383,7 +1154,7 @@ void vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
* queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
* into the queue storage area.
*
* @param[out] pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xQueueGenericSendFromISR() will set
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xQueueGenericSendFromISR() will set
* *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if sending to the queue caused a task
* to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently
* running task. If xQueueGenericSendFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then
@ -1422,7 +1193,7 @@ void vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
* // name of the yield function required is port specific.
* if( xHigherPriorityTaskWokenByPost )
* {
* taskYIELD_YIELD_FROM_ISR();
* portYIELD_FROM_ISR();
* }
* }
* @endcode
@ -1437,16 +1208,6 @@ BaseType_t xQueueGiveFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* queue. h
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xQueueReceiveFromISR(
* QueueHandle_t xQueue,
* void *pvBuffer,
* BaseType_t *pxTaskWoken
* );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* Receive an item from a queue. It is safe to use this function from within an
* interrupt service routine.
@ -1457,8 +1218,8 @@ BaseType_t xQueueGiveFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
* @param pvBuffer Pointer to the buffer into which the received item will
* be copied.
*
* @param[out] pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken A task may be blocked waiting for space to become
* available on the queue. If xQueueReceiveFromISR causes such a task to
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken A task may be blocked waiting for space to
* become available on the queue. If xQueueReceiveFromISR causes such a task to
* unblock *pxTaskWoken will get set to pdTRUE, otherwise *pxTaskWoken will
* remain unchanged.
*
@ -1511,32 +1272,45 @@ BaseType_t xQueueGiveFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
* vOutputCharacter( cRxedChar );
*
* // If removing the character from the queue woke the task that was
* // posting onto the queue cTaskWokenByReceive will have been set to
* // posting onto the queue xTaskWokenByReceive will have been set to
* // pdTRUE. No matter how many times this loop iterates only one
* // task will be woken.
* }
*
* if( cTaskWokenByPost != ( char ) pdFALSE;
* if( xTaskWokenByReceive != ( char ) pdFALSE;
* {
* taskYIELD ();
* }
* }
* @endcode
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup xQueueReceiveFromISR xQueueReceiveFromISR
* @endcond
* \ingroup QueueManagement
*/
BaseType_t xQueueReceiveFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
void * const pvBuffer,
BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Utilities to query queues that are safe to use from an ISR. These utilities
* should be used only from witin an ISR, or within a critical section.
/**
* Queries a queue to determine if the queue is empty. This function should only be used in an ISR.
*
* @param xQueue The handle of the queue being queried
* @return pdFALSE if the queue is not empty, or pdTRUE if the queue is empty.
*/
BaseType_t xQueueIsQueueEmptyFromISR( const QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* Queries a queue to determine if the queue is full. This function should only be used in an ISR.
*
* @param xQueue The handle of the queue being queried
* @return pdFALSE if the queue is not full, or pdTRUE if the queue is full.
*/
BaseType_t xQueueIsQueueFullFromISR( const QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* A version of uxQueueMessagesWaiting() that can be called from an ISR. Return the number of messages stored in a queue.
*
* @param xQueue A handle to the queue being queried.
* @return The number of messages available in the queue.
*/
UBaseType_t uxQueueMessagesWaitingFromISR( const QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/** @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION */
@ -1563,7 +1337,7 @@ BaseType_t xQueueCRReceive( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
void * pvBuffer,
TickType_t xTicksToWait );
/**
/*
* For internal use only. Use xSemaphoreCreateMutex(),
* xSemaphoreCreateCounting() or xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder() instead of calling
* these functions directly.
@ -1581,7 +1355,7 @@ BaseType_t xQueueSemaphoreTake( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
TaskHandle_t xQueueGetMutexHolder( QueueHandle_t xSemaphore ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
TaskHandle_t xQueueGetMutexHolderFromISR( QueueHandle_t xSemaphore ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
/*
* For internal use only. Use xSemaphoreTakeMutexRecursive() or
* xSemaphoreGiveMutexRecursive() instead of calling these functions directly.
*/
@ -1595,7 +1369,7 @@ BaseType_t xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t xMutex ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
* Reset a queue back to its original empty state. The return value is now
* obsolete and is always set to pdPASS.
*/
#define xQueueReset( xQueue ) xQueueGenericReset( xQueue, pdFALSE )
#define xQueueReset( xQueue ) xQueueGenericReset( ( xQueue ), pdFALSE )
/**
* The registry is provided as a means for kernel aware debuggers to
@ -1607,9 +1381,13 @@ BaseType_t xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t xMutex ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
* configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE defines the maximum number of handles the
* registry can hold. configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE must be greater than 0
* within FreeRTOSConfig.h for the registry to be available. Its value
* does not effect the number of queues, semaphores and mutexes that can be
* does not affect the number of queues, semaphores and mutexes that can be
* created - just the number that the registry can hold.
*
* If vQueueAddToRegistry is called more than once with the same xQueue
* parameter, the registry will store the pcQueueName parameter from the
* most recent call to vQueueAddToRegistry.
*
* @param xQueue The handle of the queue being added to the registry. This
* is the handle returned by a call to xQueueCreate(). Semaphore and mutex
* handles can also be passed in here.
@ -1653,7 +1431,9 @@ BaseType_t xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t xMutex ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
const char * pcQueueGetName( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
#endif
/**
/** @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION */
/*
* Generic version of the function used to create a queue using dynamic memory
* allocation. This is called by other functions and macros that create other
* RTOS objects that use the queue structure as their base.
@ -1664,7 +1444,7 @@ BaseType_t xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t xMutex ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
const uint8_t ucQueueType ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
/**
/*
* Generic version of the function used to create a queue using dynamic memory
* allocation. This is called by other functions and macros that create other
* RTOS objects that use the queue structure as their base.
@ -1689,6 +1469,8 @@ BaseType_t xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t xMutex ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
StaticQueue_t ** ppxStaticQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
/** @endcond */
/**
* Queue sets provide a mechanism to allow a task to block (pend) on a read
* operation from multiple queues or semaphores simultaneously.

View File

@ -1,14 +1,12 @@
/*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.5.1 (ESP-IDF SMP modified)
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2016-2022 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*/
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.3
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2023 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
@ -47,13 +45,8 @@ typedef QueueHandle_t SemaphoreHandle_t;
#define semSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH ( ( uint8_t ) 0U )
#define semGIVE_BLOCK_TIME ( ( TickType_t ) 0U )
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* semphr. h
* @code{c}
* vSemaphoreCreateBinary( SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* In many usage scenarios it is faster and more memory efficient to use a
* direct to task notification in place of a binary semaphore!
@ -97,9 +90,6 @@ typedef QueueHandle_t SemaphoreHandle_t;
* }
* }
* @endcode
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup vSemaphoreCreateBinary vSemaphoreCreateBinary
* @endcond
* \ingroup Semaphores
*/
#if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
@ -114,12 +104,6 @@ typedef QueueHandle_t SemaphoreHandle_t;
#endif
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* semphr. h
* @code{c}
* SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateBinary( void );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* Creates a new binary semaphore instance, and returns a handle by which the
* new semaphore can be referenced.
@ -171,9 +155,6 @@ typedef QueueHandle_t SemaphoreHandle_t;
* }
* }
* @endcode
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateBinary xSemaphoreCreateBinary
* @endcond
* \ingroup Semaphores
*/
#if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
@ -181,12 +162,6 @@ typedef QueueHandle_t SemaphoreHandle_t;
#endif
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* semphr. h
* @code{c}
* SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateBinaryStatic( StaticSemaphore_t *pxSemaphoreBuffer );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* Creates a new binary semaphore instance, and returns a handle by which the
* new semaphore can be referenced.
@ -225,36 +200,24 @@ typedef QueueHandle_t SemaphoreHandle_t;
*
* void vATask( void * pvParameters )
* {
* // Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateBinaryStatic().
* // Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateBinary().
* // The semaphore's data structures will be placed in the xSemaphoreBuffer
* // variable, the address of which is passed into the function. The
* // function's parameter is not NULL, so the function will not attempt any
* // dynamic memory allocation, and therefore the function will not return
* // return NULL.
* xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateBinaryStatic( &xSemaphoreBuffer );
* xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateBinary( &xSemaphoreBuffer );
*
* // Rest of task code goes here.
* }
* @endcode
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateBinaryStatic xSemaphoreCreateBinaryStatic
* @endcond
* \ingroup Semaphores
*/
#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
#define xSemaphoreCreateBinaryStatic( pxStaticSemaphore ) xQueueGenericCreateStatic( ( UBaseType_t ) 1, semSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH, NULL, pxStaticSemaphore, queueQUEUE_TYPE_BINARY_SEMAPHORE )
#define xSemaphoreCreateBinaryStatic( pxStaticSemaphore ) xQueueGenericCreateStatic( ( UBaseType_t ) 1, semSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH, NULL, ( pxStaticSemaphore ), queueQUEUE_TYPE_BINARY_SEMAPHORE )
#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* semphr. h
* @code{c}
* xSemaphoreTake(
* SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore,
* TickType_t xBlockTime
* );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* <i>Macro</i> to obtain a semaphore. The semaphore must have previously been
* created with a call to xSemaphoreCreateBinary(), xSemaphoreCreateMutex() or
@ -311,23 +274,11 @@ typedef QueueHandle_t SemaphoreHandle_t;
* }
* }
* @endcode
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup xSemaphoreTake xSemaphoreTake
* @endcond
* \ingroup Semaphores
*/
#define xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, xBlockTime ) xQueueSemaphoreTake( ( xSemaphore ), ( xBlockTime ) )
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* semphr. h
* @code{c}
* xSemaphoreTakeRecursive(
* SemaphoreHandle_t xMutex,
* TickType_t xBlockTime
* );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* <i>Macro</i> to recursively obtain, or 'take', a mutex type semaphore.
* The mutex must have previously been created using a call to
@ -410,9 +361,6 @@ typedef QueueHandle_t SemaphoreHandle_t;
* }
* }
* @endcode
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup xSemaphoreTakeRecursive xSemaphoreTakeRecursive
* @endcond
* \ingroup Semaphores
*/
#if ( configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1 )
@ -420,12 +368,6 @@ typedef QueueHandle_t SemaphoreHandle_t;
#endif
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* semphr. h
* @code{c}
* xSemaphoreGive( SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* <i>Macro</i> to release a semaphore. The semaphore must have previously been
* created with a call to xSemaphoreCreateBinary(), xSemaphoreCreateMutex() or
@ -481,20 +423,11 @@ typedef QueueHandle_t SemaphoreHandle_t;
* }
* }
* @endcode
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup xSemaphoreGive xSemaphoreGive
* @endcond
* \ingroup Semaphores
*/
#define xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore ) xQueueGenericSend( ( QueueHandle_t ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, semGIVE_BLOCK_TIME, queueSEND_TO_BACK )
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* semphr. h
* @code{c}
* xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( SemaphoreHandle_t xMutex );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* <i>Macro</i> to recursively release, or 'give', a mutex type semaphore.
* The mutex must have previously been created using a call to
@ -571,9 +504,6 @@ typedef QueueHandle_t SemaphoreHandle_t;
* }
* }
* @endcode
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup xSemaphoreGiveRecursive xSemaphoreGiveRecursive
* @endcond
* \ingroup Semaphores
*/
#if ( configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1 )
@ -581,15 +511,7 @@ typedef QueueHandle_t SemaphoreHandle_t;
#endif
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* semphr. h
* @code{c}
* xSemaphoreGiveFromISR(
* SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore,
* BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
* );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* <i>Macro</i> to release a semaphore. The semaphore must have previously been
* created with a call to xSemaphoreCreateBinary() or xSemaphoreCreateCounting().
*
@ -612,7 +534,7 @@ typedef QueueHandle_t SemaphoreHandle_t;
* Example usage:
* @code{c}
* #define LONG_TIME 0xffff
* #define TICKS_TO_WAIT 10
* #define TICKS_TO_WAIT 10
* SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
*
* // Repetitive task.
@ -668,23 +590,11 @@ typedef QueueHandle_t SemaphoreHandle_t;
* }
* }
* @endcode
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup xSemaphoreGiveFromISR xSemaphoreGiveFromISR
* @endcond
* \ingroup Semaphores
*/
#define xSemaphoreGiveFromISR( xSemaphore, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xQueueGiveFromISR( ( QueueHandle_t ) ( xSemaphore ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) )
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* semphr. h
* @code{c}
* xSemaphoreTakeFromISR(
* SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore,
* BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
* );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* <i>Macro</i> to take a semaphore from an ISR. The semaphore must have
* previously been created with a call to xSemaphoreCreateBinary() or
@ -701,7 +611,7 @@ typedef QueueHandle_t SemaphoreHandle_t;
* @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being taken. This is the
* handle returned when the semaphore was created.
*
* @param[out] pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xSemaphoreTakeFromISR() will set
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xSemaphoreTakeFromISR() will set
* *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if taking the semaphore caused a task
* to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently
* running task. If xSemaphoreTakeFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then
@ -713,12 +623,6 @@ typedef QueueHandle_t SemaphoreHandle_t;
#define xSemaphoreTakeFromISR( xSemaphore, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xQueueReceiveFromISR( ( QueueHandle_t ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) )
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* semphr. h
* @code{c}
* SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateMutex( void );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* Creates a new mutex type semaphore instance, and returns a handle by which
* the new mutex can be referenced.
@ -768,22 +672,13 @@ typedef QueueHandle_t SemaphoreHandle_t;
* }
* }
* @endcode
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateMutex xSemaphoreCreateMutex
* @endcond
* \ingroup Semaphores
*/
#if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
#if __DOXYGEN__ || ( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) )
#define xSemaphoreCreateMutex() xQueueCreateMutex( queueQUEUE_TYPE_MUTEX )
#endif
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* semphr. h
* @code{c}
* SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic( StaticSemaphore_t *pxMutexBuffer );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* Creates a new mutex type semaphore instance, and returns a handle by which
* the new mutex can be referenced.
@ -835,28 +730,19 @@ typedef QueueHandle_t SemaphoreHandle_t;
* // so there is no need to check it.
* }
* @endcode
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic
* @endcond
* \ingroup Semaphores
*/
#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
#if __DOXYGEN__ || ( ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) )
#define xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic( pxMutexBuffer ) xQueueCreateMutexStatic( queueQUEUE_TYPE_MUTEX, ( pxMutexBuffer ) )
#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
#endif
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* semphr. h
* @code{c}
* SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex( void );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* Creates a new recursive mutex type semaphore instance, and returns a handle
* by which the new recursive mutex can be referenced.
*
* Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, recursive mutexs use a block
* Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, recursive mutexes use a block
* of memory, in which the mutex structure is stored. If a recursive mutex is
* created using xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex() then the required memory is
* automatically dynamically allocated inside the
@ -909,27 +795,18 @@ typedef QueueHandle_t SemaphoreHandle_t;
* }
* }
* @endcode
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex
* @endcond
* \ingroup Semaphores
*/
#if ( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1 ) )
#if __DOXYGEN__ || ( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1 ) )
#define xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex() xQueueCreateMutex( queueQUEUE_TYPE_RECURSIVE_MUTEX )
#endif
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* semphr. h
* @code{c}
* SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic( StaticSemaphore_t *pxMutexBuffer );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* Creates a new recursive mutex type semaphore instance, and returns a handle
* by which the new recursive mutex can be referenced.
*
* Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, recursive mutexs use a block
* Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, recursive mutexes use a block
* of memory, in which the mutex structure is stored. If a recursive mutex is
* created using xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex() then the required memory is
* automatically dynamically allocated inside the
@ -967,8 +844,8 @@ typedef QueueHandle_t SemaphoreHandle_t;
* removing the need for the memory to be allocated dynamically.
*
* @return If the recursive mutex was successfully created then a handle to the
* created recursive mutex is returned. If pxMutexBuffer was NULL then NULL is
* returned.
* created recursive mutex is returned. If pxStaticSemaphore was NULL then NULL
* is returned.
*
* Example usage:
* @code{c}
@ -988,22 +865,13 @@ typedef QueueHandle_t SemaphoreHandle_t;
* // so there is no need to check it.
* }
* @endcode
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic
* @endcond
* \ingroup Semaphores
*/
#if ( ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1 ) )
#define xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic( pxStaticSemaphore ) xQueueCreateMutexStatic( queueQUEUE_TYPE_RECURSIVE_MUTEX, pxStaticSemaphore )
#if __DOXYGEN__ || ( ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1 ) )
#define xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic( pxStaticSemaphore ) xQueueCreateMutexStatic( queueQUEUE_TYPE_RECURSIVE_MUTEX, ( pxStaticSemaphore ) )
#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* semphr. h
* @code{c}
* SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateCounting( UBaseType_t uxMaxCount, UBaseType_t uxInitialCount );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* Creates a new counting semaphore instance, and returns a handle by which the
* new counting semaphore can be referenced.
@ -1074,9 +942,6 @@ typedef QueueHandle_t SemaphoreHandle_t;
* }
* }
* @endcode
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateCounting xSemaphoreCreateCounting
* @endcond
* \ingroup Semaphores
*/
#if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
@ -1084,12 +949,6 @@ typedef QueueHandle_t SemaphoreHandle_t;
#endif
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* semphr. h
* @code{c}
* SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateCountingStatic( UBaseType_t uxMaxCount, UBaseType_t uxInitialCount, StaticSemaphore_t *pxSemaphoreBuffer );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* Creates a new counting semaphore instance, and returns a handle by which the
* new counting semaphore can be referenced.
@ -1165,9 +1024,6 @@ typedef QueueHandle_t SemaphoreHandle_t;
* // is no need to check its value.
* }
* @endcode
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateCountingStatic xSemaphoreCreateCountingStatic
* @endcond
* \ingroup Semaphores
*/
#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
@ -1175,32 +1031,17 @@ typedef QueueHandle_t SemaphoreHandle_t;
#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* semphr. h
* @code{c}
* void vSemaphoreDelete( SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* Delete a semaphore. This function must be used with care. For example,
* do not delete a mutex type semaphore if the mutex is held by a task.
*
* @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore to be deleted.
*
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup vSemaphoreDelete vSemaphoreDelete
* @endcond
* \ingroup Semaphores
*/
#define vSemaphoreDelete( xSemaphore ) vQueueDelete( ( QueueHandle_t ) ( xSemaphore ) )
#define vSemaphoreDelete( xSemaphore ) vQueueDelete( ( QueueHandle_t ) ( xSemaphore ) )
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* semphr.h
* @code{c}
* TaskHandle_t xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder( SemaphoreHandle_t xMutex );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* If xMutex is indeed a mutex type semaphore, return the current mutex holder.
* If xMutex is not a mutex type semaphore, or the mutex is available (not held
@ -1211,30 +1052,22 @@ typedef QueueHandle_t SemaphoreHandle_t;
* the holder may change between the function exiting and the returned value
* being tested.
*/
#define xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder( xSemaphore ) xQueueGetMutexHolder( ( xSemaphore ) )
#if __DOXYGEN__ || ( ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder == 1 ) )
#define xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder( xSemaphore ) xQueueGetMutexHolder( ( xSemaphore ) )
#endif
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* semphr.h
* @code{c}
* TaskHandle_t xSemaphoreGetMutexHolderFromISR( SemaphoreHandle_t xMutex );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* If xMutex is indeed a mutex type semaphore, return the current mutex holder.
* If xMutex is not a mutex type semaphore, or the mutex is available (not held
* by a task), return NULL.
*
*/
#define xSemaphoreGetMutexHolderFromISR( xSemaphore ) xQueueGetMutexHolderFromISR( ( xSemaphore ) )
#if __DOXYGEN__ || ( ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder == 1 ) )
#define xSemaphoreGetMutexHolderFromISR( xSemaphore ) xQueueGetMutexHolderFromISR( ( xSemaphore ) )
#endif
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* semphr.h
* @code{c}
* UBaseType_t uxSemaphoreGetCount( SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* If the semaphore is a counting semaphore then uxSemaphoreGetCount() returns
* its current count value. If the semaphore is a binary semaphore then
@ -1242,15 +1075,23 @@ typedef QueueHandle_t SemaphoreHandle_t;
* semaphore is not available.
*
*/
#define uxSemaphoreGetCount( xSemaphore ) uxQueueMessagesWaiting( ( QueueHandle_t ) ( xSemaphore ) )
#define uxSemaphoreGetCount( xSemaphore ) uxQueueMessagesWaiting( ( QueueHandle_t ) ( xSemaphore ) )
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* semphr.h
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xSemaphoreGetStaticBuffer( SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore );
* UBaseType_t uxSemaphoreGetCountFromISR( SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* If the semaphore is a counting semaphore then uxSemaphoreGetCountFromISR() returns
* its current count value. If the semaphore is a binary semaphore then
* uxSemaphoreGetCountFromISR() returns 1 if the semaphore is available, and 0 if the
* semaphore is not available.
*
*/
#define uxSemaphoreGetCountFromISR( xSemaphore ) uxQueueMessagesWaitingFromISR( ( QueueHandle_t ) ( xSemaphore ) )
/**
*
* Retrieve pointer to a statically created binary semaphore, counting semaphore,
* or mutex semaphore's data structure buffer. This is the same buffer that is

View File

@ -1,14 +1,12 @@
/*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.5.1 (ESP-IDF SMP modified)
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2016-2022 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*/
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.3
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2023 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
@ -51,50 +49,40 @@
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 0 )
/* FreeRTOSConfig.h is not set to check for stack overflows. */
#define taskFIRST_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()
#define taskSECOND_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()
#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 0 */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 )
/* FreeRTOSConfig.h is only set to use the first method of
* overflow checking. */
#define taskSECOND_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()
/*
* portSTACK_LIMIT_PADDING is a number of extra words to consider to be in
* use on the stack.
*/
#ifndef portSTACK_LIMIT_PADDING
#define portSTACK_LIMIT_PADDING 0
#endif
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if ( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 0 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) )
#if ( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) )
/* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */
#define taskFIRST_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
{ \
/* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */ \
if( pxCurrentTCB[ xPortGetCoreID() ]->pxTopOfStack <= pxCurrentTCB[ xPortGetCoreID() ]->pxStack ) \
{ \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB[ xPortGetCoreID() ], pxCurrentTCB[ xPortGetCoreID() ]->pcTaskName ); \
} \
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW( xCurCoreID ) \
{ \
/* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */ \
if( pxCurrentTCBs[ xCurCoreID ]->pxTopOfStack <= pxCurrentTCBs[ xCurCoreID ]->pxStack + portSTACK_LIMIT_PADDING ) \
{ \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCBs[ xCurCoreID ], pxCurrentTCBs[ xCurCoreID ]->pcTaskName ); \
} \
}
#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 0 */
#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if ( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 0 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) )
#if ( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) )
/* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */
#define taskFIRST_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
{ \
\
/* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */ \
if( pxCurrentTCB[ xPortGetCoreID() ]->pxTopOfStack >= pxCurrentTCB[ xPortGetCoreID() ]->pxEndOfStack ) \
{ \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB[ xPortGetCoreID() ], pxCurrentTCB[ xPortGetCoreID() ]->pcTaskName ); \
} \
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW( xCurCoreID ) \
{ \
\
/* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */ \
if( pxCurrentTCBs[ xCurCoreID ]->pxTopOfStack >= pxCurrentTCBs[ xCurCoreID ]->pxEndOfStack - portSTACK_LIMIT_PADDING ) \
{ \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCBs[ xCurCoreID ], pxCurrentTCBs[ xCurCoreID ]->pcTaskName ); \
} \
}
#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 */
@ -102,20 +90,18 @@
#if ( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) )
#define taskSECOND_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
{ \
static const uint8_t ucExpectedStackBytes[] = { tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE }; \
\
\
/* Has the extremity of the task stack ever been written over? */ \
if( memcmp( ( void * ) pxCurrentTCB[ xPortGetCoreID() ]->pxStack, ( void * ) ucExpectedStackBytes, sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ) ) != 0 ) \
{ \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB[ xPortGetCoreID() ], pxCurrentTCB[ xPortGetCoreID() ]->pcTaskName ); \
} \
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW( xCurCoreID ) \
{ \
const uint32_t * const pulStack = ( uint32_t * ) pxCurrentTCBs[ xCurCoreID ]->pxStack; \
const uint32_t ulCheckValue = ( uint32_t ) 0xa5a5a5a5; \
\
if( ( pulStack[ 0 ] != ulCheckValue ) || \
( pulStack[ 1 ] != ulCheckValue ) || \
( pulStack[ 2 ] != ulCheckValue ) || \
( pulStack[ 3 ] != ulCheckValue ) ) \
{ \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCBs[ xCurCoreID ], pxCurrentTCBs[ xCurCoreID ]->pcTaskName ); \
} \
}
#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */
@ -123,25 +109,33 @@
#if ( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) )
#define taskSECOND_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
{ \
int8_t * pcEndOfStack = ( int8_t * ) pxCurrentTCB[ xPortGetCoreID() ]->pxEndOfStack; \
static const uint8_t ucExpectedStackBytes[] = { tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE }; \
\
\
pcEndOfStack -= sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ); \
\
/* Has the extremity of the task stack ever been written over? */ \
if( memcmp( ( void * ) pcEndOfStack, ( void * ) ucExpectedStackBytes, sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ) ) != 0 ) \
{ \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB[ xPortGetCoreID() ], pxCurrentTCB[ xPortGetCoreID() ]->pcTaskName ); \
} \
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW( xCurCoreID ) \
{ \
int8_t * pcEndOfStack = ( int8_t * ) pxCurrentTCBs[ xCurCoreID ]->pxEndOfStack; \
static const uint8_t ucExpectedStackBytes[] = { tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE }; \
\
\
pcEndOfStack -= sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ); \
\
/* Has the extremity of the task stack ever been written over? */ \
if( memcmp( ( void * ) pcEndOfStack, ( void * ) ucExpectedStackBytes, sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ) ) != 0 ) \
{ \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCBs[ xCurCoreID ], pxCurrentTCBs[ xCurCoreID ]->pcTaskName ); \
} \
}
#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Remove stack overflow macro if not being used. */
#ifndef taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW( xCurCoreID )
#endif
#endif /* STACK_MACROS_H */

View File

@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
/*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2016-2022 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*/
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.3
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
#ifndef FREERTOS_STDINT
#define FREERTOS_STDINT
/*******************************************************************************
* THIS IS NOT A FULL stdint.h IMPLEMENTATION - It only contains the definitions
* necessary to build the FreeRTOS code. It is provided to allow FreeRTOS to be
* built using compilers that do not provide their own stdint.h definition.
*
* To use this file:
*
* 1) Copy this file into the directory that contains your FreeRTOSConfig.h
* header file, as that directory will already be in the compiler's include
* path.
*
* 2) Rename the copied file stdint.h.
*
*/
typedef signed char int8_t;
typedef unsigned char uint8_t;
typedef short int16_t;
typedef unsigned short uint16_t;
typedef long int32_t;
typedef unsigned long uint32_t;
#endif /* FREERTOS_STDINT */

View File

@ -1,14 +1,12 @@
/*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.5.1 (ESP-IDF SMP modified)
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2016-2022 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*/
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.3
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2023 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
@ -77,15 +75,14 @@
struct StreamBufferDef_t;
typedef struct StreamBufferDef_t * StreamBufferHandle_t;
/**
* Type used as a stream buffer's optional callback.
*/
typedef void (* StreamBufferCallbackFunction_t)( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
BaseType_t xIsInsideISR,
BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* message_buffer.h
*
* @code{c}
* StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBufferCreate( size_t xBufferSizeBytes, size_t xTriggerLevelBytes );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* Creates a new stream buffer using dynamically allocated memory. See
* xStreamBufferCreateStatic() for a version that uses statically allocated
@ -111,6 +108,16 @@ typedef struct StreamBufferDef_t * StreamBufferHandle_t;
* trigger level of 1 being used. It is not valid to specify a trigger level
* that is greater than the buffer size.
*
* @param pxSendCompletedCallback Callback invoked when number of bytes at least equal to
* trigger level is sent to the stream buffer. If the parameter is NULL, it will use the default
* implementation provided by sbSEND_COMPLETED macro. To enable the callback,
* configUSE_SB_COMPLETED_CALLBACK must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h.
*
* @param pxReceiveCompletedCallback Callback invoked when more than zero bytes are read from a
* stream buffer. If the parameter is NULL, it will use the default
* implementation provided by sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED macro. To enable the callback,
* configUSE_SB_COMPLETED_CALLBACK must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h.
*
* @return If NULL is returned, then the stream buffer cannot be created
* because there is insufficient heap memory available for FreeRTOS to allocate
* the stream buffer data structures and storage area. A non-NULL value being
@ -142,25 +149,20 @@ typedef struct StreamBufferDef_t * StreamBufferHandle_t;
* }
* }
* @endcode
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup xStreamBufferCreate xStreamBufferCreate
* @endcond
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
#define xStreamBufferCreate( xBufferSizeBytes, xTriggerLevelBytes ) xStreamBufferGenericCreate( xBufferSizeBytes, xTriggerLevelBytes, pdFALSE )
/** @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION */
#define xStreamBufferCreate( xBufferSizeBytes, xTriggerLevelBytes ) \
xStreamBufferGenericCreate( ( xBufferSizeBytes ), ( xTriggerLevelBytes ), pdFALSE, NULL, NULL )
/** @endcond */
#if ( configUSE_SB_COMPLETED_CALLBACK == 1 )
#define xStreamBufferCreateWithCallback( xBufferSizeBytes, xTriggerLevelBytes, pxSendCompletedCallback, pxReceiveCompletedCallback ) \
xStreamBufferGenericCreate( ( xBufferSizeBytes ), ( xTriggerLevelBytes ), pdFALSE, ( pxSendCompletedCallback ), ( pxReceiveCompletedCallback ) )
#endif
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* stream_buffer.h
*
* @code{c}
* StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBufferCreateStatic( size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
* size_t xTriggerLevelBytes,
* uint8_t *pucStreamBufferStorageArea,
* StaticStreamBuffer_t *pxStaticStreamBuffer );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* Creates a new stream buffer using statically allocated memory. See
* xStreamBufferCreate() for a version that uses dynamically allocated memory.
*
@ -185,13 +187,23 @@ typedef struct StreamBufferDef_t * StreamBufferHandle_t;
* that is greater than the buffer size.
*
* @param pucStreamBufferStorageArea Must point to a uint8_t array that is at
* least xBufferSizeBytes + 1 big. This is the array to which streams are
* least xBufferSizeBytes big. This is the array to which streams are
* copied when they are written to the stream buffer.
*
* @param pxStaticStreamBuffer Must point to a variable of type
* StaticStreamBuffer_t, which will be used to hold the stream buffer's data
* structure.
*
* @param pxSendCompletedCallback Callback invoked when number of bytes at least equal to
* trigger level is sent to the stream buffer. If the parameter is NULL, it will use the default
* implementation provided by sbSEND_COMPLETED macro. To enable the callback,
* configUSE_SB_COMPLETED_CALLBACK must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h.
*
* @param pxReceiveCompletedCallback Callback invoked when more than zero bytes are read from a
* stream buffer. If the parameter is NULL, it will use the default
* implementation provided by sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED macro. To enable the callback,
* configUSE_SB_COMPLETED_CALLBACK must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h.
*
* @return If the stream buffer is created successfully then a handle to the
* created stream buffer is returned. If either pucStreamBufferStorageArea or
* pxStaticstreamBuffer are NULL then NULL is returned.
@ -201,7 +213,7 @@ typedef struct StreamBufferDef_t * StreamBufferHandle_t;
*
* // Used to dimension the array used to hold the streams. The available space
* // will actually be one less than this, so 999.
* #define STORAGE_SIZE_BYTES 1000
#define STORAGE_SIZE_BYTES 1000
*
* // Defines the memory that will actually hold the streams within the stream
* // buffer.
@ -215,9 +227,9 @@ typedef struct StreamBufferDef_t * StreamBufferHandle_t;
* StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer;
* const size_t xTriggerLevel = 1;
*
* xStreamBuffer = xStreamBufferCreateStatic( sizeof( ucBufferStorage ),
* xStreamBuffer = xStreamBufferCreateStatic( sizeof( ucStorageBuffer ),
* xTriggerLevel,
* ucBufferStorage,
* ucStorageBuffer,
* &xStreamBufferStruct );
*
* // As neither the pucStreamBufferStorageArea or pxStaticStreamBuffer
@ -228,24 +240,20 @@ typedef struct StreamBufferDef_t * StreamBufferHandle_t;
* }
*
* @endcode
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup xStreamBufferCreateStatic xStreamBufferCreateStatic
* @endcond
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
/** @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION */
#define xStreamBufferCreateStatic( xBufferSizeBytes, xTriggerLevelBytes, pucStreamBufferStorageArea, pxStaticStreamBuffer ) \
xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic( xBufferSizeBytes, xTriggerLevelBytes, pdFALSE, pucStreamBufferStorageArea, pxStaticStreamBuffer )
xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic( ( xBufferSizeBytes ), ( xTriggerLevelBytes ), pdFALSE, ( pucStreamBufferStorageArea ), ( pxStaticStreamBuffer ), NULL, NULL )
/** @endcond */
#if ( configUSE_SB_COMPLETED_CALLBACK == 1 )
#define xStreamBufferCreateStaticWithCallback( xBufferSizeBytes, xTriggerLevelBytes, pucStreamBufferStorageArea, pxStaticStreamBuffer, pxSendCompletedCallback, pxReceiveCompletedCallback ) \
xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic( ( xBufferSizeBytes ), ( xTriggerLevelBytes ), pdFALSE, ( pucStreamBufferStorageArea ), ( pxStaticStreamBuffer ), ( pxSendCompletedCallback ), ( pxReceiveCompletedCallback ) )
#endif
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* stream_buffer.h
*
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xStreamBufferGetStaticBuffers( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
* uint8_t ** ppucStreamBufferStorageArea,
* StaticStreamBuffer_t ** ppxStaticStreamBuffer );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* Retrieve pointers to a statically created stream buffer's data structure
* buffer and storage area buffer. These are the same buffers that are supplied
@ -261,7 +269,6 @@ typedef struct StreamBufferDef_t * StreamBufferHandle_t;
*
* @return pdTRUE if buffers were retrieved, pdFALSE otherwise.
*
* \defgroup xStreamBufferGetStaticBuffers xStreamBufferGetStaticBuffers
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
@ -271,16 +278,6 @@ typedef struct StreamBufferDef_t * StreamBufferHandle_t;
#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* stream_buffer.h
*
* @code{c}
* size_t xStreamBufferSend( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
* const void *pvTxData,
* size_t xDataLengthBytes,
* TickType_t xTicksToWait );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* Sends bytes to a stream buffer. The bytes are copied into the stream buffer.
*
@ -361,9 +358,6 @@ typedef struct StreamBufferDef_t * StreamBufferHandle_t;
* }
* }
* @endcode
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup xStreamBufferSend xStreamBufferSend
* @endcond
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
size_t xStreamBufferSend( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
@ -372,16 +366,6 @@ size_t xStreamBufferSend( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* stream_buffer.h
*
* @code{c}
* size_t xStreamBufferSendFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
* const void *pvTxData,
* size_t xDataLengthBytes,
* BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* Interrupt safe version of the API function that sends a stream of bytes to
* the stream buffer.
@ -460,15 +444,12 @@ size_t xStreamBufferSend( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
* // priority of the currently executing task was unblocked and a context
* // switch should be performed to ensure the ISR returns to the unblocked
* // task. In most FreeRTOS ports this is done by simply passing
* // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken into taskYIELD_FROM_ISR(), which will test the
* // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken into portYIELD_FROM_ISR(), which will test the
* // variables value, and perform the context switch if necessary. Check the
* // documentation for the port in use for port specific instructions.
* taskYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
* portYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
* }
* @endcode
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup xStreamBufferSendFromISR xStreamBufferSendFromISR
* @endcond
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
size_t xStreamBufferSendFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
@ -477,16 +458,6 @@ size_t xStreamBufferSendFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* stream_buffer.h
*
* @code{c}
* size_t xStreamBufferReceive( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
* void *pvRxData,
* size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
* TickType_t xTicksToWait );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* Receives bytes from a stream buffer.
*
@ -554,14 +525,11 @@ size_t xStreamBufferSendFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
*
* if( xReceivedBytes > 0 )
* {
* // A ucRxData contains another xRecievedBytes bytes of data, which can
* // A ucRxData contains another xReceivedBytes bytes of data, which can
* // be processed here....
* }
* }
* @endcode
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup xStreamBufferReceive xStreamBufferReceive
* @endcond
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
size_t xStreamBufferReceive( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
@ -570,16 +538,6 @@ size_t xStreamBufferReceive( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* stream_buffer.h
*
* @code{c}
* size_t xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
* void *pvRxData,
* size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
* BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* An interrupt safe version of the API function that receives bytes from a
* stream buffer.
@ -643,15 +601,12 @@ size_t xStreamBufferReceive( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
* // priority of the currently executing task was unblocked and a context
* // switch should be performed to ensure the ISR returns to the unblocked
* // task. In most FreeRTOS ports this is done by simply passing
* // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken into taskYIELD_FROM_ISR(), which will test the
* // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken into portYIELD_FROM_ISR(), which will test the
* // variables value, and perform the context switch if necessary. Check the
* // documentation for the port in use for port specific instructions.
* taskYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
* portYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
* }
* @endcode
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR
* @endcond
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
size_t xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
@ -660,13 +615,6 @@ size_t xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* stream_buffer.h
*
* @code{c}
* void vStreamBufferDelete( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* Deletes a stream buffer that was previously created using a call to
* xStreamBufferCreate() or xStreamBufferCreateStatic(). If the stream
@ -678,21 +626,11 @@ size_t xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
*
* @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer to be deleted.
*
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup vStreamBufferDelete vStreamBufferDelete
* @endcond
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
void vStreamBufferDelete( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* stream_buffer.h
*
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xStreamBufferIsFull( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* Queries a stream buffer to see if it is full. A stream buffer is full if it
* does not have any free space, and therefore cannot accept any more data.
@ -702,21 +640,11 @@ void vStreamBufferDelete( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTI
* @return If the stream buffer is full then pdTRUE is returned. Otherwise
* pdFALSE is returned.
*
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup xStreamBufferIsFull xStreamBufferIsFull
* @endcond
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
BaseType_t xStreamBufferIsFull( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* stream_buffer.h
*
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xStreamBufferIsEmpty( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* Queries a stream buffer to see if it is empty. A stream buffer is empty if
* it does not contain any data.
@ -726,21 +654,11 @@ BaseType_t xStreamBufferIsFull( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_
* @return If the stream buffer is empty then pdTRUE is returned. Otherwise
* pdFALSE is returned.
*
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup xStreamBufferIsEmpty xStreamBufferIsEmpty
* @endcond
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
BaseType_t xStreamBufferIsEmpty( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* stream_buffer.h
*
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xStreamBufferReset( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* Resets a stream buffer to its initial, empty, state. Any data that was in
* the stream buffer is discarded. A stream buffer can only be reset if there
@ -753,21 +671,11 @@ BaseType_t xStreamBufferIsEmpty( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED
* a task blocked waiting to send to or read from the stream buffer then the
* stream buffer is not reset and pdFAIL is returned.
*
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup xStreamBufferReset xStreamBufferReset
* @endcond
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
BaseType_t xStreamBufferReset( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* stream_buffer.h
*
* @code{c}
* size_t xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* Queries a stream buffer to see how much free space it contains, which is
* equal to the amount of data that can be sent to the stream buffer before it
@ -778,21 +686,11 @@ BaseType_t xStreamBufferReset( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_F
* @return The number of bytes that can be written to the stream buffer before
* the stream buffer would be full.
*
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable
* @endcond
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
size_t xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* stream_buffer.h
*
* @code{c}
* size_t xStreamBufferBytesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* Queries a stream buffer to see how much data it contains, which is equal to
* the number of bytes that can be read from the stream buffer before the stream
@ -803,21 +701,11 @@ size_t xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVIL
* @return The number of bytes that can be read from the stream buffer before
* the stream buffer would be empty.
*
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup xStreamBufferBytesAvailable xStreamBufferBytesAvailable
* @endcond
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
size_t xStreamBufferBytesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* stream_buffer.h
*
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, size_t xTriggerLevel );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* A stream buffer's trigger level is the number of bytes that must be in the
* stream buffer before a task that is blocked on the stream buffer to
@ -844,22 +732,12 @@ size_t xStreamBufferBytesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILE
* then the trigger level will be updated and pdTRUE is returned. Otherwise
* pdFALSE is returned.
*
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel
* @endcond
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
BaseType_t xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
size_t xTriggerLevel ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* stream_buffer.h
*
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* For advanced users only.
*
@ -888,22 +766,12 @@ BaseType_t xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
* @return If a task was removed from the Blocked state then pdTRUE is returned.
* Otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
*
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR
* @endcond
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
BaseType_t xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
BaseType_t * pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* stream_buffer.h
*
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* For advanced users only.
*
@ -933,25 +801,28 @@ BaseType_t xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer
* @return If a task was removed from the Blocked state then pdTRUE is returned.
* Otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
*
* @cond !DOC_SINGLE_GROUP
* \defgroup xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR
* @endcond
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
BaseType_t xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
BaseType_t * pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/** @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION */
/* Functions below here are not part of the public API. */
StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBufferGenericCreate( size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
size_t xTriggerLevelBytes,
BaseType_t xIsMessageBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t xIsMessageBuffer,
StreamBufferCallbackFunction_t pxSendCompletedCallback,
StreamBufferCallbackFunction_t pxReceiveCompletedCallback ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic( size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
size_t xTriggerLevelBytes,
BaseType_t xIsMessageBuffer,
uint8_t * const pucStreamBufferStorageArea,
StaticStreamBuffer_t * const pxStaticStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
StaticStreamBuffer_t * const pxStaticStreamBuffer,
StreamBufferCallbackFunction_t pxSendCompletedCallback,
StreamBufferCallbackFunction_t pxReceiveCompletedCallback ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
size_t xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -1,13 +1,12 @@
/*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.5.1 (ESP-IDF SMP modified)
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2016-2022 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*/
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.3
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2023 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
@ -51,8 +50,10 @@
/* *INDENT-ON* */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------
* MACROS AND DEFINITIONS
*----------------------------------------------------------*/
* MACROS AND DEFINITIONS
*----------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION */
/* IDs for commands that can be sent/received on the timer queue. These are to
* be used solely through the macros that make up the public software timer API,
@ -74,6 +75,7 @@
#define tmrCOMMAND_STOP_FROM_ISR ( ( BaseType_t ) 8 )
#define tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD_FROM_ISR ( ( BaseType_t ) 9 )
/** @endcond */
/**
* Type by which software timers are referenced. For example, a call to
@ -84,12 +86,12 @@
struct tmrTimerControl; /* The old naming convention is used to prevent breaking kernel aware debuggers. */
typedef struct tmrTimerControl * TimerHandle_t;
/*
/**
* Defines the prototype to which timer callback functions must conform.
*/
typedef void (* TimerCallbackFunction_t)( TimerHandle_t xTimer );
/*
/**
* Defines the prototype to which functions used with the
* xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR() function must conform.
*/
@ -97,11 +99,6 @@ typedef void (* PendedFunction_t)( void *,
uint32_t );
/**
* TimerHandle_t xTimerCreate( const char * const pcTimerName,
* TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
* UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
* void * pvTimerID,
* TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction );
*
* Creates a new software timer instance, and returns a handle by which the
* created software timer can be referenced.
@ -132,9 +129,9 @@ typedef void (* PendedFunction_t)( void *,
* to ( 500 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS ) provided configTICK_RATE_HZ is less than or
* equal to 1000. Time timer period must be greater than 0.
*
* @param uxAutoReload If uxAutoReload is set to pdTRUE then the timer will
* @param xAutoReload If xAutoReload is set to pdTRUE then the timer will
* expire repeatedly with a frequency set by the xTimerPeriodInTicks parameter.
* If uxAutoReload is set to pdFALSE then the timer will be a one-shot timer and
* If xAutoReload is set to pdFALSE then the timer will be a one-shot timer and
* enter the dormant state after it expires.
*
* @param pvTimerID An identifier that is assigned to the timer being created.
@ -197,11 +194,11 @@ typedef void (* PendedFunction_t)( void *,
* // the scheduler starts.
* for( x = 0; x < NUM_TIMERS; x++ )
* {
* xTimers[ x ] = xTimerCreate( "Timer", // Just a text name, not used by the kernel.
* ( 100 * x ), // The timer period in ticks.
* pdTRUE, // The timers will auto-reload themselves when they expire.
* ( void * ) x, // Assign each timer a unique id equal to its array index.
* vTimerCallback // Each timer calls the same callback when it expires.
* xTimers[ x ] = xTimerCreate( "Timer", // Just a text name, not used by the kernel.
* ( 100 * ( x + 1 ) ), // The timer period in ticks.
* pdTRUE, // The timers will auto-reload themselves when they expire.
* ( void * ) x, // Assign each timer a unique id equal to its array index.
* vTimerCallback // Each timer calls the same callback when it expires.
* );
*
* if( xTimers[ x ] == NULL )
@ -236,18 +233,12 @@ typedef void (* PendedFunction_t)( void *,
#if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
TimerHandle_t xTimerCreate( const char * const pcTimerName, /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
const BaseType_t xAutoReload,
void * const pvTimerID,
TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
/**
* TimerHandle_t xTimerCreateStatic(const char * const pcTimerName,
* TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
* UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
* void * pvTimerID,
* TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction,
* StaticTimer_t *pxTimerBuffer );
*
* Creates a new software timer instance, and returns a handle by which the
* created software timer can be referenced.
@ -278,9 +269,9 @@ typedef void (* PendedFunction_t)( void *,
* to ( 500 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS ) provided configTICK_RATE_HZ is less than or
* equal to 1000. The timer period must be greater than 0.
*
* @param uxAutoReload If uxAutoReload is set to pdTRUE then the timer will
* @param xAutoReload If xAutoReload is set to pdTRUE then the timer will
* expire repeatedly with a frequency set by the xTimerPeriodInTicks parameter.
* If uxAutoReload is set to pdFALSE then the timer will be a one-shot timer and
* If xAutoReload is set to pdFALSE then the timer will be a one-shot timer and
* enter the dormant state after it expires.
*
* @param pvTimerID An identifier that is assigned to the timer being created.
@ -366,14 +357,13 @@ typedef void (* PendedFunction_t)( void *,
#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
TimerHandle_t xTimerCreateStatic( const char * const pcTimerName, /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
const BaseType_t xAutoReload,
void * const pvTimerID,
TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction,
StaticTimer_t * pxTimerBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
/**
* void *pvTimerGetTimerID( TimerHandle_t xTimer );
*
* Returns the ID assigned to the timer.
*
@ -395,7 +385,6 @@ typedef void (* PendedFunction_t)( void *,
void * pvTimerGetTimerID( const TimerHandle_t xTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* void vTimerSetTimerID( TimerHandle_t xTimer, void *pvNewID );
*
* Sets the ID assigned to the timer.
*
@ -417,7 +406,6 @@ void vTimerSetTimerID( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
void * pvNewID ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* BaseType_t xTimerIsTimerActive( TimerHandle_t xTimer );
*
* Queries a timer to see if it is active or dormant.
*
@ -454,7 +442,6 @@ void vTimerSetTimerID( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
BaseType_t xTimerIsTimerActive( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* TaskHandle_t xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle( void );
*
* Simply returns the handle of the timer service/daemon task. It it not valid
* to call xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle() before the scheduler has been started.
@ -462,7 +449,6 @@ BaseType_t xTimerIsTimerActive( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
TaskHandle_t xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* BaseType_t xTimerStart( TimerHandle_t xTimer, TickType_t xTicksToWait );
*
* Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task. Many of the
* public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task
@ -515,7 +501,6 @@ TaskHandle_t xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_START, ( xTaskGetTickCount() ), NULL, ( xTicksToWait ) )
/**
* BaseType_t xTimerStop( TimerHandle_t xTimer, TickType_t xTicksToWait );
*
* Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task. Many of the
* public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task
@ -558,9 +543,6 @@ TaskHandle_t xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_STOP, 0U, NULL, ( xTicksToWait ) )
/**
* BaseType_t xTimerChangePeriod( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
* TickType_t xNewPeriod,
* TickType_t xTicksToWait );
*
* Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task. Many of the
* public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task
@ -639,7 +621,6 @@ TaskHandle_t xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD, ( xNewPeriod ), NULL, ( xTicksToWait ) )
/**
* BaseType_t xTimerDelete( TimerHandle_t xTimer, TickType_t xTicksToWait );
*
* Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task. Many of the
* public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task
@ -678,7 +659,6 @@ TaskHandle_t xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_DELETE, 0U, NULL, ( xTicksToWait ) )
/**
* BaseType_t xTimerReset( TimerHandle_t xTimer, TickType_t xTicksToWait );
*
* Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task. Many of the
* public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task
@ -803,8 +783,6 @@ TaskHandle_t xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_RESET, ( xTaskGetTickCount() ), NULL, ( xTicksToWait ) )
/**
* BaseType_t xTimerStartFromISR( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
* BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
*
* A version of xTimerStart() that can be called from an interrupt service
* routine.
@ -890,8 +868,6 @@ TaskHandle_t xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_START_FROM_ISR, ( xTaskGetTickCountFromISR() ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), 0U )
/**
* BaseType_t xTimerStopFromISR( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
* BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
*
* A version of xTimerStop() that can be called from an interrupt service
* routine.
@ -954,9 +930,6 @@ TaskHandle_t xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_STOP_FROM_ISR, 0, ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), 0U )
/**
* BaseType_t xTimerChangePeriodFromISR( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
* TickType_t xNewPeriod,
* BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
*
* A version of xTimerChangePeriod() that can be called from an interrupt
* service routine.
@ -1028,8 +1001,6 @@ TaskHandle_t xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD_FROM_ISR, ( xNewPeriod ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), 0U )
/**
* BaseType_t xTimerResetFromISR( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
* BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
*
* A version of xTimerReset() that can be called from an interrupt service
* routine.
@ -1116,10 +1087,6 @@ TaskHandle_t xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* BaseType_t xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend,
* void *pvParameter1,
* uint32_t ulParameter2,
* BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
*
*
* Used from application interrupt service routines to defer the execution of a
@ -1209,10 +1176,6 @@ BaseType_t xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend,
BaseType_t * pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* BaseType_t xTimerPendFunctionCall( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend,
* void *pvParameter1,
* uint32_t ulParameter2,
* TickType_t xTicksToWait );
*
*
* Used to defer the execution of a function to the RTOS daemon task (the timer
@ -1246,7 +1209,6 @@ BaseType_t xTimerPendFunctionCall( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* const char * const pcTimerGetName( TimerHandle_t xTimer );
*
* Returns the name that was assigned to a timer when the timer was created.
*
@ -1257,7 +1219,6 @@ BaseType_t xTimerPendFunctionCall( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend,
const char * pcTimerGetName( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
/**
* void vTimerSetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer, const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload );
*
* Updates a timer to be either an auto-reload timer, in which case the timer
* automatically resets itself each time it expires, or a one-shot timer, in
@ -1265,17 +1226,29 @@ const char * pcTimerGetName( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; /*lint
*
* @param xTimer The handle of the timer being updated.
*
* @param uxAutoReload If uxAutoReload is set to pdTRUE then the timer will
* @param xAutoReload If xAutoReload is set to pdTRUE then the timer will
* expire repeatedly with a frequency set by the timer's period (see the
* xTimerPeriodInTicks parameter of the xTimerCreate() API function). If
* uxAutoReload is set to pdFALSE then the timer will be a one-shot timer and
* xAutoReload is set to pdFALSE then the timer will be a one-shot timer and
* enter the dormant state after it expires.
*/
void vTimerSetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
const BaseType_t xAutoReload ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
*
* Queries a timer to determine if it is an auto-reload timer, in which case the timer
* automatically resets itself each time it expires, or a one-shot timer, in
* which case the timer will only expire once unless it is manually restarted.
*
* @param xTimer The handle of the timer being queried.
*
* @return If the timer is an auto-reload timer then pdTRUE is returned, otherwise
* pdFALSE is returned.
*/
BaseType_t xTimerGetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* UBaseType_t uxTimerGetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer );
*
* Queries a timer to determine if it is an auto-reload timer, in which case the timer
* automatically resets itself each time it expires, or a one-shot timer, in
@ -1289,7 +1262,6 @@ void vTimerSetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
UBaseType_t uxTimerGetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* TickType_t xTimerGetPeriod( TimerHandle_t xTimer );
*
* Returns the period of a timer.
*
@ -1300,7 +1272,6 @@ UBaseType_t uxTimerGetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
TickType_t xTimerGetPeriod( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* TickType_t xTimerGetExpiryTime( TimerHandle_t xTimer );
*
* Returns the time in ticks at which the timer will expire. If this is less
* than the current tick count then the expiry time has overflowed from the
@ -1315,8 +1286,6 @@ TickType_t xTimerGetPeriod( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
TickType_t xTimerGetExpiryTime( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* BaseType_t xTimerGetStaticBuffer( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
* StaticTimer_t ** ppxTimerBuffer );
*
* Retrieve pointer to a statically created timer's data structure
* buffer. This is the same buffer that is supplied at the time of
@ -1357,24 +1326,18 @@ BaseType_t xTimerGenericCommand( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
/**
* @cond !DOC_EXCLUDE_HEADER_SECTION
* task.h
* @code{c}
* void vApplicationGetTimerTaskMemory( StaticTask_t ** ppxTimerTaskTCBBuffer, StackType_t ** ppxTimerTaskStackBuffer, uint32_t *pulTimerTaskStackSize )
* @endcode
* @endcond
*
* This function is used to provide a statically allocated block of memory to FreeRTOS to hold the Timer Task TCB. This function is required when
* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION is set. For more information see this URI: https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00110.html#configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION
*
* @param ppxTimerTaskTCBBuffer A handle to a statically allocated TCB buffer
* @param ppxTimerTaskStackBuffer A handle to a statically allocated Stack buffer for thie idle task
* @param pulTimerTaskStackSize A pointer to the number of elements that will fit in the allocated stack buffer
*/
/**
*
* This function is used to provide a statically allocated block of memory to FreeRTOS to hold the Timer Task TCB. This function is required when
* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION is set. For more information see this URI: https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00110.html#configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION
*
* @param ppxTimerTaskTCBBuffer A handle to a statically allocated TCB buffer
* @param ppxTimerTaskStackBuffer A handle to a statically allocated Stack buffer for the idle task
* @param pulTimerTaskStackSize A pointer to the number of elements that will fit in the allocated stack buffer
*/
void vApplicationGetTimerTaskMemory( StaticTask_t ** ppxTimerTaskTCBBuffer,
StackType_t ** ppxTimerTaskStackBuffer,
uint32_t * pulTimerTaskStackSize );
StackType_t ** ppxTimerTaskStackBuffer,
uint32_t * pulTimerTaskStackSize );
#endif

View File

@ -1,14 +1,12 @@
/*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.5.1 (ESP-IDF SMP modified)
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2016-2022 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*/
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.3
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2023 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
@ -60,6 +58,8 @@ void vListInitialise( List_t * const pxList )
* as the only list entry. */
pxList->pxIndex = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); /*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM. This is checked and valid. */
listSET_FIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( &( pxList->xListEnd ) );
/* The list end value is the highest possible value in the list to
* ensure it remains at the end of the list. */
pxList->xListEnd.xItemValue = portMAX_DELAY;
@ -69,6 +69,15 @@ void vListInitialise( List_t * const pxList )
pxList->xListEnd.pxNext = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); /*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM. This is checked and valid. */
pxList->xListEnd.pxPrevious = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); /*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM. This is checked and valid. */
/* Initialize the remaining fields of xListEnd when it is a proper ListItem_t */
#if ( configUSE_MINI_LIST_ITEM == 0 )
{
pxList->xListEnd.pvOwner = NULL;
pxList->xListEnd.pxContainer = NULL;
listSET_SECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( &( pxList->xListEnd ) );
}
#endif
pxList->uxNumberOfItems = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
/* Write known values into the list if
@ -166,6 +175,9 @@ void vListInsert( List_t * const pxList,
* 4) Using a queue or semaphore before it has been initialised or
* before the scheduler has been started (are interrupts firing
* before vTaskStartScheduler() has been called?).
* 5) If the FreeRTOS port supports interrupt nesting then ensure that
* the priority of the tick interrupt is at or below
* configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY.
**********************************************************************/
for( pxIterator = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); pxIterator->pxNext->xItemValue <= xValueOfInsertion; pxIterator = pxIterator->pxNext ) /*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM. This is checked and valid. *//*lint !e440 The iterator moves to a different value, not xValueOfInsertion. */

View File

@ -1,11 +1,12 @@
/*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.5.1 (ESP-IDF SMP modified)
* Copyright (C) 2020 Cambridge Consultants Ltd.
*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2020 Cambridge Consultants Ltd
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*/
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.3
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2023 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in

View File

@ -1,13 +1,12 @@
/*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.5.1 (ESP-IDF SMP modified)
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2016-2023 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*/
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.3
* Copyright (C) 2019 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2023 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
@ -26,10 +25,9 @@
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org
* http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#ifndef PORTMACRO_H
@ -444,10 +442,13 @@ void vPortTCBPreDeleteHook( void *pxTCB );
* - Maps to forward declared functions
* ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ */
#if CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_KERNEL_10_5_1
#define portGET_CORE_ID() xPortGetCoreID()
#define portYIELD_CORE( x ) vPortYieldOtherCore( x )
#endif
// ----------------------- System --------------------------
#if ( configNUMBER_OF_CORES > 1 )
#define portGET_CORE_ID() xPortGetCoreID()
#else /* configNUMBER_OF_CORES > 1 */
#define portGET_CORE_ID() ((BaseType_t) 0);
#endif /* configNUMBER_OF_CORES > 1 */
// --------------------- Interrupts ------------------------
@ -560,6 +561,10 @@ void vPortTCBPreDeleteHook( void *pxTCB );
*/
#define portYIELD_WITHIN_API() portYIELD()
#if ( configNUMBER_OF_CORES > 1 )
#define portYIELD_CORE( xCoreID ) vPortYieldOtherCore( xCoreID )
#endif /* configNUMBER_OF_CORES > 1 */
// ------------------- Hook Functions ----------------------
#define portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP(idleTime) vApplicationSleep(idleTime)

View File

@ -1,13 +1,12 @@
/*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.5.1 (ESP-IDF SMP modified)
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2016-2023 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*/
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.3
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2023 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
@ -29,7 +28,6 @@
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------

View File

@ -8,12 +8,7 @@
#include "freertos/FreeRTOSConfig.h"
#include "soc/soc_caps.h"
#if CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_KERNEL_10_5_1
#define pxCurrentTCB pxCurrentTCBs
.extern pxCurrentTCBs
#else
.extern pxCurrentTCB
#endif
#if CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_HW_STACK_GUARD
#include "esp_private/hw_stack_guard.h"
@ -22,7 +17,7 @@
.global port_uxInterruptNesting
.global port_xSchedulerRunning
.global xIsrStackTop
.global pxCurrentTCB
.global pxCurrentTCBs
.global vTaskSwitchContext
.global xPortSwitchFlag
#if CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_HW_STACK_GUARD
@ -38,7 +33,7 @@
/**
* This function makes the RTOS aware about an ISR entering. It takes the
* current task stack pointer and places it into the pxCurrentTCB.
* current task stack pointer and places it into the pxCurrentTCBs.
* It then loads the ISR stack into sp.
* TODO: ISR nesting code improvements ?
* In the routines below, let's use a0-a5 registers to let the compiler generate
@ -75,18 +70,18 @@ rtos_int_enter:
ESP_HW_STACK_GUARD_MONITOR_STOP_CUR_CORE a0 a1
#endif /* CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_HW_STACK_GUARD */
/* Save the current sp in pxCurrentTCB[coreID] and load the ISR stack on to sp */
/* Save the current sp in pxCurrentTCBs[coreID] and load the ISR stack on to sp */
#if ( configNUM_CORES > 1 )
la a0, pxCurrentTCB /* a0 = &pxCurrentTCB */
add a0, a0, a5 /* a0 = &pxCurrentTCB[coreID] // a5 already contains coreID * 4 */
lw a0, (a0) /* a0 = pxCurrentTCB[coreID] */
sw sp, 0(a0) /* pxCurrentTCB[coreID] = sp */
la a0, pxCurrentTCBs /* a0 = &pxCurrentTCBs */
add a0, a0, a5 /* a0 = &pxCurrentTCBs[coreID] // a5 already contains coreID * 4 */
lw a0, (a0) /* a0 = pxCurrentTCBs[coreID] */
sw sp, 0(a0) /* pxCurrentTCBs[coreID] = sp */
la a0, xIsrStackTop /* a0 = &xIsrStackTop */
add a0, a0, a5 /* a0 = &xIsrStackTop[coreID] // a5 already contains coreID * 4 */
lw sp, (a0) /* sp = xIsrStackTop[coreID] */
#else
lw a0, pxCurrentTCB /* a0 = pxCurrentTCB */
sw sp, 0(a0) /* pxCurrentTCB[0] = sp */
lw a0, pxCurrentTCBs /* a0 = pxCurrentTCBs */
sw sp, 0(a0) /* pxCurrentTCBs[0] = sp */
lw sp, xIsrStackTop /* sp = xIsrStackTop */
#endif /* ( configNUM_CORES > 1 ) */
@ -180,20 +175,20 @@ no_switch:
/* Recover the stack of next task and prepare to exit */
csrr a1, mhartid
slli a1, a1, 2
la a0, pxCurrentTCB /* a0 = &pxCurrentTCB */
add a0, a0, a1 /* a0 = &pxCurrentTCB[coreID] */
lw a0, 0(a0) /* a0 = pxCurrentTCB[coreID] */
la a0, pxCurrentTCBs /* a0 = &pxCurrentTCBs */
add a0, a0, a1 /* a0 = &pxCurrentTCBs[coreID] */
lw a0, 0(a0) /* a0 = pxCurrentTCBs[coreID] */
lw sp, 0(a0) /* sp = previous sp */
#else
/* Recover the stack of next task */
lw a0, pxCurrentTCB
lw a0, pxCurrentTCBs
lw sp, 0(a0)
#endif /* ( configNUM_CORES > 1 ) */
#if CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_HW_STACK_GUARD
/* esp_hw_stack_guard_set_bounds(pxCurrentTCB[0]->pxStack,
* pxCurrentTCB[0]->pxEndOfStack);
/* esp_hw_stack_guard_set_bounds(pxCurrentTCBs[0]->pxStack,
* pxCurrentTCBs[0]->pxEndOfStack);
*/
lw a1, PORT_OFFSET_PX_END_OF_STACK(a0)
lw a0, PORT_OFFSET_PX_STACK(a0)

View File

@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
/*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2017 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2015-2019 Cadence Design Systems, Inc.
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.5.1
* Copyright (C) 2015-2019 Cadence Design Systems, Inc.
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2015-2019 Cadence Design Systems, Inc
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2016-2023 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*/
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.3
* Copyright (C) 2017 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2023 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
@ -18,8 +18,7 @@
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software. If you wish to use our Amazon
* FreeRTOS name, please do so in a fair use way that does not cause confusion.
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
@ -31,30 +30,6 @@
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
/*
* Copyright (c) 2015-2019 Cadence Design Systems, Inc.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
* without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
* distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
* permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
* the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
* in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
* IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
* CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
* TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
* SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*/
#ifndef PORTMACRO_H
@ -427,10 +402,13 @@ void vPortTCBPreDeleteHook( void *pxTCB );
* - Maps to forward declared functions
* ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ */
#if CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_KERNEL_10_5_1
#define portGET_CORE_ID() xPortGetCoreID()
#define portYIELD_CORE( x ) vPortYieldOtherCore( x )
#endif
// ----------------------- System --------------------------
#if ( configNUMBER_OF_CORES > 1 )
#define portGET_CORE_ID() xPortGetCoreID()
#else /* configNUMBER_OF_CORES > 1 */
#define portGET_CORE_ID() ((BaseType_t) 0);
#endif /* configNUMBER_OF_CORES > 1 */
// --------------------- Interrupts ------------------------
@ -523,6 +501,10 @@ extern void _frxt_setup_switch( void ); //Defined in portasm.S
*/
#define portYIELD_WITHIN_API() esp_crosscore_int_send_yield(xPortGetCoreID())
#if ( configNUMBER_OF_CORES > 1 )
#define portYIELD_CORE( xCoreID ) vPortYieldOtherCore( xCoreID )
#endif /* configNUMBER_OF_CORES > 1 */
// ------------------- Hook Functions ----------------------
#define portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP(idleTime) vApplicationSleep(idleTime)

View File

@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
/*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2017 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2015-2019 Cadence Design Systems, Inc.
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.5.1
* Copyright (C) 2015-2019 Cadence Design Systems, Inc.
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2015-2019 Cadence Design Systems, Inc
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2016-2023 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*/
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.3
* Copyright (C) 2017 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2023 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
@ -18,8 +18,7 @@
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software. If you wish to use our Amazon
* FreeRTOS name, please do so in a fair use way that does not cause confusion.
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
@ -31,30 +30,6 @@
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
/*
* Copyright (c) 2015-2019 Cadence Design Systems, Inc.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
* without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
* distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
* permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
* the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
* in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
* IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
* CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
* TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
* SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*/
#include "sdkconfig.h"

View File

@ -33,12 +33,7 @@
#define TOPOFSTACK_OFFS 0x00 /* StackType_t *pxTopOfStack */
#if CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_KERNEL_10_5_1
#define pxCurrentTCB pxCurrentTCBs
.extern pxCurrentTCBs
#else
.extern pxCurrentTCB
#endif
#if XCHAL_CP_NUM > 0
/* Offsets used to get a task's coprocessor save area (CPSA) from its TCB */
@ -154,11 +149,11 @@ _frxt_int_enter:
s32i a2, a3, 0 /* save nesting count */
bnei a2, 1, .Lnested /* !=0 before incr, so nested */
movi a2, pxCurrentTCB
movi a2, pxCurrentTCBs
addx4 a2, a4, a2
l32i a2, a2, 0 /* a2 = current TCB */
beqz a2, 1f
s32i a1, a2, TOPOFSTACK_OFFS /* pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack = SP */
s32i a1, a2, TOPOFSTACK_OFFS /* pxCurrentTCBs->pxTopOfStack = SP */
movi a1, port_IntStack+configISR_STACK_SIZE /* a1 = top of intr stack for CPU 0 */
movi a2, configISR_STACK_SIZE /* add configISR_STACK_SIZE * cpu_num to arrive at top of stack for cpu_num */
mull a2, a4, a2
@ -221,11 +216,11 @@ _frxt_int_exit:
rsync /* ensure CPENABLE was modified */
#endif
movi a2, pxCurrentTCB
movi a2, pxCurrentTCBs
addx4 a2, a4, a2
l32i a2, a2, 0 /* a2 = current TCB */
beqz a2, 1f /* no task ? go to dispatcher */
l32i a1, a2, TOPOFSTACK_OFFS /* SP = pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack */
l32i a1, a2, TOPOFSTACK_OFFS /* SP = pxCurrentTCBs->pxTopOfStack */
movi a2, port_switch_flag /* address of switch flag */
addx4 a2, a4, a2 /* point to flag for this cpu */
@ -433,7 +428,7 @@ _frxt_tick_timer_init:
* If restoring a task that was preempted, restores all state including the task's CPENABLE.
*
* Entry:
* pxCurrentTCB points to the TCB of the task to suspend,
* pxCurrentTCBs points to the TCB of the task to suspend,
* Because it is tail-called without a true function entrypoint, it needs no 'entry' instruction.
*
* Exit:
@ -449,12 +444,12 @@ _frxt_dispatch:
#ifdef __XTENSA_CALL0_ABI__
call0 vTaskSwitchContext // Get next TCB to resume
movi a2, pxCurrentTCB
movi a2, pxCurrentTCBs
getcoreid a3
addx4 a2, a3, a2
#else
call4 vTaskSwitchContext // Get next TCB to resume
movi a2, pxCurrentTCB
movi a2, pxCurrentTCBs
getcoreid a3
addx4 a2, a3, a2
#endif
@ -498,7 +493,7 @@ _frxt_dispatch:
#if XCHAL_CP_NUM > 0
/* Restore CPENABLE from task's co-processor save area. */
movi a2, pxCurrentTCB /* cp_state = */
movi a2, pxCurrentTCBs /* cp_state = */
getcoreid a3
addx4 a2, a3, a2
l32i a2, a2, 0
@ -539,7 +534,7 @@ _frxt_dispatch:
* then tail-calls the dispatcher _frxt_dispatch() to perform the actual context switch
*
* At Entry:
* pxCurrentTCB points to the TCB of the task to suspend
* pxCurrentTCBs points to the TCB of the task to suspend
* Callable from C (obeys ABI conventions on entry).
*
* Does not return to caller.
@ -591,13 +586,13 @@ vPortYield:
call0 _xt_coproc_savecs
#endif
movi a2, pxCurrentTCB
movi a2, pxCurrentTCBs
getcoreid a3
addx4 a2, a3, a2
l32i a2, a2, 0 /* a2 = pxCurrentTCB */
l32i a2, a2, 0 /* a2 = pxCurrentTCBs */
movi a3, 0
s32i a3, sp, XT_SOL_EXIT /* 0 to flag as solicited frame */
s32i sp, a2, TOPOFSTACK_OFFS /* pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack = SP */
s32i sp, a2, TOPOFSTACK_OFFS /* pxCurrentTCBs->pxTopOfStack = SP */
#if XCHAL_CP_NUM > 0
/* Clear CPENABLE, also in task's co-processor state save area. */
@ -623,8 +618,8 @@ vPortYield:
* _frxt_dispatch() to perform the actual context switch.
*
* At Entry:
* Interrupted task context has been saved in an interrupt stack frame at pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack.
* pxCurrentTCB points to the TCB of the task to suspend,
* Interrupted task context has been saved in an interrupt stack frame at pxCurrentTCBs->pxTopOfStack.
* pxCurrentTCBs points to the TCB of the task to suspend,
* Callable from C (obeys ABI conventions on entry).
*
* At Exit:
@ -642,7 +637,7 @@ vPortYieldFromInt:
#if XCHAL_CP_NUM > 0
/* Save CPENABLE in task's co-processor save area, and clear CPENABLE. */
movi a2, pxCurrentTCB /* cp_state = */
movi a2, pxCurrentTCBs /* cp_state = */
getcoreid a3
addx4 a2, a3, a2
l32i a2, a2, 0
@ -696,9 +691,9 @@ _frxt_task_coproc_state:
l32i a15, a15, 0
bnez a15, 1f
movi a15, pxCurrentTCB
movi a15, pxCurrentTCBs
addx4 a15, a3, a15
l32i a15, a15, 0 /* && pxCurrentTCB != 0) { */
l32i a15, a15, 0 /* && pxCurrentTCBs != 0) { */
beqz a15, 2f
get_cpsa_from_tcb a15, a3 /* After this, pointer to CP save area is in a15, a3 is destroyed */
@ -743,9 +738,9 @@ _frxt_coproc_exc_hook:
bnez a3, 1f /* We are in an interrupt. Return*/
/* CP operations are incompatible with unpinned tasks. Thus we pin the task
to the current running core. */
movi a3, pxCurrentTCB
movi a3, pxCurrentTCBs
addx4 a3, a2, a3
l32i a3, a3, 0 /* a3 = pxCurrentTCB[xCurCoreID] */
l32i a3, a3, 0 /* a3 = pxCurrentTCBs[xCurCoreID] */
movi a4, offset_xCoreID
l32i a4, a4, 0 /* a4 = offset_xCoreID */
add a3, a3, a4 /* a3 = &TCB.xCoreID */

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -1,9 +1,6 @@
name: 'freertos'
version: '10.4.3'
version: '10.5.1'
cpe: cpe:2.3:o:amazon:freertos:{}:*:*:*:*:*:*:*
supplier: 'Organization: Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD'
originator: 'Organization: Amazon Web Services'
description: An open-source, real-time operating system (RTOS) with additional features and patches from Espressif.
cve-exclude-list:
- cve: CVE-2021-43997
reason: This vulnerability only affects ARMv7-M and ARMv8-M ports of FreeRTOS and hence does not affect Espressif SoCs which are not based on these architectures.

View File

@ -1,14 +1,12 @@
/*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.5.1 (ESP-IDF SMP modified)
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2016-2022 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*/
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.3
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2023 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
@ -52,6 +50,10 @@
#error configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS must be set to 1 to build stream_buffer.c
#endif
#if ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle != 1 )
#error INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle must be set to 1 to build stream_buffer.c
#endif
/* Lint e961, e9021 and e750 are suppressed as a MISRA exception justified
* because the MPU ports require MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE to be defined
* for the header files above, but not in this file, in order to generate the
@ -77,6 +79,25 @@
( void ) prvEXIT_CRITICAL_OR_RESUME_ALL( &( pxStreamBuffer->xStreamBufferLock ) );
#endif /* sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED */
/* If user has provided a per-instance receive complete callback, then
* invoke the callback else use the receive complete macro which is provided by default for all instances.
*/
#if ( configUSE_SB_COMPLETED_CALLBACK == 1 )
#define prvRECEIVE_COMPLETED( pxStreamBuffer ) \
{ \
if( ( pxStreamBuffer )->pxReceiveCompletedCallback != NULL ) \
{ \
( pxStreamBuffer )->pxReceiveCompletedCallback( ( pxStreamBuffer ), pdFALSE, NULL ); \
} \
else \
{ \
sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED( ( pxStreamBuffer ) ); \
} \
}
#else /* if ( configUSE_SB_COMPLETED_CALLBACK == 1 ) */
#define prvRECEIVE_COMPLETED( pxStreamBuffer ) sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED( ( pxStreamBuffer ) )
#endif /* if ( configUSE_SB_COMPLETED_CALLBACK == 1 ) */
#ifndef sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED_FROM_ISR
#define sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED_FROM_ISR( pxStreamBuffer, \
pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) \
@ -90,7 +111,7 @@
( void ) xTaskNotifyFromISR( ( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToSend, \
( uint32_t ) 0, \
eNoAction, \
pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ); \
( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) ); \
( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToSend = NULL; \
} \
} \
@ -98,9 +119,28 @@
}
#endif /* sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED_FROM_ISR */
#if ( configUSE_SB_COMPLETED_CALLBACK == 1 )
#define prvRECEIVE_COMPLETED_FROM_ISR( pxStreamBuffer, \
pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) \
{ \
if( ( pxStreamBuffer )->pxReceiveCompletedCallback != NULL ) \
{ \
( pxStreamBuffer )->pxReceiveCompletedCallback( ( pxStreamBuffer ), pdTRUE, ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) ); \
} \
else \
{ \
sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED_FROM_ISR( ( pxStreamBuffer ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) ); \
} \
}
#else /* if ( configUSE_SB_COMPLETED_CALLBACK == 1 ) */
#define prvRECEIVE_COMPLETED_FROM_ISR( pxStreamBuffer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) \
sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED_FROM_ISR( ( pxStreamBuffer ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) )
#endif /* if ( configUSE_SB_COMPLETED_CALLBACK == 1 ) */
/* If the user has not provided an application specific Tx notification macro,
* or #defined the notification macro away, them provide a default implementation
* that uses task notifications. */
* or #defined the notification macro away, then provide a default
* implementation that uses task notifications.
*/
#ifndef sbSEND_COMPLETED
#define sbSEND_COMPLETED( pxStreamBuffer ) \
prvENTER_CRITICAL_OR_SUSPEND_ALL( &( pxStreamBuffer->xStreamBufferLock ) ); \
@ -116,6 +156,26 @@
( void ) prvEXIT_CRITICAL_OR_RESUME_ALL( &( pxStreamBuffer->xStreamBufferLock ) );
#endif /* sbSEND_COMPLETED */
/* If user has provided a per-instance send completed callback, then
* invoke the callback else use the send complete macro which is provided by default for all instances.
*/
#if ( configUSE_SB_COMPLETED_CALLBACK == 1 )
#define prvSEND_COMPLETED( pxStreamBuffer ) \
{ \
if( ( pxStreamBuffer )->pxSendCompletedCallback != NULL ) \
{ \
pxStreamBuffer->pxSendCompletedCallback( ( pxStreamBuffer ), pdFALSE, NULL ); \
} \
else \
{ \
sbSEND_COMPLETED( ( pxStreamBuffer ) ); \
} \
}
#else /* if ( configUSE_SB_COMPLETED_CALLBACK == 1 ) */
#define prvSEND_COMPLETED( pxStreamBuffer ) sbSEND_COMPLETED( ( pxStreamBuffer ) )
#endif /* if ( configUSE_SB_COMPLETED_CALLBACK == 1 ) */
#ifndef sbSEND_COMPLETE_FROM_ISR
#define sbSEND_COMPLETE_FROM_ISR( pxStreamBuffer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) \
{ \
@ -128,13 +188,32 @@
( void ) xTaskNotifyFromISR( ( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToReceive, \
( uint32_t ) 0, \
eNoAction, \
pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ); \
( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) ); \
( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToReceive = NULL; \
} \
} \
portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus ); \
}
#endif /* sbSEND_COMPLETE_FROM_ISR */
#if ( configUSE_SB_COMPLETED_CALLBACK == 1 )
#define prvSEND_COMPLETE_FROM_ISR( pxStreamBuffer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) \
{ \
if( ( pxStreamBuffer )->pxSendCompletedCallback != NULL ) \
{ \
( pxStreamBuffer )->pxSendCompletedCallback( ( pxStreamBuffer ), pdTRUE, ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) ); \
} \
else \
{ \
sbSEND_COMPLETE_FROM_ISR( ( pxStreamBuffer ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) ); \
} \
}
#else /* if ( configUSE_SB_COMPLETED_CALLBACK == 1 ) */
#define prvSEND_COMPLETE_FROM_ISR( pxStreamBuffer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) \
sbSEND_COMPLETE_FROM_ISR( ( pxStreamBuffer ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) )
#endif /* if ( configUSE_SB_COMPLETED_CALLBACK == 1 ) */
/*lint -restore (9026) */
/* The number of bytes used to hold the length of a message in the buffer. */
@ -162,6 +241,11 @@ typedef struct StreamBufferDef_t /*lint !e9058 Style convention
UBaseType_t uxStreamBufferNumber; /* Used for tracing purposes. */
#endif
#if ( configUSE_SB_COMPLETED_CALLBACK == 1 )
StreamBufferCallbackFunction_t pxSendCompletedCallback; /* Optional callback called on send complete. sbSEND_COMPLETED is called if this is NULL. */
StreamBufferCallbackFunction_t pxReceiveCompletedCallback; /* Optional callback called on receive complete. sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED is called if this is NULL. */
#endif
portMUX_TYPE xStreamBufferLock; /* Spinlock required for SMP critical sections */
} StreamBuffer_t;
@ -171,14 +255,20 @@ typedef struct StreamBufferDef_t /*lint !e9058 Style convention
static size_t prvBytesInBuffer( const StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Add xCount bytes from pucData into the pxStreamBuffer message buffer.
* Returns the number of bytes written, which will either equal xCount in the
* success case, or 0 if there was not enough space in the buffer (in which case
* no data is written into the buffer).
* Add xCount bytes from pucData into the pxStreamBuffer's data storage area.
* This function does not update the buffer's xHead pointer, so multiple writes
* may be chained together "atomically". This is useful for Message Buffers where
* the length and data bytes are written in two separate chunks, and we don't want
* the reader to see the buffer as having grown until after all data is copied over.
* This function takes a custom xHead value to indicate where to write to (necessary
* for chaining) and returns the the resulting xHead position.
* To mark the write as complete, manually set the buffer's xHead field with the
* returned xHead from this function.
*/
static size_t prvWriteBytesToBuffer( StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer,
const uint8_t * pucData,
size_t xCount ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
size_t xCount,
size_t xHead ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* If the stream buffer is being used as a message buffer, then reads an entire
@ -190,8 +280,7 @@ static size_t prvWriteBytesToBuffer( StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer,
static size_t prvReadMessageFromBuffer( StreamBuffer_t * pxStreamBuffer,
void * pvRxData,
size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
size_t xBytesAvailable,
size_t xBytesToStoreMessageLength ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
size_t xBytesAvailable ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* If the stream buffer is being used as a message buffer, then writes an entire
@ -207,13 +296,21 @@ static size_t prvWriteMessageToBuffer( StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer,
size_t xRequiredSpace ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Read xMaxCount bytes from the pxStreamBuffer message buffer and write them
* to pucData.
* Copies xCount bytes from the pxStreamBuffer's data storage area to pucData.
* This function does not update the buffer's xTail pointer, so multiple reads
* may be chained together "atomically". This is useful for Message Buffers where
* the length and data bytes are read in two separate chunks, and we don't want
* the writer to see the buffer as having more free space until after all data is
* copied over, especially if we have to abort the read due to insufficient receiving space.
* This function takes a custom xTail value to indicate where to read from (necessary
* for chaining) and returns the the resulting xTail position.
* To mark the read as complete, manually set the buffer's xTail field with the
* returned xTail from this function.
*/
static size_t prvReadBytesFromBuffer( StreamBuffer_t * pxStreamBuffer,
uint8_t * pucData,
size_t xMaxCount,
size_t xBytesAvailable ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
size_t xCount,
size_t xTail ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Called by both pxStreamBufferCreate() and pxStreamBufferCreateStatic() to
@ -223,15 +320,17 @@ static void prvInitialiseNewStreamBuffer( StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer,
uint8_t * const pucBuffer,
size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
size_t xTriggerLevelBytes,
uint8_t ucFlags ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
uint8_t ucFlags,
StreamBufferCallbackFunction_t pxSendCompletedCallback,
StreamBufferCallbackFunction_t pxReceiveCompletedCallback ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBufferGenericCreate( size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
size_t xTriggerLevelBytes,
BaseType_t xIsMessageBuffer )
BaseType_t xIsMessageBuffer,
StreamBufferCallbackFunction_t pxSendCompletedCallback,
StreamBufferCallbackFunction_t pxReceiveCompletedCallback )
{
uint8_t * pucAllocatedMemory;
uint8_t ucFlags;
@ -286,7 +385,9 @@ static void prvInitialiseNewStreamBuffer( StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer,
pucAllocatedMemory + sizeof( StreamBuffer_t ), /* Storage area follows. */ /*lint !e9016 Indexing past structure valid for uint8_t pointer, also storage area has no alignment requirement. */
xBufferSizeBytes,
xTriggerLevelBytes,
ucFlags );
ucFlags,
pxSendCompletedCallback,
pxReceiveCompletedCallback );
/* Initialize the stream buffer's spinlock separately, as
* prvInitialiseNewStreamBuffer() is also called from
@ -302,7 +403,6 @@ static void prvInitialiseNewStreamBuffer( StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer,
return ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) pucAllocatedMemory; /*lint !e9087 !e826 Safe cast as allocated memory is aligned. */
}
#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
@ -312,7 +412,9 @@ static void prvInitialiseNewStreamBuffer( StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer,
size_t xTriggerLevelBytes,
BaseType_t xIsMessageBuffer,
uint8_t * const pucStreamBufferStorageArea,
StaticStreamBuffer_t * const pxStaticStreamBuffer )
StaticStreamBuffer_t * const pxStaticStreamBuffer,
StreamBufferCallbackFunction_t pxSendCompletedCallback,
StreamBufferCallbackFunction_t pxReceiveCompletedCallback )
{
StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer = ( StreamBuffer_t * ) pxStaticStreamBuffer; /*lint !e740 !e9087 Safe cast as StaticStreamBuffer_t is opaque Streambuffer_t. */
StreamBufferHandle_t xReturn;
@ -347,13 +449,13 @@ static void prvInitialiseNewStreamBuffer( StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer,
configASSERT( xBufferSizeBytes > sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH );
#if ( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
{
/* Sanity check that the size of the structure used to declare a
* variable of type StaticStreamBuffer_t equals the size of the real
* message buffer structure. */
volatile size_t xSize = sizeof( StaticStreamBuffer_t );
configASSERT( xSize == sizeof( StreamBuffer_t ) );
} /*lint !e529 xSize is referenced is configASSERT() is defined. */
{
/* Sanity check that the size of the structure used to declare a
* variable of type StaticStreamBuffer_t equals the size of the real
* message buffer structure. */
volatile size_t xSize = sizeof( StaticStreamBuffer_t );
configASSERT( xSize == sizeof( StreamBuffer_t ) );
} /*lint !e529 xSize is referenced is configASSERT() is defined. */
#endif /* configASSERT_DEFINED */
if( ( pucStreamBufferStorageArea != NULL ) && ( pxStaticStreamBuffer != NULL ) )
@ -362,7 +464,9 @@ static void prvInitialiseNewStreamBuffer( StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer,
pucStreamBufferStorageArea,
xBufferSizeBytes,
xTriggerLevelBytes,
ucFlags );
ucFlags,
pxSendCompletedCallback,
pxReceiveCompletedCallback );
/* Remember this was statically allocated in case it is ever deleted
* again. */
@ -385,7 +489,6 @@ static void prvInitialiseNewStreamBuffer( StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer,
return xReturn;
}
#endif /* ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
@ -428,17 +531,17 @@ void vStreamBufferDelete( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer )
if( ( pxStreamBuffer->ucFlags & sbFLAGS_IS_STATICALLY_ALLOCATED ) == ( uint8_t ) pdFALSE )
{
#if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
{
/* Both the structure and the buffer were allocated using a single call
* to pvPortMalloc(), hence only one call to vPortFree() is required. */
vPortFree( ( void * ) pxStreamBuffer ); /*lint !e9087 Standard free() semantics require void *, plus pxStreamBuffer was allocated by pvPortMalloc(). */
}
{
/* Both the structure and the buffer were allocated using a single call
* to pvPortMalloc(), hence only one call to vPortFree() is required. */
vPortFree( ( void * ) pxStreamBuffer ); /*lint !e9087 Standard free() semantics require void *, plus pxStreamBuffer was allocated by pvPortMalloc(). */
}
#else
{
/* Should not be possible to get here, ucFlags must be corrupt.
* Force an assert. */
configASSERT( xStreamBuffer == ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) ~0 );
}
{
/* Should not be possible to get here, ucFlags must be corrupt.
* Force an assert. */
configASSERT( xStreamBuffer == ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) ~0 );
}
#endif
}
else
@ -454,6 +557,7 @@ BaseType_t xStreamBufferReset( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer )
{
StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer = xStreamBuffer;
BaseType_t xReturn = pdFAIL;
StreamBufferCallbackFunction_t pxSendCallback = NULL, pxReceiveCallback = NULL;
#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
UBaseType_t uxStreamBufferNumber;
@ -462,35 +566,42 @@ BaseType_t xStreamBufferReset( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer )
configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer );
#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
{
/* Store the stream buffer number so it can be restored after the
* reset. */
uxStreamBufferNumber = pxStreamBuffer->uxStreamBufferNumber;
}
{
/* Store the stream buffer number so it can be restored after the
* reset. */
uxStreamBufferNumber = pxStreamBuffer->uxStreamBufferNumber;
}
#endif
/* Can only reset a message buffer if there are no tasks blocked on it. */
taskENTER_CRITICAL( &( pxStreamBuffer->xStreamBufferLock ) );
{
if( pxStreamBuffer->xTaskWaitingToReceive == NULL )
if( ( pxStreamBuffer->xTaskWaitingToReceive == NULL ) && ( pxStreamBuffer->xTaskWaitingToSend == NULL ) )
{
if( pxStreamBuffer->xTaskWaitingToSend == NULL )
#if ( configUSE_SB_COMPLETED_CALLBACK == 1 )
{
prvInitialiseNewStreamBuffer( pxStreamBuffer,
pxStreamBuffer->pucBuffer,
pxStreamBuffer->xLength,
pxStreamBuffer->xTriggerLevelBytes,
pxStreamBuffer->ucFlags );
xReturn = pdPASS;
#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
{
pxStreamBuffer->uxStreamBufferNumber = uxStreamBufferNumber;
}
#endif
traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RESET( xStreamBuffer );
pxSendCallback = pxStreamBuffer->pxSendCompletedCallback;
pxReceiveCallback = pxStreamBuffer->pxReceiveCompletedCallback;
}
#endif
prvInitialiseNewStreamBuffer( pxStreamBuffer,
pxStreamBuffer->pucBuffer,
pxStreamBuffer->xLength,
pxStreamBuffer->xTriggerLevelBytes,
pxStreamBuffer->ucFlags,
pxSendCallback,
pxReceiveCallback );
#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
{
pxStreamBuffer->uxStreamBufferNumber = uxStreamBufferNumber;
}
#endif
traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RESET( xStreamBuffer );
xReturn = pdPASS;
}
}
taskEXIT_CRITICAL( &( pxStreamBuffer->xStreamBufferLock ) );
@ -515,7 +626,7 @@ BaseType_t xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
/* The trigger level is the number of bytes that must be in the stream
* buffer before a task that is waiting for data is unblocked. */
if( xTriggerLevel <= pxStreamBuffer->xLength )
if( xTriggerLevel < pxStreamBuffer->xLength )
{
pxStreamBuffer->xTriggerLevelBytes = xTriggerLevel;
xReturn = pdPASS;
@ -533,11 +644,20 @@ size_t xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer )
{
const StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer = xStreamBuffer;
size_t xSpace;
size_t xOriginalTail;
configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer );
xSpace = pxStreamBuffer->xLength + pxStreamBuffer->xTail;
xSpace -= pxStreamBuffer->xHead;
/* The code below reads xTail and then xHead. This is safe if the stream
* buffer is updated once between the two reads - but not if the stream buffer
* is updated more than once between the two reads - hence the loop. */
do
{
xOriginalTail = pxStreamBuffer->xTail;
xSpace = pxStreamBuffer->xLength + pxStreamBuffer->xTail;
xSpace -= pxStreamBuffer->xHead;
} while( xOriginalTail != pxStreamBuffer->xTail );
xSpace -= ( size_t ) 1;
if( xSpace >= pxStreamBuffer->xLength )
@ -574,14 +694,15 @@ size_t xStreamBufferSend( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
size_t xReturn, xSpace = 0;
size_t xRequiredSpace = xDataLengthBytes;
TimeOut_t xTimeOut;
/* The maximum amount of space a stream buffer will ever report is its length
* minus 1. */
const size_t xMaxReportedSpace = pxStreamBuffer->xLength - ( size_t ) 1;
size_t xMaxReportedSpace = 0;
configASSERT( pvTxData );
configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer );
/* The maximum amount of space a stream buffer will ever report is its length
* minus 1. */
xMaxReportedSpace = pxStreamBuffer->xLength - ( size_t ) 1;
/* This send function is used to write to both message buffers and stream
* buffers. If this is a message buffer then the space needed must be
* increased by the amount of bytes needed to store the length of the
@ -678,7 +799,7 @@ size_t xStreamBufferSend( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
/* Was a task waiting for the data? */
if( prvBytesInBuffer( pxStreamBuffer ) >= pxStreamBuffer->xTriggerLevelBytes )
{
sbSEND_COMPLETED( pxStreamBuffer );
prvSEND_COMPLETED( pxStreamBuffer );
}
else
{
@ -728,7 +849,7 @@ size_t xStreamBufferSendFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
/* Was a task waiting for the data? */
if( prvBytesInBuffer( pxStreamBuffer ) >= pxStreamBuffer->xTriggerLevelBytes )
{
sbSEND_COMPLETE_FROM_ISR( pxStreamBuffer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
prvSEND_COMPLETE_FROM_ISR( pxStreamBuffer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
}
else
{
@ -752,49 +873,47 @@ static size_t prvWriteMessageToBuffer( StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer,
size_t xSpace,
size_t xRequiredSpace )
{
BaseType_t xShouldWrite;
size_t xReturn;
size_t xNextHead = pxStreamBuffer->xHead;
configMESSAGE_BUFFER_LENGTH_TYPE xMessageLength;
if( xSpace == ( size_t ) 0 )
if( ( pxStreamBuffer->ucFlags & sbFLAGS_IS_MESSAGE_BUFFER ) != ( uint8_t ) 0 )
{
/* Doesn't matter if this is a stream buffer or a message buffer, there
* is no space to write. */
xShouldWrite = pdFALSE;
/* This is a message buffer, as opposed to a stream buffer. */
/* Convert xDataLengthBytes to the message length type. */
xMessageLength = ( configMESSAGE_BUFFER_LENGTH_TYPE ) xDataLengthBytes;
/* Ensure the data length given fits within configMESSAGE_BUFFER_LENGTH_TYPE. */
configASSERT( ( size_t ) xMessageLength == xDataLengthBytes );
if( xSpace >= xRequiredSpace )
{
/* There is enough space to write both the message length and the message
* itself into the buffer. Start by writing the length of the data, the data
* itself will be written later in this function. */
xNextHead = prvWriteBytesToBuffer( pxStreamBuffer, ( const uint8_t * ) &( xMessageLength ), sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH, xNextHead );
}
else
{
/* Not enough space, so do not write data to the buffer. */
xDataLengthBytes = 0;
}
}
else if( ( pxStreamBuffer->ucFlags & sbFLAGS_IS_MESSAGE_BUFFER ) == ( uint8_t ) 0 )
else
{
/* This is a stream buffer, as opposed to a message buffer, so writing a
* stream of bytes rather than discrete messages. Write as many bytes as
* possible. */
xShouldWrite = pdTRUE;
* stream of bytes rather than discrete messages. Plan to write as many
* bytes as possible. */
xDataLengthBytes = configMIN( xDataLengthBytes, xSpace );
}
else if( xSpace >= xRequiredSpace )
if( xDataLengthBytes != ( size_t ) 0 )
{
/* This is a message buffer, as opposed to a stream buffer, and there
* is enough space to write both the message length and the message itself
* into the buffer. Start by writing the length of the data, the data
* itself will be written later in this function. */
xShouldWrite = pdTRUE;
( void ) prvWriteBytesToBuffer( pxStreamBuffer, ( const uint8_t * ) &( xDataLengthBytes ), sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH );
}
else
{
/* There is space available, but not enough space. */
xShouldWrite = pdFALSE;
/* Write the data to the buffer. */
pxStreamBuffer->xHead = prvWriteBytesToBuffer( pxStreamBuffer, ( const uint8_t * ) pvTxData, xDataLengthBytes, xNextHead ); /*lint !e9079 Storage buffer is implemented as uint8_t for ease of sizing, alignment and access. */
}
if( xShouldWrite != pdFALSE )
{
/* Writes the data itself. */
xReturn = prvWriteBytesToBuffer( pxStreamBuffer, ( const uint8_t * ) pvTxData, xDataLengthBytes ); /*lint !e9079 Storage buffer is implemented as uint8_t for ease of sizing, alignment and access. */
}
else
{
xReturn = 0;
}
return xReturn;
return xDataLengthBytes;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
@ -879,13 +998,13 @@ size_t xStreamBufferReceive( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
* read bytes from the buffer. */
if( xBytesAvailable > xBytesToStoreMessageLength )
{
xReceivedLength = prvReadMessageFromBuffer( pxStreamBuffer, pvRxData, xBufferLengthBytes, xBytesAvailable, xBytesToStoreMessageLength );
xReceivedLength = prvReadMessageFromBuffer( pxStreamBuffer, pvRxData, xBufferLengthBytes, xBytesAvailable );
/* Was a task waiting for space in the buffer? */
if( xReceivedLength != ( size_t ) 0 )
{
traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE( xStreamBuffer, xReceivedLength );
sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED( pxStreamBuffer );
prvRECEIVE_COMPLETED( xStreamBuffer );
}
else
{
@ -905,7 +1024,7 @@ size_t xStreamBufferReceive( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
size_t xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer )
{
StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer = xStreamBuffer;
size_t xReturn, xBytesAvailable, xOriginalTail;
size_t xReturn, xBytesAvailable;
configMESSAGE_BUFFER_LENGTH_TYPE xTempReturn;
configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer );
@ -919,14 +1038,9 @@ size_t xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer )
{
/* The number of bytes available is greater than the number of bytes
* required to hold the length of the next message, so another message
* is available. Return its length without removing the length bytes
* from the buffer. A copy of the tail is stored so the buffer can be
* returned to its prior state as the message is not actually being
* removed from the buffer. */
xOriginalTail = pxStreamBuffer->xTail;
( void ) prvReadBytesFromBuffer( pxStreamBuffer, ( uint8_t * ) &xTempReturn, sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH, xBytesAvailable );
* is available. */
( void ) prvReadBytesFromBuffer( pxStreamBuffer, ( uint8_t * ) &xTempReturn, sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH, pxStreamBuffer->xTail );
xReturn = ( size_t ) xTempReturn;
pxStreamBuffer->xTail = xOriginalTail;
}
else
{
@ -981,12 +1095,12 @@ size_t xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
* read bytes from the buffer. */
if( xBytesAvailable > xBytesToStoreMessageLength )
{
xReceivedLength = prvReadMessageFromBuffer( pxStreamBuffer, pvRxData, xBufferLengthBytes, xBytesAvailable, xBytesToStoreMessageLength );
xReceivedLength = prvReadMessageFromBuffer( pxStreamBuffer, pvRxData, xBufferLengthBytes, xBytesAvailable );
/* Was a task waiting for space in the buffer? */
if( xReceivedLength != ( size_t ) 0 )
{
sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED_FROM_ISR( pxStreamBuffer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
prvRECEIVE_COMPLETED_FROM_ISR( pxStreamBuffer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
}
else
{
@ -1007,34 +1121,28 @@ size_t xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
static size_t prvReadMessageFromBuffer( StreamBuffer_t * pxStreamBuffer,
void * pvRxData,
size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
size_t xBytesAvailable,
size_t xBytesToStoreMessageLength )
size_t xBytesAvailable )
{
size_t xOriginalTail, xReceivedLength, xNextMessageLength;
size_t xCount, xNextMessageLength;
configMESSAGE_BUFFER_LENGTH_TYPE xTempNextMessageLength;
size_t xNextTail = pxStreamBuffer->xTail;
if( xBytesToStoreMessageLength != ( size_t ) 0 )
if( ( pxStreamBuffer->ucFlags & sbFLAGS_IS_MESSAGE_BUFFER ) != ( uint8_t ) 0 )
{
/* A discrete message is being received. First receive the length
* of the message. A copy of the tail is stored so the buffer can be
* returned to its prior state if the length of the message is too
* large for the provided buffer. */
xOriginalTail = pxStreamBuffer->xTail;
( void ) prvReadBytesFromBuffer( pxStreamBuffer, ( uint8_t * ) &xTempNextMessageLength, xBytesToStoreMessageLength, xBytesAvailable );
* of the message. */
xNextTail = prvReadBytesFromBuffer( pxStreamBuffer, ( uint8_t * ) &xTempNextMessageLength, sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH, xNextTail );
xNextMessageLength = ( size_t ) xTempNextMessageLength;
/* Reduce the number of bytes available by the number of bytes just
* read out. */
xBytesAvailable -= xBytesToStoreMessageLength;
xBytesAvailable -= sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH;
/* Check there is enough space in the buffer provided by the
* user. */
if( xNextMessageLength > xBufferLengthBytes )
{
/* The user has provided insufficient space to read the message
* so return the buffer to its previous state (so the length of
* the message is in the buffer again). */
pxStreamBuffer->xTail = xOriginalTail;
/* The user has provided insufficient space to read the message. */
xNextMessageLength = 0;
}
else
@ -1049,10 +1157,16 @@ static size_t prvReadMessageFromBuffer( StreamBuffer_t * pxStreamBuffer,
xNextMessageLength = xBufferLengthBytes;
}
/* Read the actual data. */
xReceivedLength = prvReadBytesFromBuffer( pxStreamBuffer, ( uint8_t * ) pvRxData, xNextMessageLength, xBytesAvailable ); /*lint !e9079 Data storage area is implemented as uint8_t array for ease of sizing, indexing and alignment. */
/* Use the minimum of the wanted bytes and the available bytes. */
xCount = configMIN( xNextMessageLength, xBytesAvailable );
return xReceivedLength;
if( xCount != ( size_t ) 0 )
{
/* Read the actual data and update the tail to mark the data as officially consumed. */
pxStreamBuffer->xTail = prvReadBytesFromBuffer( pxStreamBuffer, ( uint8_t * ) pvRxData, xCount, xNextTail ); /*lint !e9079 Data storage area is implemented as uint8_t array for ease of sizing, indexing and alignment. */
}
return xCount;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
@ -1179,22 +1293,21 @@ BaseType_t xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuf
static size_t prvWriteBytesToBuffer( StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer,
const uint8_t * pucData,
size_t xCount )
size_t xCount,
size_t xHead )
{
size_t xNextHead, xFirstLength;
size_t xFirstLength;
configASSERT( xCount > ( size_t ) 0 );
xNextHead = pxStreamBuffer->xHead;
/* Calculate the number of bytes that can be added in the first write -
* which may be less than the total number of bytes that need to be added if
* the buffer will wrap back to the beginning. */
xFirstLength = configMIN( pxStreamBuffer->xLength - xNextHead, xCount );
xFirstLength = configMIN( pxStreamBuffer->xLength - xHead, xCount );
/* Write as many bytes as can be written in the first write. */
configASSERT( ( xNextHead + xFirstLength ) <= pxStreamBuffer->xLength );
( void ) memcpy( ( void * ) ( &( pxStreamBuffer->pucBuffer[ xNextHead ] ) ), ( const void * ) pucData, xFirstLength ); /*lint !e9087 memcpy() requires void *. */
configASSERT( ( xHead + xFirstLength ) <= pxStreamBuffer->xLength );
( void ) memcpy( ( void * ) ( &( pxStreamBuffer->pucBuffer[ xHead ] ) ), ( const void * ) pucData, xFirstLength ); /*lint !e9087 memcpy() requires void *. */
/* If the number of bytes written was less than the number that could be
* written in the first write... */
@ -1209,78 +1322,62 @@ static size_t prvWriteBytesToBuffer( StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer,
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
xNextHead += xCount;
xHead += xCount;
if( xNextHead >= pxStreamBuffer->xLength )
if( xHead >= pxStreamBuffer->xLength )
{
xNextHead -= pxStreamBuffer->xLength;
xHead -= pxStreamBuffer->xLength;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
pxStreamBuffer->xHead = xNextHead;
return xCount;
return xHead;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static size_t prvReadBytesFromBuffer( StreamBuffer_t * pxStreamBuffer,
uint8_t * pucData,
size_t xMaxCount,
size_t xBytesAvailable )
size_t xCount,
size_t xTail )
{
size_t xCount, xFirstLength, xNextTail;
size_t xFirstLength;
/* Use the minimum of the wanted bytes and the available bytes. */
xCount = configMIN( xBytesAvailable, xMaxCount );
configASSERT( xCount != ( size_t ) 0 );
if( xCount > ( size_t ) 0 )
/* Calculate the number of bytes that can be read - which may be
* less than the number wanted if the data wraps around to the start of
* the buffer. */
xFirstLength = configMIN( pxStreamBuffer->xLength - xTail, xCount );
/* Obtain the number of bytes it is possible to obtain in the first
* read. Asserts check bounds of read and write. */
configASSERT( xFirstLength <= xCount );
configASSERT( ( xTail + xFirstLength ) <= pxStreamBuffer->xLength );
( void ) memcpy( ( void * ) pucData, ( const void * ) &( pxStreamBuffer->pucBuffer[ xTail ] ), xFirstLength ); /*lint !e9087 memcpy() requires void *. */
/* If the total number of wanted bytes is greater than the number
* that could be read in the first read... */
if( xCount > xFirstLength )
{
xNextTail = pxStreamBuffer->xTail;
/* Calculate the number of bytes that can be read - which may be
* less than the number wanted if the data wraps around to the start of
* the buffer. */
xFirstLength = configMIN( pxStreamBuffer->xLength - xNextTail, xCount );
/* Obtain the number of bytes it is possible to obtain in the first
* read. Asserts check bounds of read and write. */
configASSERT( xFirstLength <= xMaxCount );
configASSERT( ( xNextTail + xFirstLength ) <= pxStreamBuffer->xLength );
( void ) memcpy( ( void * ) pucData, ( const void * ) &( pxStreamBuffer->pucBuffer[ xNextTail ] ), xFirstLength ); /*lint !e9087 memcpy() requires void *. */
/* If the total number of wanted bytes is greater than the number
* that could be read in the first read... */
if( xCount > xFirstLength )
{
/*...then read the remaining bytes from the start of the buffer. */
configASSERT( xCount <= xMaxCount );
( void ) memcpy( ( void * ) &( pucData[ xFirstLength ] ), ( void * ) ( pxStreamBuffer->pucBuffer ), xCount - xFirstLength ); /*lint !e9087 memcpy() requires void *. */
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
/* Move the tail pointer to effectively remove the data read from
* the buffer. */
xNextTail += xCount;
if( xNextTail >= pxStreamBuffer->xLength )
{
xNextTail -= pxStreamBuffer->xLength;
}
pxStreamBuffer->xTail = xNextTail;
/* ...then read the remaining bytes from the start of the buffer. */
( void ) memcpy( ( void * ) &( pucData[ xFirstLength ] ), ( void * ) ( pxStreamBuffer->pucBuffer ), xCount - xFirstLength ); /*lint !e9087 memcpy() requires void *. */
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
return xCount;
/* Move the tail pointer to effectively remove the data read from the buffer. */
xTail += xCount;
if( xTail >= pxStreamBuffer->xLength )
{
xTail -= pxStreamBuffer->xLength;
}
return xTail;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
@ -1309,19 +1406,21 @@ static void prvInitialiseNewStreamBuffer( StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer,
uint8_t * const pucBuffer,
size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
size_t xTriggerLevelBytes,
uint8_t ucFlags )
uint8_t ucFlags,
StreamBufferCallbackFunction_t pxSendCompletedCallback,
StreamBufferCallbackFunction_t pxReceiveCompletedCallback )
{
/* Assert here is deliberately writing to the entire buffer to ensure it can
* be written to without generating exceptions, and is setting the buffer to a
* known value to assist in development/debugging. */
#if ( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
{
/* The value written just has to be identifiable when looking at the
* memory. Don't use 0xA5 as that is the stack fill value and could
* result in confusion as to what is actually being observed. */
const BaseType_t xWriteValue = 0x55;
configASSERT( memset( pucBuffer, ( int ) xWriteValue, xBufferSizeBytes ) == pucBuffer );
} /*lint !e529 !e438 xWriteValue is only used if configASSERT() is defined. */
{
/* The value written just has to be identifiable when looking at the
* memory. Don't use 0xA5 as that is the stack fill value and could
* result in confusion as to what is actually being observed. */
const BaseType_t xWriteValue = 0x55;
configASSERT( memset( pucBuffer, ( int ) xWriteValue, xBufferSizeBytes ) == pucBuffer );
} /*lint !e529 !e438 xWriteValue is only used if configASSERT() is defined. */
#endif
/* This function could be called from xStreamBufferReset(), so we reset the
@ -1339,6 +1438,17 @@ static void prvInitialiseNewStreamBuffer( StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer,
pxStreamBuffer->xLength = xBufferSizeBytes;
pxStreamBuffer->xTriggerLevelBytes = xTriggerLevelBytes;
pxStreamBuffer->ucFlags = ucFlags;
#if ( configUSE_SB_COMPLETED_CALLBACK == 1 )
{
pxStreamBuffer->pxSendCompletedCallback = pxSendCompletedCallback;
pxStreamBuffer->pxReceiveCompletedCallback = pxReceiveCompletedCallback;
}
#else
{
( void ) pxSendCompletedCallback;
( void ) pxReceiveCompletedCallback;
}
#endif
}
#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -1,14 +1,12 @@
/*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.5.1 (ESP-IDF SMP modified)
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2016-2022 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*/
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.3
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2023 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
@ -65,7 +63,8 @@
#if ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 )
/* Misc definitions. */
#define tmrNO_DELAY ( TickType_t ) 0U
#define tmrNO_DELAY ( ( TickType_t ) 0U )
#define tmrMAX_TIME_BEFORE_OVERFLOW ( ( TickType_t ) -1 )
/* The name assigned to the timer service task. This can be overridden by
* defining trmTIMER_SERVICE_TASK_NAME in FreeRTOSConfig.h. */
@ -150,12 +149,9 @@
PRIVILEGED_DATA static QueueHandle_t xTimerQueue = NULL;
PRIVILEGED_DATA static TaskHandle_t xTimerTaskHandle = NULL;
#ifdef ESP_PLATFORM
/* Spinlock required in SMP when accessing the timers. For now we use a single lock
* Todo: Each timer could possible have its own lock for increased granularity. */
PRIVILEGED_DATA portMUX_TYPE xTimerLock = portMUX_INITIALIZER_UNLOCKED;
#endif // ESP_PLATFORM
PRIVILEGED_DATA static portMUX_TYPE xTimerLock = portMUX_INITIALIZER_UNLOCKED;
/*lint -restore */
@ -189,6 +185,15 @@
const TickType_t xTimeNow,
const TickType_t xCommandTime ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Reload the specified auto-reload timer. If the reloading is backlogged,
* clear the backlog, calling the callback for each additional reload. When
* this function returns, the next expiry time is after xTimeNow.
*/
static void prvReloadTimer( Timer_t * const pxTimer,
TickType_t xExpiredTime,
const TickType_t xTimeNow ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* An active timer has reached its expire time. Reload the timer if it is an
* auto-reload timer, then call its callback.
@ -229,7 +234,7 @@
*/
static void prvInitialiseNewTimer( const char * const pcTimerName, /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
const BaseType_t xAutoReload,
void * const pvTimerID,
TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction,
Timer_t * pxNewTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
@ -248,35 +253,38 @@
if( xTimerQueue != NULL )
{
#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
{
StaticTask_t * pxTimerTaskTCBBuffer = NULL;
StackType_t * pxTimerTaskStackBuffer = NULL;
uint32_t ulTimerTaskStackSize;
/* Timer tasks is always pinned to core 0. Todo: IDF-7906 */
vApplicationGetTimerTaskMemory( &pxTimerTaskTCBBuffer, &pxTimerTaskStackBuffer, &ulTimerTaskStackSize );
xTimerTaskHandle = xTaskCreateStaticPinnedToCore( prvTimerTask,
configTIMER_SERVICE_TASK_NAME,
ulTimerTaskStackSize,
NULL,
( ( UBaseType_t ) configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY ) | portPRIVILEGE_BIT,
pxTimerTaskStackBuffer,
pxTimerTaskTCBBuffer,
0 );
if( xTimerTaskHandle != NULL )
{
StaticTask_t * pxTimerTaskTCBBuffer = NULL;
StackType_t * pxTimerTaskStackBuffer = NULL;
uint32_t ulTimerTaskStackSize;
vApplicationGetTimerTaskMemory( &pxTimerTaskTCBBuffer, &pxTimerTaskStackBuffer, &ulTimerTaskStackSize );
xTimerTaskHandle = xTaskCreateStaticPinnedToCore( prvTimerTask,
configTIMER_SERVICE_TASK_NAME,
ulTimerTaskStackSize,
NULL,
( ( UBaseType_t ) configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY ) | portPRIVILEGE_BIT,
pxTimerTaskStackBuffer,
pxTimerTaskTCBBuffer,
0 );
if( xTimerTaskHandle != NULL )
{
xReturn = pdPASS;
}
xReturn = pdPASS;
}
}
#else /* if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) */
{
xReturn = xTaskCreatePinnedToCore( prvTimerTask,
configTIMER_SERVICE_TASK_NAME,
configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH,
NULL,
( ( UBaseType_t ) configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY ) | portPRIVILEGE_BIT,
&xTimerTaskHandle, 0 );
}
{
/* Timer tasks is always pinned to core 0. Todo: IDF-7906 */
xReturn = xTaskCreatePinnedToCore( prvTimerTask,
configTIMER_SERVICE_TASK_NAME,
configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH,
NULL,
( ( UBaseType_t ) configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY ) | portPRIVILEGE_BIT,
&xTimerTaskHandle,
0 );
}
#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
}
else
@ -293,7 +301,7 @@
TimerHandle_t xTimerCreate( const char * const pcTimerName, /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
const BaseType_t xAutoReload,
void * const pvTimerID,
TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction )
{
@ -307,7 +315,7 @@
* and has not been started. The auto-reload bit may get set in
* prvInitialiseNewTimer. */
pxNewTimer->ucStatus = 0x00;
prvInitialiseNewTimer( pcTimerName, xTimerPeriodInTicks, uxAutoReload, pvTimerID, pxCallbackFunction, pxNewTimer );
prvInitialiseNewTimer( pcTimerName, xTimerPeriodInTicks, xAutoReload, pvTimerID, pxCallbackFunction, pxNewTimer );
}
return pxNewTimer;
@ -320,7 +328,7 @@
TimerHandle_t xTimerCreateStatic( const char * const pcTimerName, /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
const BaseType_t xAutoReload,
void * const pvTimerID,
TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction,
StaticTimer_t * pxTimerBuffer )
@ -328,14 +336,14 @@
Timer_t * pxNewTimer;
#if ( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
{
/* Sanity check that the size of the structure used to declare a
* variable of type StaticTimer_t equals the size of the real timer
* structure. */
volatile size_t xSize = sizeof( StaticTimer_t );
configASSERT( xSize == sizeof( Timer_t ) );
( void ) xSize; /* Keeps lint quiet when configASSERT() is not defined. */
}
{
/* Sanity check that the size of the structure used to declare a
* variable of type StaticTimer_t equals the size of the real timer
* structure. */
volatile size_t xSize = sizeof( StaticTimer_t );
configASSERT( xSize == sizeof( Timer_t ) );
( void ) xSize; /* Keeps lint quiet when configASSERT() is not defined. */
}
#endif /* configASSERT_DEFINED */
/* A pointer to a StaticTimer_t structure MUST be provided, use it. */
@ -349,7 +357,7 @@
* auto-reload bit may get set in prvInitialiseNewTimer(). */
pxNewTimer->ucStatus = tmrSTATUS_IS_STATICALLY_ALLOCATED;
prvInitialiseNewTimer( pcTimerName, xTimerPeriodInTicks, uxAutoReload, pvTimerID, pxCallbackFunction, pxNewTimer );
prvInitialiseNewTimer( pcTimerName, xTimerPeriodInTicks, xAutoReload, pvTimerID, pxCallbackFunction, pxNewTimer );
}
return pxNewTimer;
@ -360,7 +368,7 @@
static void prvInitialiseNewTimer( const char * const pcTimerName, /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
const BaseType_t xAutoReload,
void * const pvTimerID,
TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction,
Timer_t * pxNewTimer )
@ -368,27 +376,24 @@
/* 0 is not a valid value for xTimerPeriodInTicks. */
configASSERT( ( xTimerPeriodInTicks > 0 ) );
if( pxNewTimer != NULL )
/* Ensure the infrastructure used by the timer service task has been
* created/initialised. */
prvCheckForValidListAndQueue();
/* Initialise the timer structure members using the function
* parameters. */
pxNewTimer->pcTimerName = pcTimerName;
pxNewTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks = xTimerPeriodInTicks;
pxNewTimer->pvTimerID = pvTimerID;
pxNewTimer->pxCallbackFunction = pxCallbackFunction;
vListInitialiseItem( &( pxNewTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
if( xAutoReload != pdFALSE )
{
/* Ensure the infrastructure used by the timer service task has been
* created/initialised. */
prvCheckForValidListAndQueue();
/* Initialise the timer structure members using the function
* parameters. */
pxNewTimer->pcTimerName = pcTimerName;
pxNewTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks = xTimerPeriodInTicks;
pxNewTimer->pvTimerID = pvTimerID;
pxNewTimer->pxCallbackFunction = pxCallbackFunction;
vListInitialiseItem( &( pxNewTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
if( uxAutoReload != pdFALSE )
{
pxNewTimer->ucStatus |= tmrSTATUS_IS_AUTORELOAD;
}
traceTIMER_CREATE( pxNewTimer );
pxNewTimer->ucStatus |= tmrSTATUS_IS_AUTORELOAD;
}
traceTIMER_CREATE( pxNewTimer );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
@ -458,30 +463,30 @@
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vTimerSetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload )
const BaseType_t xAutoReload )
{
Timer_t * pxTimer = xTimer;
configASSERT( xTimer );
taskENTER_CRITICAL( &xTimerLock );
{
if( uxAutoReload != pdFALSE )
if( xAutoReload != pdFALSE )
{
pxTimer->ucStatus |= tmrSTATUS_IS_AUTORELOAD;
}
else
{
pxTimer->ucStatus &= ~tmrSTATUS_IS_AUTORELOAD;
pxTimer->ucStatus &= ( ( uint8_t ) ~tmrSTATUS_IS_AUTORELOAD );
}
}
taskEXIT_CRITICAL( &xTimerLock );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
UBaseType_t uxTimerGetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer )
BaseType_t xTimerGetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer )
{
Timer_t * pxTimer = xTimer;
UBaseType_t uxReturn;
BaseType_t xReturn;
configASSERT( xTimer );
taskENTER_CRITICAL( &xTimerLock );
@ -489,17 +494,22 @@
if( ( pxTimer->ucStatus & tmrSTATUS_IS_AUTORELOAD ) == 0 )
{
/* Not an auto-reload timer. */
uxReturn = ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE;
xReturn = pdFALSE;
}
else
{
/* Is an auto-reload timer. */
uxReturn = ( UBaseType_t ) pdTRUE;
xReturn = pdTRUE;
}
}
taskEXIT_CRITICAL( &xTimerLock );
return uxReturn;
return xReturn;
}
UBaseType_t uxTimerGetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer )
{
return ( UBaseType_t ) xTimerGetReloadMode( xTimer );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
@ -547,45 +557,48 @@
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvReloadTimer( Timer_t * const pxTimer,
TickType_t xExpiredTime,
const TickType_t xTimeNow )
{
/* Insert the timer into the appropriate list for the next expiry time.
* If the next expiry time has already passed, advance the expiry time,
* call the callback function, and try again. */
while( prvInsertTimerInActiveList( pxTimer, ( xExpiredTime + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks ), xTimeNow, xExpiredTime ) != pdFALSE )
{
/* Advance the expiry time. */
xExpiredTime += pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks;
/* Call the timer callback. */
traceTIMER_EXPIRED( pxTimer );
pxTimer->pxCallbackFunction( ( TimerHandle_t ) pxTimer );
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvProcessExpiredTimer( const TickType_t xNextExpireTime,
const TickType_t xTimeNow )
{
BaseType_t xResult;
Timer_t * const pxTimer = ( Timer_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList ); /*lint !e9087 !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with tasks and co-routines too. Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
/* Remove the timer from the list of active timers. A check has already
* been performed to ensure the list is not empty. */
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
traceTIMER_EXPIRED( pxTimer );
/* If the timer is an auto-reload timer then calculate the next
* expiry time and re-insert the timer in the list of active timers. */
if( ( pxTimer->ucStatus & tmrSTATUS_IS_AUTORELOAD ) != 0 )
{
/* The timer is inserted into a list using a time relative to anything
* other than the current time. It will therefore be inserted into the
* correct list relative to the time this task thinks it is now. */
if( prvInsertTimerInActiveList( pxTimer, ( xNextExpireTime + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks ), xTimeNow, xNextExpireTime ) != pdFALSE )
{
/* The timer expired before it was added to the active timer
* list. Reload it now. */
xResult = xTimerGenericCommand( pxTimer, tmrCOMMAND_START_DONT_TRACE, xNextExpireTime, NULL, tmrNO_DELAY );
configASSERT( xResult );
( void ) xResult;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
prvReloadTimer( pxTimer, xNextExpireTime, xTimeNow );
}
else
{
pxTimer->ucStatus &= ~tmrSTATUS_IS_ACTIVE;
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
pxTimer->ucStatus &= ( ( uint8_t ) ~tmrSTATUS_IS_ACTIVE );
}
/* Call the timer callback. */
traceTIMER_EXPIRED( pxTimer );
pxTimer->pxCallbackFunction( ( TimerHandle_t ) pxTimer );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
@ -599,15 +612,15 @@
( void ) pvParameters;
#if ( configUSE_DAEMON_TASK_STARTUP_HOOK == 1 )
{
extern void vApplicationDaemonTaskStartupHook( void );
{
extern void vApplicationDaemonTaskStartupHook( void );
/* Allow the application writer to execute some code in the context of
* this task at the point the task starts executing. This is useful if the
* application includes initialisation code that would benefit from
* executing after the scheduler has been started. */
vApplicationDaemonTaskStartupHook();
}
/* Allow the application writer to execute some code in the context of
* this task at the point the task starts executing. This is useful if the
* application includes initialisation code that would benefit from
* executing after the scheduler has been started. */
vApplicationDaemonTaskStartupHook();
}
#endif /* configUSE_DAEMON_TASK_STARTUP_HOOK */
for( ; ; )
@ -786,31 +799,31 @@
{
DaemonTaskMessage_t xMessage;
Timer_t * pxTimer;
BaseType_t xTimerListsWereSwitched, xResult;
BaseType_t xTimerListsWereSwitched;
TickType_t xTimeNow;
while( xQueueReceive( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, tmrNO_DELAY ) != pdFAIL ) /*lint !e603 xMessage does not have to be initialised as it is passed out, not in, and it is not used unless xQueueReceive() returns pdTRUE. */
{
#if ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 )
{
/* Negative commands are pended function calls rather than timer
* commands. */
if( xMessage.xMessageID < ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
{
/* Negative commands are pended function calls rather than timer
* commands. */
if( xMessage.xMessageID < ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
{
const CallbackParameters_t * const pxCallback = &( xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters );
const CallbackParameters_t * const pxCallback = &( xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters );
/* The timer uses the xCallbackParameters member to request a
* callback be executed. Check the callback is not NULL. */
configASSERT( pxCallback );
/* The timer uses the xCallbackParameters member to request a
* callback be executed. Check the callback is not NULL. */
configASSERT( pxCallback );
/* Call the function. */
pxCallback->pxCallbackFunction( pxCallback->pvParameter1, pxCallback->ulParameter2 );
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
/* Call the function. */
pxCallback->pxCallbackFunction( pxCallback->pvParameter1, pxCallback->ulParameter2 );
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
#endif /* INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall */
/* Commands that are positive are timer commands rather than pended
@ -847,7 +860,6 @@
case tmrCOMMAND_START_FROM_ISR:
case tmrCOMMAND_RESET:
case tmrCOMMAND_RESET_FROM_ISR:
case tmrCOMMAND_START_DONT_TRACE:
/* Start or restart a timer. */
pxTimer->ucStatus |= tmrSTATUS_IS_ACTIVE;
@ -857,9 +869,7 @@
* timer list. Process it now. */
if( ( pxTimer->ucStatus & tmrSTATUS_IS_AUTORELOAD ) != 0 )
{
xResult = xTimerGenericCommand( pxTimer, tmrCOMMAND_START_DONT_TRACE, xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.xMessageValue + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks, NULL, tmrNO_DELAY );
configASSERT( xResult );
( void ) xResult;
prvReloadTimer( pxTimer, xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.xMessageValue + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks, xTimeNow );
}
else
{
@ -880,7 +890,7 @@
case tmrCOMMAND_STOP:
case tmrCOMMAND_STOP_FROM_ISR:
/* The timer has already been removed from the active list. */
pxTimer->ucStatus &= ~tmrSTATUS_IS_ACTIVE;
pxTimer->ucStatus &= ( ( uint8_t ) ~tmrSTATUS_IS_ACTIVE );
break;
case tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD:
@ -900,27 +910,27 @@
case tmrCOMMAND_DELETE:
#if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
{
/* The timer has already been removed from the active list,
* just free up the memory if the memory was dynamically
* allocated. */
if( ( pxTimer->ucStatus & tmrSTATUS_IS_STATICALLY_ALLOCATED ) == ( uint8_t ) 0 )
{
/* The timer has already been removed from the active list,
* just free up the memory if the memory was dynamically
* allocated. */
if( ( pxTimer->ucStatus & tmrSTATUS_IS_STATICALLY_ALLOCATED ) == ( uint8_t ) 0 )
{
vPortFree( pxTimer );
}
else
{
pxTimer->ucStatus &= ~tmrSTATUS_IS_ACTIVE;
}
vPortFree( pxTimer );
}
else
{
pxTimer->ucStatus &= ( ( uint8_t ) ~tmrSTATUS_IS_ACTIVE );
}
}
#else /* if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) */
{
/* If dynamic allocation is not enabled, the memory
* could not have been dynamically allocated. So there is
* no need to free the memory - just mark the timer as
* "not active". */
pxTimer->ucStatus &= ~tmrSTATUS_IS_ACTIVE;
}
{
/* If dynamic allocation is not enabled, the memory
* could not have been dynamically allocated. So there is
* no need to free the memory - just mark the timer as
* "not active". */
pxTimer->ucStatus &= ( ( uint8_t ) ~tmrSTATUS_IS_ACTIVE );
}
#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
break;
@ -935,10 +945,8 @@
static void prvSwitchTimerLists( void )
{
TickType_t xNextExpireTime, xReloadTime;
TickType_t xNextExpireTime;
List_t * pxTemp;
Timer_t * pxTimer;
BaseType_t xResult;
/* The tick count has overflowed. The timer lists must be switched.
* If there are any timers still referenced from the current timer list
@ -948,43 +956,10 @@
{
xNextExpireTime = listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList );
/* Remove the timer from the list. */
pxTimer = ( Timer_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList ); /*lint !e9087 !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with tasks and co-routines too. Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
traceTIMER_EXPIRED( pxTimer );
/* Execute its callback, then send a command to restart the timer if
* it is an auto-reload timer. It cannot be restarted here as the lists
* have not yet been switched. */
pxTimer->pxCallbackFunction( ( TimerHandle_t ) pxTimer );
if( ( pxTimer->ucStatus & tmrSTATUS_IS_AUTORELOAD ) != 0 )
{
/* Calculate the reload value, and if the reload value results in
* the timer going into the same timer list then it has already expired
* and the timer should be re-inserted into the current list so it is
* processed again within this loop. Otherwise a command should be sent
* to restart the timer to ensure it is only inserted into a list after
* the lists have been swapped. */
xReloadTime = ( xNextExpireTime + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks );
if( xReloadTime > xNextExpireTime )
{
listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), xReloadTime );
listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), pxTimer );
vListInsert( pxCurrentTimerList, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
}
else
{
xResult = xTimerGenericCommand( pxTimer, tmrCOMMAND_START_DONT_TRACE, xNextExpireTime, NULL, tmrNO_DELAY );
configASSERT( xResult );
( void ) xResult;
}
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
/* Process the expired timer. For auto-reload timers, be careful to
* process only expirations that occur on the current list. Further
* expirations must wait until after the lists are switched. */
prvProcessExpiredTimer( xNextExpireTime, tmrMAX_TIME_BEFORE_OVERFLOW );
}
pxTemp = pxCurrentTimerList;
@ -1008,31 +983,31 @@
pxOverflowTimerList = &xActiveTimerList2;
#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
{
/* The timer queue is allocated statically in case
* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION is 0. */
PRIVILEGED_DATA static StaticQueue_t xStaticTimerQueue; /*lint !e956 Ok to declare in this manner to prevent additional conditional compilation guards in other locations. */
PRIVILEGED_DATA static uint8_t ucStaticTimerQueueStorage[ ( size_t ) configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH * sizeof( DaemonTaskMessage_t ) ]; /*lint !e956 Ok to declare in this manner to prevent additional conditional compilation guards in other locations. */
{
/* The timer queue is allocated statically in case
* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION is 0. */
PRIVILEGED_DATA static StaticQueue_t xStaticTimerQueue; /*lint !e956 Ok to declare in this manner to prevent additional conditional compilation guards in other locations. */
PRIVILEGED_DATA static uint8_t ucStaticTimerQueueStorage[ ( size_t ) configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH * sizeof( DaemonTaskMessage_t ) ]; /*lint !e956 Ok to declare in this manner to prevent additional conditional compilation guards in other locations. */
xTimerQueue = xQueueCreateStatic( ( UBaseType_t ) configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH, ( UBaseType_t ) sizeof( DaemonTaskMessage_t ), &( ucStaticTimerQueueStorage[ 0 ] ), &xStaticTimerQueue );
}
xTimerQueue = xQueueCreateStatic( ( UBaseType_t ) configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH, ( UBaseType_t ) sizeof( DaemonTaskMessage_t ), &( ucStaticTimerQueueStorage[ 0 ] ), &xStaticTimerQueue );
}
#else
{
xTimerQueue = xQueueCreate( ( UBaseType_t ) configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH, sizeof( DaemonTaskMessage_t ) );
}
{
xTimerQueue = xQueueCreate( ( UBaseType_t ) configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH, sizeof( DaemonTaskMessage_t ) );
}
#endif /* if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) */
#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
{
if( xTimerQueue != NULL )
{
if( xTimerQueue != NULL )
{
vQueueAddToRegistry( xTimerQueue, "TmrQ" );
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
vQueueAddToRegistry( xTimerQueue, "TmrQ" );
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
#endif /* configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE */
}
else

View File

@ -662,8 +662,7 @@ pp_ignore_define_body = false # true/false
pp_indent_case = true # true/false
pp_indent_func_def = true # true/false
pp_indent_extern = true # true/false
# pp_indent_brace disabled (default to true) as it was set to false after v10.4.3
#pp_indent_brace = false # true/false
pp_indent_brace = false # true/false
include_category_0 = "" # string
include_category_1 = "" # string
include_category_2 = "" # string

View File

@ -3,17 +3,9 @@ menu "FreeRTOS"
menu "Kernel"
# Upstream FreeRTOS configurations go here
config FREERTOS_USE_KERNEL_10_5_1
bool "Use v10.5.1 Kernel (BETA)"
default n
help
This option enables building for FreeRTOS v10.5.1 kernel.
Note: The v10.5.1 kernel is still in BETA, thus is not production ready.
config FREERTOS_SMP
bool "Run the Amazon SMP FreeRTOS kernel instead (FEATURE UNDER DEVELOPMENT)"
depends on !FREERTOS_USE_KERNEL_10_5_1 && !IDF_TARGET_ESP32P4 #TODO: IDF-8113: Enable P4 support on AMZ SMP
depends on !IDF_TARGET_ESP32P4 #TODO: IDF-8113: Enable P4 support on AMZ SMP
default "n"
help
Amazon has released an SMP version of the FreeRTOS Kernel which can be found via the following link:

View File

@ -90,6 +90,7 @@
#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
#define configCPU_CLOCK_HZ ( CONFIG_ESP_DEFAULT_CPU_FREQ_MHZ * 1000000 )
#define configTICK_RATE_HZ CONFIG_FREERTOS_HZ
#define configMAX_PRIORITIES ( 25 )
#define configUSE_TIME_SLICING 1
#define configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS 0
#define configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD 0
@ -171,11 +172,11 @@
/* ------------------- Software Timer ---------------------- */
#define configUSE_TIMERS 1
#define configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY CONFIG_FREERTOS_TIMER_TASK_PRIORITY
#define configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH CONFIG_FREERTOS_TIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH
#define configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH CONFIG_FREERTOS_TIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH
#define configTIMER_SERVICE_TASK_NAME CONFIG_FREERTOS_TIMER_SERVICE_TASK_NAME
#define configUSE_TIMERS 1
#define configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY CONFIG_FREERTOS_TIMER_TASK_PRIORITY
#define configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH CONFIG_FREERTOS_TIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH
#define configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH CONFIG_FREERTOS_TIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH
#define configTIMER_SERVICE_TASK_NAME CONFIG_FREERTOS_TIMER_SERVICE_TASK_NAME
/* -------------------- API Includes ----------------------- */
@ -248,6 +249,8 @@
#else
#define configNUM_CORES 2
#endif /* CONFIG_FREERTOS_UNICORE */
/* For compatibility */
#define configNUMBER_OF_CORES configNUM_CORES
#define configRUN_MULTIPLE_PRIORITIES 1
#define configUSE_TASK_PREEMPTION_DISABLE 1
#endif /* CONFIG_FREERTOS_SMP */

View File

@ -18,7 +18,6 @@
/* ------------------ Scheduler Related -------------------- */
#define configMAX_PRIORITIES ( 7 )
#define configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION 0
/* The stack allocated by FreeRTOS will be passed to a pthread.
@ -32,7 +31,7 @@
/* ---------------- Amazon SMP FreeRTOS -------------------- */
#if CONFIG_FREERTOS_SMP
#define configUSE_MINIMAL_IDLE_HOOK 0 // Not implemented yet, TODO IDF-6654
#define configUSE_MINIMAL_IDLE_HOOK 0 /* Not implemented yet, TODO IDF-6654 */
#endif
/* ----------------------- System -------------------------- */
@ -53,8 +52,8 @@
/* -------------------- API Includes ----------------------- */
/* Todo: Reconcile INCLUDE_option differences (IDF-8186) */
#define INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil 1
#define INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2 0
#define INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil 1
#define INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2 0
/* ------------------------------------------------ ESP-IDF Additions --------------------------------------------------
*

View File

@ -16,7 +16,6 @@
/* ------------------ Scheduler Related -------------------- */
#define configMAX_PRIORITIES ( 25 )
#ifdef CONFIG_FREERTOS_OPTIMIZED_SCHEDULER
#define configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION 1
#else
@ -42,17 +41,14 @@
/* ----------------------- System -------------------------- */
#define configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT 1
#if CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_KERNEL_10_5_1
/* - FreeRTOS provides default for configTLS_BLOCK_TYPE.
* - We simply provide our own INIT and DEINIT functions
* - We set "SET" to a blank macro since there is no need to set the reentrancy
* pointer. All newlib functions calls __getreent. */
#define configINIT_TLS_BLOCK( xTLSBlock ) esp_reent_init( &( xTLSBlock ) )
#define configSET_TLS_BLOCK( xTLSBlock )
#define configDEINIT_TLS_BLOCK( xTLSBlock ) _reclaim_reent( &( xTLSBlock ) )
#endif /* CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_KERNEL_10_5_1 */
#define configINIT_TLS_BLOCK( xTLSBlock ) esp_reent_init( &( xTLSBlock ) )
#define configSET_TLS_BLOCK( xTLSBlock )
#define configDEINIT_TLS_BLOCK( xTLSBlock ) _reclaim_reent( &( xTLSBlock ) )
#define configINCLUDE_FREERTOS_TASK_C_ADDITIONS_H 1

View File

@ -43,7 +43,6 @@
/* ------------------ Scheduler Related -------------------- */
#define configMAX_PRIORITIES ( 25 )
#ifdef CONFIG_FREERTOS_OPTIMIZED_SCHEDULER
#define configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION 1
#else
@ -69,17 +68,14 @@
/* ----------------------- System -------------------------- */
#define configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT 1
#if CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_KERNEL_10_5_1
/* - FreeRTOS provides default for configTLS_BLOCK_TYPE.
* - We simply provide our own INIT and DEINIT functions
* - We set "SET" to a blank macro since there is no need to set the reentrancy
* pointer. All newlib functions calls __getreent. */
#define configINIT_TLS_BLOCK( xTLSBlock ) esp_reent_init( &( xTLSBlock ) )
#define configSET_TLS_BLOCK( xTLSBlock )
#define configDEINIT_TLS_BLOCK( xTLSBlock ) _reclaim_reent( &( xTLSBlock ) )
#endif /* CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_KERNEL_10_5_1 */
#define configINIT_TLS_BLOCK( xTLSBlock ) esp_reent_init( &( xTLSBlock ) )
#define configSET_TLS_BLOCK( xTLSBlock )
#define configDEINIT_TLS_BLOCK( xTLSBlock ) _reclaim_reent( &( xTLSBlock ) )
#define configINCLUDE_FREERTOS_TASK_C_ADDITIONS_H 1

View File

@ -20,11 +20,6 @@
* additional API.
*/
#if CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_KERNEL_10_5_1
#define pxCurrentTCB pxCurrentTCBs
#else
#endif
/* ------------------------------------------------- Static Asserts ------------------------------------------------- */
/*
@ -87,7 +82,7 @@ _Static_assert( offsetof( StaticTask_t, pxDummy8 ) == offsetof( TCB_t, pxEndOfSt
{
/* Minor optimization. This function can never switch cores mid
* execution */
BaseType_t xCoreID = xPortGetCoreID();
BaseType_t xCoreID = portGET_CORE_ID();
BaseType_t xSwitchRequired = pdFALSE;
/* This function should never be called by Core 0. */
@ -110,7 +105,7 @@ _Static_assert( offsetof( StaticTask_t, pxDummy8 ) == offsetof( TCB_t, pxEndOfSt
{
/* Check if core 0 calling xTaskIncrementTick() has
* unblocked a task that can be run. */
if( uxTopReadyPriority > pxCurrentTCB[ xCoreID ]->uxPriority )
if( uxTopReadyPriority > pxCurrentTCBs[ xCoreID ]->uxPriority )
{
xSwitchRequired = pdTRUE;
}
@ -126,7 +121,7 @@ _Static_assert( offsetof( StaticTask_t, pxDummy8 ) == offsetof( TCB_t, pxEndOfSt
* writer has not explicitly turned time slicing off. */
#if ( ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIME_SLICING == 1 ) )
{
if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ pxCurrentTCB[ xCoreID ]->uxPriority ] ) ) > ( UBaseType_t ) 1 )
if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ pxCurrentTCBs[ xCoreID ]->uxPriority ] ) ) > ( UBaseType_t ) 1 )
{
xSwitchRequired = pdTRUE;
}
@ -227,23 +222,12 @@ _Static_assert( offsetof( StaticTask_t, pxDummy8 ) == offsetof( TCB_t, pxEndOfSt
if( pxNewTCB != NULL )
{
#if CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_KERNEL_10_5_1
{
memset( ( void * ) pxNewTCB, 0x00, sizeof( TCB_t ) );
memset( ( void * ) pxNewTCB, 0x00, sizeof( TCB_t ) );
/* Allocate space for the stack used by the task being created.
* The base of the stack memory stored in the TCB so the task can
* be deleted later if required. */
pxNewTCB->pxStack = ( StackType_t * ) pvPortMallocStack( ( ( ( size_t ) usStackDepth ) * sizeof( StackType_t ) ) ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
}
#else /* CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_KERNEL_10_5_1 */
{
/* Allocate space for the stack used by the task being created.
* The base of the stack memory stored in the TCB so the task can
* be deleted later if required. */
pxNewTCB->pxStack = ( StackType_t * ) pvPortMalloc( ( ( ( size_t ) usStackDepth ) * sizeof( StackType_t ) ) ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
}
#endif /* CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_KERNEL_10_5_1 */
/* Allocate space for the stack used by the task being created.
* The base of the stack memory stored in the TCB so the task can
* be deleted later if required. */
pxNewTCB->pxStack = ( StackType_t * ) pvPortMallocStack( ( ( ( size_t ) usStackDepth ) * sizeof( StackType_t ) ) ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
if( pxNewTCB->pxStack == NULL )
{
@ -257,17 +241,8 @@ _Static_assert( offsetof( StaticTask_t, pxDummy8 ) == offsetof( TCB_t, pxEndOfSt
{
StackType_t * pxStack;
#if CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_KERNEL_10_5_1
{
/* Allocate space for the stack used by the task being created. */
pxStack = pvPortMallocStack( ( ( ( size_t ) usStackDepth ) * sizeof( StackType_t ) ) ); /*lint !e9079 All values returned by pvPortMalloc() have at least the alignment required by the MCU's stack and this allocation is the stack. */
}
#else /* CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_KERNEL_10_5_1 */
{
/* Allocate space for the stack used by the task being created. */
pxStack = pvPortMalloc( ( ( ( size_t ) usStackDepth ) * sizeof( StackType_t ) ) ); /*lint !e9079 All values returned by pvPortMalloc() have at least the alignment required by the MCU's stack and this allocation is the stack. */
}
#endif /* CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_KERNEL_10_5_1 */
/* Allocate space for the stack used by the task being created. */
pxStack = pvPortMallocStack( ( ( ( size_t ) usStackDepth ) * sizeof( StackType_t ) ) ); /*lint !e9079 All values returned by pvPortMalloc() have at least the alignment required by the MCU's stack and this allocation is the stack. */
if( pxStack != NULL )
{
@ -276,11 +251,7 @@ _Static_assert( offsetof( StaticTask_t, pxDummy8 ) == offsetof( TCB_t, pxEndOfSt
if( pxNewTCB != NULL )
{
#if CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_KERNEL_10_5_1
{
memset( ( void * ) pxNewTCB, 0x00, sizeof( TCB_t ) );
}
#endif /* CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_KERNEL_10_5_1 */
memset( ( void * ) pxNewTCB, 0x00, sizeof( TCB_t ) );
/* Store the stack location in the TCB. */
pxNewTCB->pxStack = pxStack;
@ -289,15 +260,7 @@ _Static_assert( offsetof( StaticTask_t, pxDummy8 ) == offsetof( TCB_t, pxEndOfSt
{
/* The stack cannot be used as the TCB was not created. Free
* it again. */
#if CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_KERNEL_10_5_1
{
vPortFreeStack( pxStack );
}
#else /* CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_KERNEL_10_5_1 */
{
vPortFree( pxStack );
}
#endif /* CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_KERNEL_10_5_1 */
vPortFreeStack( pxStack );
}
}
else
@ -397,13 +360,7 @@ _Static_assert( offsetof( StaticTask_t, pxDummy8 ) == offsetof( TCB_t, pxEndOfSt
/* The memory used for the task's TCB and stack are passed into this
* function - use them. */
pxNewTCB = ( TCB_t * ) pxTaskBuffer; /*lint !e740 !e9087 Unusual cast is ok as the structures are designed to have the same alignment, and the size is checked by an assert. */
#if CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_KERNEL_10_5_1
{
memset( ( void * ) pxNewTCB, 0x00, sizeof( TCB_t ) );
}
#endif /* CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_KERNEL_10_5_1 */
memset( ( void * ) pxNewTCB, 0x00, sizeof( TCB_t ) );
pxNewTCB->pxStack = ( StackType_t * ) puxStackBuffer;
#if ( tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE != 0 ) /*lint !e731 !e9029 Macro has been consolidated for readability reasons. */
@ -500,21 +457,11 @@ BaseType_t xTaskGetCoreID( TaskHandle_t xTask )
TaskHandle_t xTaskGetIdleTaskHandleForCore( BaseType_t xCoreID )
{
#if CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_KERNEL_10_5_1
{
/* If xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle() is called before the scheduler has been
* started, then xIdleTaskHandle will be NULL. */
configASSERT( ( xCoreID < configNUMBER_OF_CORES ) && ( xCoreID != tskNO_AFFINITY ) );
configASSERT( ( xIdleTaskHandle[ xCoreID ] != NULL ) );
return xIdleTaskHandle[ xCoreID ];
}
#else /* CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_KERNEL_10_5_1 */
{
configASSERT( xCoreID >= 0 && xCoreID < configNUM_CORES );
configASSERT( ( xIdleTaskHandle[ xCoreID ] != NULL ) );
return ( TaskHandle_t ) xIdleTaskHandle[ xCoreID ];
}
#endif /* CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_KERNEL_10_5_1 */
/* If xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle() is called before the scheduler has been
* started, then xIdleTaskHandle will be NULL. */
configASSERT( ( xCoreID < configNUMBER_OF_CORES ) && ( xCoreID != tskNO_AFFINITY ) );
configASSERT( ( xIdleTaskHandle[ xCoreID ] != NULL ) );
return xIdleTaskHandle[ xCoreID ];
}
#endif /* INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle */
@ -526,42 +473,21 @@ BaseType_t xTaskGetCoreID( TaskHandle_t xTask )
{
TaskHandle_t xReturn;
#if CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_KERNEL_10_5_1
#if ( CONFIG_FREERTOS_SMP )
{
xReturn = xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandleCPU( ( UBaseType_t ) xCoreID );
}
#else /* CONFIG_FREERTOS_SMP */
{
configASSERT( xCoreID < configNUMBER_OF_CORES );
configASSERT( xCoreID != tskNO_AFFINITY );
/* For SMP, we need to take the kernel lock here as we are about to
* access kernel data structures. For single core, a critical section is
* not required as this is not called from an interrupt and the current
* TCB will always be the same for any individual execution thread. */
taskENTER_CRITICAL_SMP_ONLY( &xKernelLock );
{
xReturn = pxCurrentTCBs[ xCoreID ];
}
/* Release the previously taken kernel lock. */
taskEXIT_CRITICAL_SMP_ONLY( &xKernelLock );
/* A critical section is not required as this function does not
* guarantee that the TCB will still be valid when this function
* returns. */
xReturn = pxCurrentTCBs[ xCoreID ];
}
#else /* CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_KERNEL_10_5_1 */
{
#if CONFIG_FREERTOS_SMP
{
xReturn = xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandleCPU( xCoreID );
}
#else /* CONFIG_FREERTOS_SMP */
{
if( xCoreID < configNUM_CORES )
{
xReturn = pxCurrentTCB[ xCoreID ];
}
else
{
xReturn = NULL;
}
}
#endif /* CONFIG_FREERTOS_SMP */
}
#endif /* CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_KERNEL_10_5_1 */
#endif /* CONFIG_FREERTOS_SMP */
return xReturn;
}
@ -569,7 +495,7 @@ BaseType_t xTaskGetCoreID( TaskHandle_t xTask )
#endif /* ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle == 1 ) || ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) ) */
/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if ( CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_KERNEL_10_5_1 && ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle == 1 ) )
#if ( !CONFIG_FREERTOS_SMP && ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle == 1 ) )
configRUN_TIME_COUNTER_TYPE ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounterForCore( BaseType_t xCoreID )
{
@ -590,10 +516,10 @@ BaseType_t xTaskGetCoreID( TaskHandle_t xTask )
return ulRunTimeCounter;
}
#endif /* ( CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_KERNEL_10_5_1 && ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle == 1 ) ) */
#endif /* ( !CONFIG_FREERTOS_SMP && ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle == 1 ) ) */
/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if ( CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_KERNEL_10_5_1 && ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle == 1 ) )
#if ( !CONFIG_FREERTOS_SMP && ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle == 1 ) )
configRUN_TIME_COUNTER_TYPE ulTaskGetIdleRunTimePercentForCore( BaseType_t xCoreID )
{
@ -627,7 +553,7 @@ BaseType_t xTaskGetCoreID( TaskHandle_t xTask )
return ulReturn;
}
#endif /* ( CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_KERNEL_10_5_1 && ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle == 1 ) ) */
#endif /* ( !CONFIG_FREERTOS_SMP && ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle == 1 ) ) */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
uint8_t * pxTaskGetStackStart( TaskHandle_t xTask )
@ -929,7 +855,7 @@ uint8_t * pxTaskGetStackStart( TaskHandle_t xTask )
struct _reent * __getreent( void )
{
/* No lock needed because if this changes, we won't be running anymore. */
TCB_t * pxCurTask = xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle();
TCB_t * pxCurTask = ( TCB_t * ) xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle();
struct _reent * ret;
if( pxCurTask == NULL )
@ -940,15 +866,15 @@ uint8_t * pxTaskGetStackStart( TaskHandle_t xTask )
else
{
/* We have a task; return its reentrant struct. */
#if CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_KERNEL_10_5_1
{
ret = &pxCurTask->xTLSBlock;
}
#else /* CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_KERNEL_10_5_1 */
#if ( CONFIG_FREERTOS_SMP )
{
ret = &pxCurTask->xNewLib_reent;
}
#endif /* CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_KERNEL_10_5_1 */
#else /* CONFIG_FREERTOS_SMP */
{
ret = &pxCurTask->xTLSBlock;
}
#endif /* CONFIG_FREERTOS_SMP */
}
return ret;
@ -1188,16 +1114,12 @@ void * pvTaskGetCurrentTCBForCore( BaseType_t xCoreID )
void * pvRet;
configASSERT( ( xCoreID >= 0 ) && ( xCoreID < configNUM_CORES ) );
#if CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_KERNEL_10_5_1
#if CONFIG_FREERTOS_SMP
/* SMP FreeRTOS defines pxCurrentTCB as a macro function call */
pvRet = ( void * ) pxCurrentTCB;
#else /* CONFIG_FREERTOS_SMP */
pvRet = ( void * ) pxCurrentTCBs[ xCoreID ];
#else /* CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_KERNEL_10_5_1 */
#if CONFIG_FREERTOS_SMP
/* SMP FreeRTOS defines pxCurrentTCB as a macro function call */
pvRet = pxCurrentTCB;
#else /* CONFIG_FREERTOS_SMP */
pvRet = ( void * ) pxCurrentTCB[ xCoreID ];
#endif /* CONFIG_FREERTOS_SMP */
#endif /* CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_KERNEL_10_5_1 */
#endif /* CONFIG_FREERTOS_SMP */
return pvRet;
}

View File

@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ TaskHandle_t xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandleForCPU( BaseType_t xCoreID )
}
/** @endcond */
#if CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_KERNEL_10_5_1
#if ( !CONFIG_FREERTOS_SMP && ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle == 1 ) )
/**
* @brief Get the total execution of a particular core's idle task
@ -208,18 +208,7 @@ TaskHandle_t xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandleForCPU( BaseType_t xCoreID )
*/
configRUN_TIME_COUNTER_TYPE ulTaskGetIdleRunTimePercentForCore( BaseType_t xCoreID );
#else /* CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_KERNEL_10_5_1 */
/* CMock Workaround: CMock currently doesn't preprocess files, thus functions
* guarded by ifdef still get mocked. We provide a dummy define here so that
* functions using configRUN_TIME_COUNTER_TYPE can still be mocked.
*
* Todo: Will be removed when V10.5.1 becomes the default kernel. */
#ifndef configRUN_TIME_COUNTER_TYPE
#define configRUN_TIME_COUNTER_TYPE unsigned int
#endif
#endif /* CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_KERNEL_10_5_1 */
#endif /* ( !CONFIG_FREERTOS_SMP && ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle == 1 ) ) */
/**
* Returns the start of the stack associated with xTask.

View File

@ -1,35 +1,7 @@
/*
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* SPDX-FileContributor: 2023 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*/
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.3
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
* SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2023 Espressif Systems (Shanghai) CO LTD
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*/
#include "sdkconfig.h"
@ -104,24 +76,24 @@ size_t xPortGetMinimumEverFreeHeapSize( void )
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
bool xPortCheckValidTCBMem(const void *ptr)
bool xPortCheckValidTCBMem( const void * ptr )
{
#if CONFIG_IDF_TARGET_LINUX
return true;
#else /* CONFIG_IDF_TARGET_LINUX */
return esp_ptr_internal(ptr) && esp_ptr_byte_accessible(ptr);
return esp_ptr_internal( ptr ) && esp_ptr_byte_accessible( ptr );
#endif /* CONFIG_IDF_TARGET_LINUX */
}
bool xPortcheckValidStackMem(const void *ptr)
bool xPortcheckValidStackMem( const void * ptr )
{
#if CONFIG_IDF_TARGET_LINUX
return true;
#else /* CONFIG_IDF_TARGET_LINUX */
#ifdef CONFIG_SPIRAM_ALLOW_STACK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY
return esp_ptr_byte_accessible(ptr);
return esp_ptr_byte_accessible( ptr );
#else
return esp_ptr_internal(ptr) && esp_ptr_byte_accessible(ptr);
return esp_ptr_internal( ptr ) && esp_ptr_byte_accessible( ptr );
#endif
#endif /* CONFIG_IDF_TARGET_LINUX */
}

View File

@ -171,8 +171,7 @@ entries:
tasks:ulTaskGenericNotifyValueClear (default)
if FREERTOS_GENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS = y:
tasks:ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter (default)
if FREERTOS_USE_KERNEL_10_5_1 = y:
tasks:ulTaskGetIdleRunTimePercent (default)
tasks:ulTaskGetIdleRunTimePercent (default)
tasks:prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList (default)
if FREERTOS_USE_TRACE_FACILITY = y:
tasks:uxTaskGetSystemState (default)
@ -195,8 +194,7 @@ entries:
timers:uxTimerGetReloadMode (default)
timers:xTimerGetExpiryTime (default)
timers:pcTimerGetName (default)
if FREERTOS_USE_KERNEL_10_5_1 = y:
timers:prvReloadTimer (default)
timers:prvReloadTimer (default)
timers:prvProcessExpiredTimer (default)
timers:prvTimerTask (default)
timers:prvProcessTimerOrBlockTask (default)

View File

@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ entries:
tasks:xTaskGetCoreID (default)
tasks:xTaskGetIdleTaskHandleForCore (default)
tasks:xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandleForCore (default)
if FREERTOS_USE_KERNEL_10_5_1 = y && FREERTOS_GENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS = y:
if FREERTOS_SMP = n && FREERTOS_GENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS = y:
tasks:ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounterForCore (default)
tasks:ulTaskGetIdleRunTimePercentForCore (default)
tasks:pxTaskGetStackStart (default)

View File

@ -389,7 +389,8 @@ static void test_scheduler_suspend3(int cpu)
printf("\n");
}
TEST_CASE("Test suspend-resume CPU works with xTimer", "[freertos]")
/* Temporarily disabled due to failure with FreeRTOS v10.5.1 (IDF-8364) */
TEST_CASE("Test suspend-resume CPU works with xTimer", "[freertos][ignore]")
{
printf("Suspend both CPUs:\n");
suspend_both_cpus = true;

View File

@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
semphr.h:line: warning: argument 'pxStaticSemaphore' of command @param is not found in the argument list of xSemaphoreCreateCounting(uxMaxCount, uxInitialCount)
task.h:line: warning: argument 'pxTaskDefinition' of command @param is not found in the argument list of vTaskAllocateMPURegions(TaskHandle_t xTask, const MemoryRegion_t *const pxRegions)
task.h:line: warning: argument 'pxCreatedTask' of command @param is not found in the argument list of vTaskAllocateMPURegions(TaskHandle_t xTask, const MemoryRegion_t *const pxRegions)
task.h:line: warning: argument 'pxTaskDefinition' of command @param is not found in the argument list of vTaskAllocateMPURegions(TaskHandle_t xTask, const MemoryRegion_t *const pxRegions)
task.h:line: warning: argument 'pxCreatedTask' of command @param is not found in the argument list of vTaskAllocateMPURegions(TaskHandle_t xTask, const MemoryRegion_t *const pxRegions)

View File

@ -319,11 +319,13 @@ PREDEFINED = \
configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION=1 \
configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION=1 \
configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE=1 \
configUSE_MUTEXES=1 \
configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES=1 \
configTHREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_DELETE_CALLBACKS=1 \
configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS=1 \
configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG=1 \
configTASKLIST_INCLUDE_COREID=1 \
configUSE_SB_COMPLETED_CALLBACK=1 \
PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION= \
"ESP_EVENT_DECLARE_BASE(x)=extern esp_event_base_t x"

View File

@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ The `official FreeRTOS <https://www.freertos.org/index.html>`_ (henceforth refer
ESP-IDF FreeRTOS
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
ESP-IDF FreeRTOS is a FreeRTOS implementation based on Vanilla FreeRTOS v10.4.3, but contains significant modifications to support SMP. ESP-IDF FreeRTOS only supports two cores at most (i.e., dual core SMP), but is more optimized for this scenario by design. For more details regarding ESP-IDF FreeRTOS and its modifications, please refer to the :doc:`freertos_idf` document.
ESP-IDF FreeRTOS is a FreeRTOS implementation based on Vanilla FreeRTOS v10.5.1, but contains significant modifications to support SMP. ESP-IDF FreeRTOS only supports two cores at most (i.e., dual core SMP), but is more optimized for this scenario by design. For more details regarding ESP-IDF FreeRTOS and its modifications, please refer to the :doc:`freertos_idf` document.
.. note::

View File

@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ Overview
The original FreeRTOS (hereinafter referred to as Vanilla FreeRTOS) is a compact and efficient real-time operating system supported on many single-core MCUs and SoCs. However, to support numerous dual-core ESP targets, such as ESP32, ESP32-S3, and ESP32-P4, ESP-IDF provides an implementation of FreeRTOS with dual-core symmetric multiprocessing (SMP) capabilities (hereinafter referred to as ESP-IDF FreeRTOS).
ESP-IDF FreeRTOS is based on Vanilla FreeRTOS v10.4.3 but contains significant modifications to both API and kernel behavior in order to support dual-core SMP. This document describes the API and behavioral differences between Vanilla FreeRTOS and ESP-IDF FreeRTOS.
ESP-IDF FreeRTOS is based on Vanilla FreeRTOS v10.5.1 but contains significant modifications to both API and kernel behavior in order to support dual-core SMP. This document describes the API and behavioral differences between Vanilla FreeRTOS and ESP-IDF FreeRTOS.
.. note::

View File

@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ FreeRTOS 是一个开源的 RTOS实时操作系统内核它以组件的
ESP-IDF FreeRTOS
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
ESP-IDF FreeRTOS 是基于原生 FreeRTOS v10.4.3 的 FreeRTOS 实现,其中包含支持 SMP 的大量更新。ESP-IDF FreeRTOS 最多支持两个核(即双核 SMP但在设计上对这种场景进行了优化。关于 ESP-IDF FreeRTOS 及具体更新内容,请参考 :doc:`freertos_idf` 文档。
ESP-IDF FreeRTOS 是基于原生 FreeRTOS v10.5.1 的 FreeRTOS 实现,其中包含支持 SMP 的大量更新。ESP-IDF FreeRTOS 最多支持两个核(即双核 SMP但在设计上对这种场景进行了优化。关于 ESP-IDF FreeRTOS 及具体更新内容,请参考 :doc:`freertos_idf` 文档。
.. note::

View File

@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ FreeRTOS (ESP-IDF)
原始 FreeRTOS下文称 Vanilla FreeRTOS是一款小巧高效的实时操作系统适用于许多单核 MCU 和 SoC。但为了支持双核 ESP 芯片,如 ESP32、ESP32-S3、ESP32-P4ESP-IDF 提供了支持双核对称多处理 (SMP) 的 FreeRTOS 实现(下文称 ESP-IDF FreeRTOS
ESP-IDF FreeRTOS 以 Vanilla FreeRTOS v10.4.3 为基础,为支持 SMP在 API 和内核行为上做了较大改动。本文档描述了 Vanilla FreeRTOS 与 ESP-IDF FreeRTOS 之间的 API 和内核行为差异。
ESP-IDF FreeRTOS 以 Vanilla FreeRTOS v10.5.1 为基础,为支持 SMP在 API 和内核行为上做了较大改动。本文档描述了 Vanilla FreeRTOS 与 ESP-IDF FreeRTOS 之间的 API 和内核行为差异。
.. note::

View File

@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
# Place FreeRTOS functions into flash to save some IRAM on the ESP32
CONFIG_FREERTOS_PLACE_FUNCTIONS_INTO_FLASH=y
# Use the SINGLE_APP_LARGE partition to ensure the partition has enough space for the ESP32 build
CONFIG_PARTITION_TABLE_SINGLE_APP_LARGE=y

View File

@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
# Place FreeRTOS functions into flash to save some IRAM on the ESP32
CONFIG_FREERTOS_PLACE_FUNCTIONS_INTO_FLASH=y

View File

@ -12,7 +12,6 @@ components/freertos/FreeRTOS-Kernel/include/freertos/
components/freertos/FreeRTOS-Kernel/portable/xtensa/include/freertos/
components/freertos/FreeRTOS-Kernel-SMP/include/freertos/
components/freertos/FreeRTOS-Kernel-SMP/portable/xtensa/include/freertos/
components/freertos/FreeRTOS-Kernel-V10.5.1/include/freertos/
components/log/include/esp_log_internal.h

View File

@ -14,7 +14,8 @@ set(include_dirs
"${original_freertos_dir}/esp_additions/include"
# Required because CMock tries to include "idf_additions.h" instead of "freertos/idf_additions.h"
"${original_freertos_dir}/esp_additions/include/freertos"
"${kernel_dir}/portable/linux/include" # For "freertos/portmacro.h"
"${kernel_dir}/portable/linux/include" # For "spinlock.h"
"${kernel_dir}/portable/linux/include/freertos" # For "portmacro.h"
"${kernel_dir}/include/freertos" # this is due to the way includes are generated in CMock (without freertos prefix)
)

View File

@ -37,4 +37,12 @@ menu "FreeRTOS"
hex
default 0x7FFFFFFF if !FREERTOS_SMP
default 0xFFFFFFFF if FREERTOS_SMP
config FREERTOS_UNICORE
# This invisible config ensures that ESP-IDF components are always built as single-core
# when building for CMock. CMock is currently only supported on the Linux target, and the
# Linux FreeRTOS port supports single-core only.
bool
default y
endmenu